8 are a eto “y — rapper : “es ee ae a sh bth bie ld eee sity ; Pots amen F ra‘ jh at badd ~ - tn Soe eterna, De bewe OEMS ip Paring oda Menage a= nee "> Seas Ht Y : ‘s i ‘ PROV Ed ag oa aie eo4 iy taid's SPE a eee ot ea eat a 0 nT ie : i am A Y AN hen wa ae pena iby Oe won ah et ih pola PAC? a i une Rit lions ie ; Ae) ‘7 ¥ “ : il U i ' a 7 ih » it i ta Ya aii j Lab * “2 é ae Aud ke mat, Yds ‘ . Cay | i f ‘Ae i y* ¥ ae i Pao ' ey a WD ; i Paris, aa er ae A it, me Bia. a“ if Id | } i ; cs yu ) ay Ny Pay "i “ce : i, ant ( ; , (ace, 4c i 5 4 i : & are, ay ie T the, fii a ‘ yee Da aan a , U j -_ Z i ARLAN° HANCOCK FOUNDATIONC f PUBLTGATIONS eo poc., tA OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First SERIES ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS MARINE Vo_LuME 10 1944-1947 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1947 mE ANC FLANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 10 1944-1947 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1947 el tas If SUMO A BIOLCGICAL FRFODATI ee SY ee eee | WOODS HCLE, MASS. Wo: CONTENTS . Polychaetous Annelids Part V. Eunicea Olga Hartman . Polychaetous Annelids from California Olga Hartman . Polychaetous Annelids Part VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longosomidae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellariidae Olga Hartman . Polychaetous Annelids Part VII. Capitellidae Olga Hartman . Polychaetous Annelids Part VIII. Pilargiidae Olga Hartman Index 311-389 391-481 CORRECTIONS p. 262 for Spirabranchia read spirabrancha. p. 264 for N. californiensis read M. californiensis. p. 318 for pitelkae read pitelkai REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, IN 1940, AND IN 1941. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART V. EUNICEA (Piates 1-18) By OLGA HARTMAN Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN Hancock PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 10, NUMBER 1 Issu—eD AUGUST, 1944 Price $3.00 Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part V. EUNICEA (PLATES 1-18) By O_ca HARTMAN ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION The superfamily Eunicea (herein considered to include six families, p. 2) comprises one of the most diversified yet most closely allied among the numerous families of the order Polychaeta. More than any other group, save perhaps the elytral-bearing chaetopods including the polynoids and their relatives, they are related to one another by characters of unique distinction. These, however, are largely internal, some of the most signifi- cant being in the proboscidial armature. Externally the Eunicea differ from one another so widely that their affinities might not be surmised, as, for example, among species of the genera Diopatra and Lumbrineris. The distinguished Scottish zoologist, W. C. McIntosh (1910, pp. 343-352), has given a summarized account of the extensive studies de- voted to this superfamily. Some of the earliest accounts were made by several renowned French scientists, including Savigny (1809), who erected the family and several genera; Blainville (1825 and 1828), whose classification was more detailed but based on unnatural affinities (placing genera from widely related families in the same category) ; and Audouin and M. Edwards (1834), who divided the group into 2 great divisions, the abranchiate and the branchiate. This last-named plan was later fol- lowed by Johnston (1865), Quatrefages (1865), and others. The system by Kinberg (1865) was based, not on branchial and cir- ral structures, but on proboscidial parts. It recognized 10 families in the superfamily Eunicea and proposed many new genera. Ehlers (1868) greatly elaborated the then known schemes, recognized only one family, the Eunicidae, instead of 10, but proposed the erection of 2 major groups: (1) the Eunice labidognatha and (2) the Eunice prionognatha. Grube later (1878, p. 55) recognized 3 main groups in the Eunicea; this was an elaboration of the systems of Kinberg and Ehlers, but with change in emphasis such that the main groups were the Labidognatha Ehlers, the Lumbriconereidea Schmarda, and the Staurocephalidea Kinberg. The Labidognatha included the Onuphaea, Eunicea, and Lysidicea of -Kin- berg, but excluded Lumbriconereis and Ninoé; the Lumbriconereidea in- cluded 5 families of Kinberg, the Ninoidea, Lumbriconereidea, Oeno- [1] Z ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 nidea, Laidea, and Larandidea; and the last included only Staurocephalus. This plan now has only historical interest, since it disregarded important natural affinities. Gravier (1900) elaborated the systems still further, using as a basic character the presence or absence of dorsal and ventral cirri and branchial structures; but, since this places the Eunicidae and Dorvilleidae at once in the same group, it is also an unnatural plan. Still later Treadwell (1921) considered all members in the family Leodicidae, recognizing only 3 sub- families, the Leodicinae, Lumbrinereinae, and Stauronereinae; but, since only 7 genera of a total of about 34 in these families are considered, the scheme is not extensive enough to be basic. ; Kinberg (1865, p. 560) recognized and erected 10 families, based on characters of the proboscidial armature. These included the (1) Onuphi- acea, (2) Eunicea, (3) Lycidicea [sic], (4) Ninoidea, (5) Lumbrico- nereida, (6) Lysaretea, (7) Oenonidea, (8) Laidea, (9) Larandidea, and (10) Staurocephalea. Six of the 10 are herein retained, 3 are regarded as synonyms, and one (Larandidea) as incertae sedis. These are: Onuphidae, including Onuphiacea Kinberg Eunicidae, including Eunicea and Lycidicea of Kinberg Lumbrineridae, including Lumbriconereida and Ninoidea of Kinberg Arabellidae, new name, including Laidea Kinberg Lysaretidae, including Lysaretea and Oenonidea of Kinberg Dorvilleidae, including Staurocephalea Kinberg Larandidea Kinberg was erected for 2 species, Laranda gracilis and L. sulcata; both are not recognizable from their descriptions. (See also pel3dos) Ehlers’ (1868) scheme is of particular significance, since it immedi- ately recognized (though without stressing) a major distinction separat- ing the Eunicea labidognatha (maxillae disposed in a semicircle) from the Eunice prionognatha (maxillae in parallel rows). This at once groups the onuphids, eunicids, and lumbrinerids together and places the arabellids with the lysaretids. The dorvilleids (—Staurocephalidae) depart more widely from any of the others than these do among themselves. It is of particular note that, although Kinberg (1865) had earlier made provision for this distinction in erecting the family Laidea (thus retaining the ara- bellids distinct from the lumbrinerids), Ehlers was able to evade the issue by referring all genera to a single family, Eunicea. Since Ehlers’ scheme is more or less accepted herein but has remained neglected, the main outlines are restated. SS NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 3 A. Maxillary pairs dissimilar; forceps lack teeth, other maxillary pieces disposed in a semicircle, in retraction. Parapodia uniramous, provided with several kinds of setae . . . . . . Eunice Labidognatha (Includes the Onuphidae, Eunicidae, and Lumbrineridae.) I. Left maxillae with one more piece than the right, or left maxil- lae with pieces III and IV separate, right with pieces III and IV fused; prostomium with antennae . . . : . Eunice Laameeths areeeenee RO sachides senda: 1 and 2 below, Eunicidae 3 to 6 below.) L Za = With 2 long anterior and 5 long posterior antennae . . . oe site ke Wawa hae vl dleptaceras Ehlers With 2 sat anterior and 5 long posterior antennae. . a a. With a pair of tentacular cirri atenutis: Lies jewel ace aon een Lepetra nes all deals b. Without a pair of reeacnlhe eit hb. ‘ ‘ - + « « Onuphis Audouin ae acetic With 5 antennae. branchiaeypresent .) s. Jy). 2 .< 4 fa a. With a pair of tentacular cirri . . . Eunice Savigny b. Without a pair of tentacular cirri . . : ae vs, aa Soe me ates bev ngey OS) en arpa @iseabine With 5 antennae; branchiae absent . . Nicidion Kinberg With 3 antennae; without branchiae . Lysidice Lamarck (Amphiro Kinberg was retained by Ehlers as branchiate form, but, since it was based on an error and rightly goes to Mar physa, it is eliminated. ) With one antenna . . . . . Nematonereis Schmarda (Includes the synonym Blainvillea Quatrefages, which Ehl- ers retained. ) II. Maxillary plates paired; prostomium without antennae (Includes only the Lumbrineridae. ) Lk. 2: Eunice Labidognatha Nuda Wath’ branchiae 2 Ae. ee 3d Nnoe (Kinbere Without branchiae . . . . . Lumbrineris Blainville B. Maxillae disposed in parallel rows, more or less resemble one an- other; parapodia uniramous, with a single kind of seta, or biramous with 2kinds of setae . . . . . . . . Eunice Prionognatha I. Parapodia uniramous, with simple setae Eunice roe Caen A Manocups Cate saltides 1 below, and Lysaretidae includes 2 be- low.) 4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS va. [0 1. Dorsal cirri reduced or absent. . . BY sees igen tgs eh a. First pair of maxillae resemble (See Arabella Grube (Ehlers considered 3 others in this category, including Aracoda Schmarda, which is herein referred to Arabella, also Laranda and Larymna, considered indeterminable. ) b. Maxillae I do not resemble forceps . . . . ~ (1) (1) Dorsal cirri reduced . . Notocirrus Schmarda (2) Dorsal cirri absent . . . . Notopsilus Ehlers 2. Dorsal cirri foliaceous gi gees a. Maxillary carriers long, slender . . . . ~. - (1) (1) Prostomium covered by peristomium . . A glaurides Ehlers (iaclagles Oueae Savigny, originally based on an error.) (2) Prostomium(not covered: is 2092 0 a) a) (a) With one pair of eyes ; maxillae with 5 pairs of dissimilar plates . . Cuirrobranchia Ehlers (b) With 2 pairs of eyes; maxillae with 6 pairs of plates . . . . . - Danymene Kinberg b. Maxillary carriers short, platelike . Lysarete Kinberg II. Parapodia biramous, provided with simple and composite setae . , , . Eunice Prionognatha Dicopa ‘iachude: eae ‘tlie esvillerdas —Staurocephalidae. ) Since this extensive classification was proposed, many genera have been erected. To the family Onuphidae may be added (1) Nothria Malmgren, (2) Epidiopatra Augener, (3) Hyalinoecia Malmgren, (4) Leptoecia Chamberlin, (5) Paradiopatra Ehlers, (6) Paronuphis Ehlers, (7) Paranorthia Moore, and (8) Rhamphobrachium Ehlers. To the family Eunicidae are to be added (1) Palola Gray, (2) Paramarphysa Ehlers, (3) Heteromarphysa Verrill, (4) Lithognatha, and possibly (5) Coelobranchus Izuka, an aberrant form. To the Lumbrineridae are to be added (1) Cenogenus Chamberlin and (2) Augeneria Monro (see also A otearia Benham, p. 134). In the Arabellidae are to be added (1) Drilo- nereis Claparéde, (2) Biborin Chamberlin, and (3) Labidognathus Caul- lery. In the Lysaretidae, Cirrobranchia is a synonym of Halla Costa, Dany- mene is insufficiently known, and [phitime Marenzeller is to be added. Enonella Stimpson (1853) may be the same as [phitime, but it too is in- completely known. Pterothrix Chamberlin (1919, p. 325) is questionable, since it is based on Notocirrus scoticus McIntosh, which Fauvel (1923, p. 451) believes to be based on pieces of 2 species in other genera. No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 5 Aberrant parasitic genera are Haematocleptes Wirén, Labrorostratus St. Joseph, Oligognathus Spengel, and Ophiuricola Ludwig. Diagnostic characters of the superfamily Eunicea—The proboscis is provided with a ventral mandible and dorsal maxillae. These parts are usually corneous or also calcified and of diagnostic significance. The man- dibles consist of a pair of flattened plates, more or less fused along their median line. The dorsal maxillary pieces consist of several (to many) pairs of pieces, including the maxillary carriers, with or without a ventral median piece, and paired maxillae numbered from I to IV or V (or even VI, but very numerous in the Dorvilleidae). Maxillae I may be falcate, thus designated forceps, or have dentations along a longer or shorter por- tion of the cutting length. Maxillae II are often the largest pieces and sometimes called the major plates. Maxillae III and IV are sometimes fused on the right side (characteristic for Eunicidae and Onuphidae) or free from one another on both sides. The proboscidial armature is of 3 major kinds, as illustrated in (1) the Onuphidae, Eunicidae, and Lum- brineridae, (2) the Arabellidae and Lysaretidae, and (3) the Dorvillei- dae. In the first group the maxillary carriers are typically short, without a ventral median, unpaired piece; in the second group they are long, slender, with an unpaired piece; in the last group the entire maxillary ap- paratus is strikingly different. In all the Eunicea the parapodia appear to be uniramous, but the noto- podium is often represented (even in the Lumbrineridae) by a more or less reduced fascicle of notoacicula, or also a dorsal cirrus. Setae consist of one to many kinds, including simple or also composite; they are character- istic for family, genus, or species. CHART SHOWING APPROXIMATE AFFINITIES OF THE FAMILIES OF THE SUPERFAMILY EUNICEA Lumbrineridae ference Dorvilleidae maxillary parts} maxillary parts III and IV typically j not fused include 5 maxillary parts paired parts with very eS = | aumerous’ pieces Onuphidae, Eunicidae maxillary parts III and IV fused on right side carriers short, broad, carriers long, in longitudinal embedded in slender, usually! ..pies pharyngeal tissue with unpaired or absent ventral piece 6 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 The collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation, almost entirely obtained by the cruises of the Velero III, under the direction of Captain Allan Hancock, include the most comprehensive lot of species of the super- family Eunicea that has ever been brought together from the eastern Pa- cific. Twenty genera (or subgenera) with a total of 83 species (or sub- species), of which 19 are new to science, are included. Some genera, such as Eunice, Lumbrineris, and Diopatra, are especially well represented (with 14, 18, and 6 species, respectively )—-probably a greater number than has ever been brought together in a comparable collection. The following alphabetically arranged list includes the species of Eunicea discussed below, with pagination. Bold faced type indicates a new name or species. 1. Aglaurides fulgida, family Lysaretidae, p. 185 2. Arabella iricolor, family Arabellidae, p. 173 3 ” mutans, #3 % sp. 173 4 ” — semimaculata, ”’ ty ADs Lis 5. Diopatra cuprea, family Onuphidae, p. 54 6 ” neotridens, ” te ici (ee) 7 ” obliqua, a3 a Du Lah 8 ” — ornata, zs “i , Dos. 9 ” — splendidissima, ” 4 Dp. 36 10 ” tridentata, ” iF po Ol 11. Dorvillea articulata, family Dorvilleidae, p. 189 ie ” _ cerasina, 6 4 , p. 190 13 | SG@raellis., 3 4 , p. 189 14 ” — rudolphii, 32 pe iG! 15 ” rubrovittata, ” ‘4 , p. 190 16. Drilonereis falcata, family Arabellidae, p. 179 iy ” filum, Ki a , p- 180 18 ” nuda, A ,p. 178 19. Eunice afra, family Eunicidae, p. 110 20. ” afuerensis, 4 i ,p. 108 elie ” americana, _ iM, beer ko} 22. ” — antennata, % 22 Bese a ley 23: ” — aphroditois, 4 3m Tepe Oo 24. ” — filamentosa, 4p 2 esp. Ne ” guanica, i eat a 26. ” — longicirrata, # ea pelO4 Hie ” multipectinata, ”’ sha Bet 084) (22 28. ” — mutilata, ¥ ty fa gepehs Hyalinoecia juvenalis, family Onuphidae HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS rubra, schemacephala, tridentata vittata, (Nicidion ” o] ) cariboea, ” kinbergi, ” ” ” spa bliZ spsdi2 th ,p. 114 pelts ey ol 28 ,p. 124 ,p. 46 Labidognathus forcipes, family Arabellidae, p. 180 Lumbrineris acuta, ” bassi, bicirrata, bifilaris, californiensis, cruzensis, erecta, index, inflata, januarit, latreillt, ” j limicola, minima, pallida, simplex, tetraura, zonata, Lysidice ninetta, Marphysa aenea, ” conferta, mortensent, sanguinea, stylobranchiata, ” aponica, ” family Eunicidae ” ” ”) ”) ” ” Ninoé gemmea, family Lumbrineridae Nothria conchylega, ” elegans, tridescens, stigmatis, ” ” ” ” cirrata, intermedia, paradiopatra, ” ” family Lumbrineridae, p. 145 p. 150 > pe lo6 pe 13 , p. 163 p 165 , p. 149 De 167 , p. 160 , p. 167 ,p. 158 p. 159 ,p. 161 epuloo , p. 169 family Onuphidae, p. 85 Sp: Oo Poor ,p. 89 Res Oe Spe A9S aps ot 8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 69. Notocirrus californiensis, family Arabellidae, p. 175 70. Onuphis eremita, family Onuphidae p. 75 ae ” — litoralis, 2 oA pee, Tee ” magna, * ns sp. 70 ise ” microcephala, ” 44 “ps 48 74. ” — nebulosa, Ze a pens 12 ” parva, of pe kO 76. ” peruana, 2 ss pels Ti. ” — vexillaria, is 3 p. 80 78. ” — gebra, ‘ie Ss 71 79. Ophryotrocha puerilis, family tees p: 191 80. Palola paloloides, family SELES ip: tsi 81. ” siciliensis, ” ps Isl 82. Paramarphysa longula, ” a , p. 130 83. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum, family Onuphidae, p. 48 A station list follows, including only those stations of the Allan Han- cock Pacific Expeditions which were represented in the families investi- gated in this report. Under each are listed the species identified. St. 4-33. Tangola-Tangola Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico. Mar physa aenea (Blanchard) St. 10-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. Shore. ?Lumbrineris simplex, new species St. 12-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 4 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 15-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 10 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 41-33. Chatham Island, Galapagos. In 4 fms. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 62-33. Albemarle Island, Galapagos. Rocky shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 35-33. North Seymour Island, Galapagos. Shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 94-33. Tower Island, Darwin Bay, Galapagos. In coral. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 99-33. Tower Island, Darwin Bay, Galapagos. With tangles. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 114-33. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 2 fms, from coral. A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 127-33. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice antennata (Savigny) No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 9 St. 129-34. Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. In 14-18 fms, coral sand. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 143-34. Wenman Island, Galapagos. In 100-150 fms, coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos. In 30 fms, coral and rocks. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 148-34. Same. In 12-15 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St.152-34. Same. Shore, in coral. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 157-34. Same. In 10-18 fms, sand and shells. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos. Dredged, rocks and algae. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 209-34. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 8-10 fms, rock and shell. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 210-34. Same. In 7-10 fms. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 211-34. La Plata Island, Ecuador. Shore, rocky reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 216-34. Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. In 20 fms, fine mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 217-34. Same. In 2 fms, rocks. Eunice tridentata Ehlers Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 221-34. Gorgona Island, Colombia. In 20 fms, rock and shell. Nothria stigmatis cirrata, new subspecies St. 232-34. Port Utria, Colombia. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 234-34. Same. In 20 fms, sand and shells. Nothria conchylega (Sars) St. 239-34. Same. Shore, reefs. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St. 244-34. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-35 fms, fine shell, mud, coarse sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 245-34. Same. In 15-25 fms. Eunice longicirrata Webster Eunice tridentata Ehlers St. 247-34. Same. In coral. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 248-34. Same. In 25-30 fms, mud and shell. Eunice longicirrata Webster Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 249-34. Same. In 15-20 fms, rocks. Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube St. 250-34. Secas Islands, Panama. In 25 fms, mud and dead shells. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 251-34. Same. In 15 fms, rocks. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 257-34. Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica. Dredged, sand and shells. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 259-34. Tangola-Tangola, Mexico. In 15-20 fms, sand, gravel. mud. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 260-34. Same. Shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 264-34. Petatlan Bay, Mexico. In 25 fms, rocky. Eunice americana, new species Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 273-34. ‘Tenacatita Bay, Mexico. In 75 fms, mud and sand. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 277-34. Isabel Island, Mexico. In 10-25 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 279-34. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. In 10 fms, rocky. Eunice antennata (Savigny) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 11 St. 283-34. Thurloe Bay, Lower California. In 8-10 fms, rocks. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 285-34. Same. In 30 fms, shells. Nothria stigmatis Treadwell St. 287-34. South Bay, Cerros Island, Mexico. In 10-15 fms, rocks near kelps. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 298-34. Clarion Island, Mexico. Rocky shore. A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 364-35. Callao, Peru. In 3 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 365-35. Same. In 10 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 369-35. Same, near Tronton Island. In 5 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 373-35. Independencia Bay, Peru. In 12 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 374-35. Same. In 12 fms. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 375-35. Same. Shore. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) ‘A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 379-35. Same. In 20 fms. Arabella semimaculata (Moore) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 380-35. Same. Shore. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 384-35. Same. In 5 fms. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 385-35. Same. In 9-10 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 391-35. Lobos de Afuera, Peru. Rocky shore. Eunice afuerensis, new species Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 395-35. Same. In 14-16 fms. Onuphis peruana, new species St. 402-35. Manta, Ecuador. In1 fm. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 412-35. Gorgona Island, Colombia. In coral. Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 St. 414-35. Port Utria, Colombia. In 3 fms, coral. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 419-35. Same. In 2 fms, coral. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 429-35. Octavia Bay, Colombia. In 30-35 fms, coarse sand and gravel. Eunice longicirrata Webster Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 433-35. Same. Shore, rocky shingle. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 435-35. Same. In coral. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 437-35. Pifias Bay, Panama. In coral. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 438-35. Same. In 25 fms, coarse sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 444-35. Same. In 2-4 fms, coral. Eunice tridentata Ehlers St. 445-35. Panama City, Panama. Shore. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 446-35. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore, reefs. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 448-35. Same. In 12 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Fyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 450-35. Same. In 14 fms, shells and corals. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 457-35. Same. In 12 fms. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 458-35. Same. In 5-20 fms. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 460-35. Playa Blanca, Costa Rica. In 3-5 fms, mud, sand, algae. A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 461-35. Same. In 15 fms, mud, sand, algae. FHyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 464-35. Same. In coral. A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 466-35. Parker Bay, Costa Rica. Shore. Eunice mutilata Webster No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 18) St. 473-35. Same. In coral. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 491-36. Rosario Bay, Lower California. In 10-15 fms, sand and kelp. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 497-36. Fraile Bay, Lower California. In 4-10 fms, sand. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 498-36. San Lorenzo Channel, south of Santo Espiritu Island, Low- er California. In algae, 5-15 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 501-36. Same. In 1-6 fms, in coral heads. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 503-36. La Paz Bay, Lower California. In corallines, 21 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 513-36. Off San Francisco Island, Lower California. In corallines, 30 fms. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 523-36. South of Coronados Island, Lower California. In 100-120 fms, shell fragments. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 525-36. Channel west of Coronados Island, Lower California. In 3-10 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 530-36. Off San Francisquito Bay, Lower California. In 10-20 fms, gray mud, corals. Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 532-36. In San Francisquito Bay, Lower California. In 20 fms, sand and kelp. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 533-36. Same. In 40 fms, broken shell and sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller 14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 St. 541-36 Off Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. In 60 fms, broken shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 542-36. Insame. In 15-30 fms, broken shell. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 544-36. Same. In 65 fms. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 545-36. Same. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 546-36. North of Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. In 40-70 fms. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 549-36. East of same. In 40 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 559-36. Off Isla Partida to the south, Lower California. In 45 fms, sand. Lumbrineris inflata Moore St. 563-36. South end of Tiburon Island, Lower California. In 40-55 fms, muddy sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 588-36. Concepcion Bay, Lower California. In 14 fms, mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 596-36. Port Escondido, Lower California. In 20 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 616-37. San Juanico Bay, Lower California. In 16 fms, sand and kelp. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg ?Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 618-37. San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, Lower California. In 75 fms, rocks and algae. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 628-37. Ensenada de los Muertos, Lower California. In 10-12 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 633-37. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 18 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 15) Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 634-37. Same. Shore. Eunice afra Peters Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Drilonereis falcata Moore A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 638-37. Same. Shore, in coral. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 639-37. San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower Cali- fornia. In 3-5 fms, sand, algae, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 642-37. Off Ballena Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 25 fms, sand and corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 643-37. Same. In 8 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 662-37. Agua Verde Bay, Lower California. In 8 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Arabella mutans Chamberlin Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 675-37. Off Pulpito Rock, Lower California. In 55 fms, sand, small rocks. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 683-37. Outside Concepcion Bay, Lower California. In 12 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 701-37. Angeles Bay, Lower California. In 32 fms, sand and shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 704-37. Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia, Lower California. In 20 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Arabella mutans Chamberlin 16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 St. 708-37. Same. In 60 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 724-37. North of Lobos Point, Sonora, Mexico. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 728-37. San Esteban Island, Gulf of California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 738-37. Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Mexico. In 30 fms, shells. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 739-37. Same. Shore, rock shingles. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 745-37. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. In 10-18 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 747-37. Same. In 10-18 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 767-38. Chacahua Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico. In 40-50 fms, mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore St. 769-38. Off San José light, Guatemala. In 20 fms, mud. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis zebra Berkeley St. 770-38. Same. In 7-11 fms, black sand, shell, mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Diopatra neotridens, new species Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore ?Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, Galapagos. Rocky shore. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard ) St. 810-38. Barrington Island, Galapagos. In 48-73 fms, sand, rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 812a-38. Off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Island, Galapagos. In 400 fms, coarse sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley No. l HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Ly St. 814-38. North of Hood Island, Galapagos. In 20-40 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 820-38. San Nicholas Bay, Peru. In 10-25 fms, mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 823-38. San Juan Bay, Peru. In 30-40 fms, mud. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 831-38. Independencia Bay, Peru. Rocky shore. Mar physa aenea (Blanchard) St. 832-38. Same. In 10 fms, shells, sand, algae. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 833-38. Same. In 8 fms, sand and shell. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 834-38. Same. In 21 fms, mud. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 835-38. South end of Independencia Bay, Peru. In 18 fms, sand, shell, rocks. Diopatra obliqua, new species Onuphis peruana, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 843-38. Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru. In 25-30 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 844-38. Same. Rocky shore. Eunice afuerensis, new species Mar physa aenea (Blanchard ) St. 845-38. Sechura Bay, Peru. In 914 fms, coarse sand and red algae. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 850-38. Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. In 15 fms, mud, rock. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 863-38. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-50 fms, rock, sand, mud. HA yalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 867-38. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore, in coral. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) Onuphis peruana, new species A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St. 868-38. Off Acapulco, Mexico. In 11 fms, fine sand. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 873-38. East of Anacapa Island, California. In 50 fms, dead shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 874-38. Northeast of same. In 45 fms, dead shell. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 875-38. Same. In 50 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 876-38. Same. In 45 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 878-38. North of Anacapa Island, California. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis microcephala, new species St. 879-38. North of Santa Cruz, California. In 50 fms. Drilonereis falcata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (‘Treadwell ) St. 887-38. East of Middle Farallon Island, California. In 37 fms. Nothria elegans ( Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 888-38. Monterey Bay, California. In 10-13 fms, fine sand. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species St. 889-38. Off Point Pifios, Monterey Bay, California. In 36 fms, broken shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species St. 890-38. Same. In 49-54 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley St. 892-38. In and around Carmel Bay, California. Shoal to 40 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 893-38. Off Point Arguello, California. In 15-30 fms, sand and algae. Eunice americana, new species No. l HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 19 Diopatra ornata Moore Nothria tridescens ( Johnson) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 894-38. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 5-15 fms, kelp. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 897-38. Off Santa Barbara, California. In 33 fms. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 900-38. Off Long Point, California. In 40 fms, brachiopods and sponges. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 902-38. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella semimaculata (Chamberlin) St. 903-38. Anaheim Slough, California. Shore, hard packed sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata ( Johnson) Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 904-38. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 905-38. Anaheim Slough, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species Dorvillea gracilis (Hartman) St. 906-38. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore, reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 907-38. Bluff Cove, between Portuguese Bend and Redondo Beach, California. Shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St. 908-39. Off Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 45 fms, coarse sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 909-39. Emerald Bay, Catalina Island. In 60-90 fms. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 910-39. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Diopatra ornata Moore Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 911-39. San Clemente Island, California. In 60-85 fms. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 913-39. Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 35-46 fms. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 914-39. Same. In 78-110 fms. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 915-39. Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Mexico. In 5 fms, corallines. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 918-39. Same. In 48-60 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 926-39. Cornwallis Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. In 41-45 fms. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 927-39. Chacahua Bay, Mexico. In corals. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards St. 928-39. Same. In lagoon. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 930-39. Off San Jose light, Guatemala. In 2-5 fms, fine black sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species Diopatra obliqua, new species Diopatra tridentata, new species Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis microcephala, new species NO. l HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 21 St. 936-39. Port Parker, Costa Rica. In 5-10 fms, sandy mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 937-39. Same. Shore, sandy beach. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 943-39. 3 mi. south of Ladrones Island, Panama. In 54 fms, green mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore St. 944-39. 10 mi. southwest of Secas Islands, Panama. In 30 fms, gray sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 945-39. Secas Islands, Panama. In 25-26 fms, gray sandy mud. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 948-39. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-35 fms, rock and mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 957-39. ‘Taboga Island, Panama. Rocky shore. Arabella mutans (Chamberlin) St. 963-39. White Friars Rock, Mexico. In 20-25 fms, hard sand. Onuphis magna (Andrews) St. 970-39. Maria Magdalena Island, Mexico. In 13 fms, corallines and algae. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice tridentata Ehlers Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 971-39. Same. In 3-5 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 972-39. Same. Rocky shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 975-39. Santa Barbara Island, California. In 25-27 fms, white sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 981-39. 514 mi. north of same. In 76-78 fms, gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 983-39. 1514 mi. northwest of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 70 fms, rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 984-39. 514 mi. south of same. In 39-48 fms, large rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) 22, ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 St. 985-39. 314 mi. south of same. In 240-275 fms, large rocks. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 987-39. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 155-170 fms, rocks. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) St. 990-39. San Miguel Passage, California. In 37-39 fms, shale, mud, and sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Notocirrus californiensis, new species St. 994-39. Santa Cruz Island, California. In 114-127 fms, gray mud, shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 995-39. Beechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 10 fms, coralline sand. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 996-39. Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 35- 45 fms, mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Ninoé gemmea Moore St. 1002-39. Off Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 50 fms, mud and sand. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) St. 1003-39. Beechers Bay, north of Santa Rosa Island, California. In 14 fms, sand, shells. Diopatra ornata Moore Lumbrineris californiensis, new species St. 1005-39. Santa Cruz Channel, California. In 24-32 fms, sand and shells. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1008-39. San Benito Island, Mexico. In 51-52 fms, fine green sand, pebbles. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley St. 1009-39. Between east and west ends of San Benito Island, Mexico. In 35 fms, rock, sand, kelp. Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 1010-39. San Benito Island, Mexico. In 92-95 fms, fine green sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice americana, new species No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 23 St. SE SE St. St. St: St. St. S ct St. S ct Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Drilonereis falcata Moore 1012-39. South of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 55-69 fms, dead shells. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 1013-39. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Marphysa sanguinea Montagu Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) 1018-39. Off Wilsons Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 50-150 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1020-39. North of same. In 135-150 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley 1022-39. South of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 150-170 fms, green mud, sand. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) 1023-39. Same. In 55-110 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) 1024-39. Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 10 fms, kelp. Diopatra ornata Moore Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) 1026-39. North of San Clemente Island, California. In 118-120 fms, mud. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species . 1027-39. 5 mi. southeast of Catalina Island, California. In 140- 150 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore 1028-39. 14 mi. east of Catalina Island, California. In 83-125 fms. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) . 1030-40. Off Turtle Bay, Lower California. In 26-31 fms. Eunice americana, new species Diopatra neotridens, new species Diopatra tridentata, new species 24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St Br St: St. St. St St: St. St: St . 1031-40. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. In 18-25 fms. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Diopatra neotridens, new species 1037-40. Off Boca de la Trinidad, Lower California. In 51-54 fms. Fyalinoecia juvenalis Moore 1042-40. ‘Turners Island, south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of Califor- nia. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) 1045-40. South shore of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California. Shore, rocky shingle. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Eunice filamentosa Grube Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) 1048-40. Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Mexico. In 11-22 fms. Nothria stigmatis cirrata, new subspecies Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) 1049-40. Same. Shore, reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) 1051-40. Same, west side. In 21 fms, shells. Eunice filamentosa Grube 1053-40. Same. Rocky shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris simplex, new species Arabella tricolor (Montagu) 1057-40. Outside Granite Island, Puerto Refugio, Lower Califor- nia. In 51-56 fms, sand, shell, and mud. Diopatra neotridens, new species 1063-40. Gonzaga Bay, Willards Point, Lower California. Shore, rock shingle. Eunice filamentosa Grube Lumbrineris simplex, new species Arabella semimaculata (Moore) { | No. | HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 25 St. 1069-40. 116 mi. east of Consag Rock, Gulf of California. In 21 fms. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 1072-40. Rocky Point, Mexico. In 10-11 fms, sand and shell. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola siciliensis (Grube) . 1074-40. Same. In 11 fms, sandy mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Onuphis vexillaria Moore St. 1075-40. Georges Island, Gulf of California. In 11-13 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards ?Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) St. 1076-40. Tepoca Bay, Mexico. Shore, rocky reef. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 1077-40. Same. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1078-40. Same. In 11-13 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1079-40. Pond Island, Mexico. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 1081-40. North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California. In 46-76 fms, rocks, coral. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1084-40. San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California. In 93-111 fms. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 1088-40. Ensenada de San Francisco, Gulf of California. In 2-6 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 1091-40. Puerto San Carlos, Gulf of California. Shore, rock shingle. Palola siciliensis (Grube) A glaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1092-40. Bahia Catalina, outside Guaymas, Mexico. Shore, rock shingle. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) 5 et 26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 St. St . 1093-40. Puerto Escondido, Lower California. In 8-14 fms, sponges, coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1101-40. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California. In 10 fms, mud and coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) 1103-40. Same. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) . 1104-40. Same. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . 1105-40. Same, off Marcial Point. In 113-127 fms, green sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) . 1110-40. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower Califor- nia. In 1-2 fms, coral. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) . 1111-40. San Lorenzo Channel, Lower California. In 6-13 fms, coral, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) . 1112-40. San Gabriel Bay, Lower California. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) . 1120-40. East side of San Nicolas Island, California. In 30 fms, sand and shell. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species . 1121-40. Same. In 40 fms, sand and shell. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards . 1122-40. Same. In 30 fms, sand, rock, and shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) . 1123-40. South side of San Nicolas Island, California. In 30 fms, rocky. Eunice multipectinata Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . 1125-40. Southeast side of same. In 97 fms, green sand, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 2h St. 1126-40. Off Huntington Beach, California. In 8-15 fms, fine black sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Diopatra tridentata, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Notocirrus californiensis, new species St. 1128-40. Off Newport Harbor, California. In 4-10 fms, mud and sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1129-40. Off Newport Beach, California. In 36-50 fms, mud. Eunice americana, new species St. 1130-40. Off Laguna Beach, California. In 25-28 fms, sandy mud. FHyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore Diopatra ornata Moore Diopatra tridentata, new species Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Drilonereis filum (Claparéde) St. 1131-40. Same. In 54-57 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Fyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species ?Lumbrineris pallida, new species St. 1132-40. Off Redondo Beach, California. In 43-85 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1133-40. Same. In 136-172 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 28 Se St. St. St. Se St. St. Ste ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Drilonereis falcata Moore 1134-40. Same. In 16-32 fms, sand and shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Lumbrineris index (Moore) 1135-40. Same. In 18-45 fms, coarse sand and gravel. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore 1136-40. Same. In 70-240 fms, green mud. Onuphis vexillaria Moore Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris index (Moore) 1137-40. Same. In 96-120 fms, gray mud and shell. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) 1142-40. Off Point Vincente light, California. In 17-40 fms, coarse sand and mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Marphysa conferta Moore Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1143-40. Off Portuguese Point, California. In 16-20 fms, gray sand and seaweed. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1144-40. North end of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 77-81 fms, fine sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore 1146-40. East of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 36-48 fms, sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 29 St. S ct S ct S cr St. S ct St: St. S ct S ct S [ms 1149-40. Avalon Bay, Catalina Island, California. In 82-88 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) . 1151-40. Southeast end of Catalina Island. In 117-128 fms, rock and sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore . 1156-40. 614 mi. east of Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 230-380 fms, rocks. Lumbrineris index (Moore) . 1157-40. 314 mi. east of same. In 285-290 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) 1159-40. 10 mi. southeast of Long Beach, California. In 23-25 fms, fine sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore . 1160-40. 1114 mi. southeast of same. In 32-52 fms, mud, sand, dead shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1163-40. 1314 mi. south of Seal Beach, California. In 215-225 fms, green mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1165-40. Off San Pedro breakwater, California. In 14 fms, sand, shell. Diopatra ornata Moore Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards . 1171-40. Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 25-38 fms, sand, gravel. Lumbrineris californiensis, new species . 1173-40. 4 mi. southeast of Catalina Island. In 108-117 fms, fine green sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards - 1177-40. North of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 125-150 fms, gray sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore 30 St. St St. St: St. St. St. 5 ct St. ct St ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 1178-40. Off Eagle Bank north of Catalina Island, California. In 40-43 fms, gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1181-40. Howlands Landing, north of Catalina Island, California. In 47-64 fms, broken shells. Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1182-40. Same. In 160 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 1183-40. Same. In 130-160 fms, mud. Ninoé gemmea Moore 1189-40. Santa Cruz Island, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata ( Johnson) 1191-40. South side of Santa Cruz Island, California. In 37-40 fms, gray sand, shell. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1192-40. Off Bowen Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 58- 90 fms, sand, broken shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards . 1193-40. Willow anchorage, south side of Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller 1194-40. Santa Cruz Island, off Gull Island, California. In 39-43 fms, gray sand, mud. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1195-40. Same. In 64-138 fms, sand, rock, broken shell. Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bicirrata (‘Treadwell ) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 31 St. 1197-40. Gull Island, east side of Santa Cruz Island, California. St. 1200-40. Catalina Island, west end, California. St St . 1202-40. Off Point Fermin, California. In 6-10 fms, sand, algae. Nothria stigmatis paradiopatra, new subspecies Lumbrineris californiensis, new species green mud. Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Ninoé gemmea Moore . 1201-40. Off west end of Catalina Island, California. fms, green mud. Eunice americana, new species Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Lumbrineris limicola, new species In 8-9 fms, rocky. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Diopatra ornata Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore Lumbrineris limicola, new species . 1205-40. South side of San Nicolas Island, California. fms, green sand. Diopatra ornata Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Nothria stigmatis (Treadwell) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species Lumbrineris pallida, new species Notocirrus californiensis, new species St. 1208-40. Playa del Rey, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata ( Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) In 126-132 fms, In 134-150 In 16-18 fms, gray mud. . 1204-40. West of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, California. In 24-34 32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St. 1209-40. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1210-40. La Jolla, California. Rocky shore. Eunice longicirrata Webster Marphysa conferta Moore Mar physa sanguinea (Montagu) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1211-40. Mission Bay, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 1214-40. 70 fm bank, San Pedro Channel, California. In 150-200 fms, black mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1216-40. Point Fermin, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) St. 1218-40. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1219-40. Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, California. In 22 fms, fine sand. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1220-41. 114 mi. off Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, California. In 63-83 fms, gray sand, mud, dead shell. Onuphis litoralis Monro Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1222-41. Newport and Balboa Channel, California. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . 1223-41. San Pedro Channel, California. In 225-235 fms, green sand. Lumbrineris index (Moore) St. (ae S ct No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 33 St. 1224-41. Newport Channel, California. Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1226-41. 414 mi. southwest of Balboa, California. In 135-140 fms, fine gray mud. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Eunice americana, new species St. 1228-41. 11 mi. southeast of San Pedro breakwater, California. In 126-138 fms, gray-green sand. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1229-41. 10 mi. south of same. In 81-83 fms, gray-green sand. Onuphis parva Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1230-41. San Pedro breakwater, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1232-41. 5 mi. fromsame. In 18-19 fms, coarse sand, dead shell. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1235-41. 314 mi. off Huntington Beach, California. In 18 fms, green mud, fine sand. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species St. 1236-41. 6 mi. southwest of Seal Beach, California. In 26-27 fms, green sand, mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis parva Moore Diopatra tridentata, new species Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species St. 1237-41. 80 fm bank off Huntington Beach, California. In 62-74 fms, gray-green mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis parva Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 34 St. SE: St St. St. S ct S ct S Cre S ct ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 1240-41. 9 mi. off San Diego, California. In 78-81 fms, green sand, pebbles. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1241-41. 714 mi. south of Point Loma, California. In 30-31 fms, coarse sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Nothria stigmatis Treadwell Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1245-41. 4 mi. off Todos Santos Island, Lower California. In 40 fms, shell, mud, gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Flyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria tridescens ( Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris pallida, new species 1246-41. North end, Ranger Bank, off Cedros Island, Lower Cali- fornia. In 78-83 fms, loose rock, shells, pebbles. Fyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) 1249-41. 1 mi. south of San Benito Island, Lower California. In 34-44 fms, fine white sand. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards . 1250-41. Same. In 44-49 fms, sand, shell. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards . 1251-41. 514 mi. south of same. In 66-81 fms, green and gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) Lumbrineris acuta Verrill Drilonereis nuda Moore Labidognathus forcipes, new species . 1252-41. 814 mi. south of same. In 71-72 fms, coral sand, fine pebbles. Eunice multipectinata Moore . 1253-41. 8 mi. west of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 64-65 fms, gravel and loose rock. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 35 Nothria conchylega (Sars) Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1254-41. 8 mi. southwest of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 63-65 fms, fine green sand, coral. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1256-41. 814 mi. south of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 52-55 fms, fine green-gray mud, small shells. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1259-41. 816 mi. south of Dewey Channel, Lower California. In 23-26 fms, sand, broken shell, gravel. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 1260-41. Dewey Channel, San Eugene Point, Mexico. In 21-26 fms, corallines, rocks. Diopatra neotridens, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1261-41. 4 mi. north of same. In 24-25 fms, gray-green sand. HA yalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1264-41. 114 mi. off north end of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 55-60 fms, shale and pebbles. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1265-41. 2 mi. southeast of Cedros Island light, Lower California. In 55 fms, green and brown sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1267-41. 3 mi. northwest of Anacapa Island light, California. In 47 fms, gray-green sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore 36 St. St St. Bt St. St. S ct St St ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 1268-41. 214 mi. northwest of same. In 51-52 fms, gray-green sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 1271-41. 34 mi. southeast of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, California. In 23-25 fms, corallines and coarse gray sand. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1272-41. 614 mi. north of Anacapa Island light, California. In 124-125 fms, gray sand. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species 1274-41. 314 mi. south of Hueneme, California. In 29-30 fms, shell, mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore 1275-41. 114 mi. southeast of Point Mugu, California. In 26-30 fms, mud. FH yalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Nothria conchylega (Sars) Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1276-41. 1076-41. 1034 mi. west of Point Dume, California. In 47-48 fms, loose rock. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) . 1283-41. 214 mi. east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 23-28 fms, gravel, sand. Drilonereis nuda Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 1284-41. 1 mi. south of same. In 15-16 fms, loose rock, sand. Palola paloloides (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) 1288-41. Off Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 74- 103 fms, green mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS oy Nothria conchylega (Sars) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill) Lumbrineris cruzensis, new species St. 1289-41. 2.6 mi. east of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 47-49 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Drilonereis nuda Moore Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 1290-41. 4.2 mi. southeast of same. In 51-53 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore St. 1295-41. 1 mi. southeast of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 15-21 fms, corallines, sand, pebbles. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) ?Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 1297-41. 14 mi. east of San Pedro Point, California. In 26-40 fms, St St St St rocky. Palola paloloides (Moore) Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) . 1299-41. 3 mi. northwest of same. In 65-80 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Fyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) . 1300-41. 114 mi. northwest of Cavern Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 54-56 fms, mud, sand, dead shell. Onuphis nebulosa Moore . 1301-41. 0.3 mi. northwest of Pelican Point, Santa Cruz Island. In 35-39 fms, mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) - 1302-41. 14 mi. northeast of Platt Harbor, Santa Cruz Island. In 31-37 fms, green mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 38 St. St: St: Ste St. S ct S ct S ct St. S et ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 1304-41. 3 mi. north of Arch Rock, Santa Cruz Island. In 55-60 fms, mud, broken shell. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (‘Treadwell ) Lumbrineris cruzensis, new species 1310-41. Fourth of July Cove, Catalina Island. Rocky shore. Arabella semimaculata (Moore) 1311-41. Southeast of west end, Catalina Island. In 40-50 fms, sand, mud. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) 1314-41. South of Catalina Head, Catalina Island. In 90-104 fms, mud. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) 1315-41. Montecito, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) . 1316-41. 1 mi. southwest of Ben Weston Point, Catalina Island. In 45 fms, mud, sand, gravel. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria conchylega (Sars) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) . 1318-41. 414 mi. west of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 50 fms, sticky mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) . 1321-41. 2 mi. west of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 45-53 fms, mud, sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1325-41. 216 mi. southeast of same. In 59-61 fms, rock and shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards . 1326-41. 1 mi. northeast of Castle Rock, San Clemente Island, Cali- fornia. In 46-50 fms, gray sand. Lumbrineris bicirrata (‘Treadwell) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 39 St. 5 ct 5 ct St: Ste St: St. S cot S = 5 cot S ct St. S (mis 1332-41. 3 mi. east of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 56 fms, sand, shell. Maryphysa mortenseni Monro Lumbrineris californiensis, new species . 1333-41. 6 mi. southeast of same. In 56 fms, sand, shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) . 1334-41. 484 mi. southeast of same. In 125-131 fms, sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1335-41. 1 mi. southwest of same. In 32 fms, corallines, shells. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards 1340-41. Tanner Bank, California. In 37-38 fms, loose rock. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice multipectinata Moore 1341-41. 414 mi. northwest of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 60-61 fms, black sand and rock. Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 1342-41. 914 mi. northwest of same. In 50 fms, white sand, rock. Eunice multipectinata Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . 1345-41. 1814 mi. south of San Nicolas Island, California. In 57 fms, rocks. Palola siciliensis (Grube) . 1347-41. 11 mi. northwest of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 45-46 fms, corallines. Eunice multipectinata Moore Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) . 1348-41. Tanner Bank, California. In 45-46 fms, rocks. Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) . 1355-41. 4 mi. east of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 106-110 fms, gray sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1356-41. 14 mi. east of Abalone Point, Catalina Island. In 44-46 fms, mud, kelp. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards . 1358-41. 1 mi. east of Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 36-38 fms, brachiopods and mud. Lumbrineris californiensis, new species 40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 St St. St. St. ot St St St: St: St. Sie St. . 1359-41. 134 mi. east of same. In 100-108 fms, gray sand, shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 1369-41. 1 mi. east of Empire Landing, Catalina Island. In 15-30 fms. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) 1406-41. North side of Whites Cove, Catalina Island. Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) 1411-41. Off San Miguel Island, California. In 44-48 fms, sand, shell. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley 1412-41. South of Crook Point, San Miguel Island, California. In 41-43 fms, sand, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley 1415-41. 114 mi. east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, Cali- fornia. In 20-21 fms, sand and flat rocks. Palola paloloides (Moore) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) 1417-41. 4 mi. northeast of Sandy Point, Santa Rosa Island, Cali- fornia. In 35-36 fms, flat rocks. Eunice multipectinata Moore 1426-41. West of Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 21-40 fms, sand, brachiopods. Eunice multipectinata Moore 1435-41. 114 mi. southwest of Gull Island, Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia. In 48 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Drilonereis falcata Moore 1437-41. Flat Rock Point, near Redondo Beach, California. Rocky shore. Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) 1439-41. Same. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) 1441-41. Corona del Mar, California. Shore, mud and sand flats. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Mar physa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 41 Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill) Lumbrineris minima, new species Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1441a-41. Newport channel, California. From under side of floats. Mar physa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1442-41. Newport channel, California. Sand flats at northern end. Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 1443-41. Arch Rock, south of Corona del Mar, California. Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1444-42. Newport Bay, California. In 3 fms. Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 1445-42. Anaheim Landing, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 1446-42. Palos Verdes Estates, California. Rocky shore. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . 1447-42. Arguello, California. Rocky shore. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris minima, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) . 1448-42. Same. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Complete data for stations of the Allan Hancock Atlantic Cruise of 1939, stations A1-A59, are given in separate reports of that cruise. S ct S ct 42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Family Onuphidae ‘The Onuphidae have characteristic prostomial parts: there are 5 con- spicuous occipital tentacles, including paired outer and inner lateral, and a median unpaired one, each mounted on a more or less annulated base called a ceratophore. In addition, there is a pair of simple, frontal an- tennae at the anterior margin of the prostomium, and a pair of thick palpi on the ventral side. Two anterior segments are apodous, the second with (Onuphis and Rhamphobrachium) or without (Hyalinoecia and Epidiopatra) tentacular cirri; and succeeding rings are provided with uniramous parapodia, although the dorsal cirrus carries a reduced noto- acicular fascicle, indicating that it represents a greatly reduced noto- podium. The first few (3 or 2) pairs of parapodia are sometimes greatly enlarged and directed anteroventrally (Rhamphobrachium), or they are no longer than succeeding parapodia. The dorsal cirrus is simple, cirriform, sometimes giving rise from its dorsal edge near the base to a branchial structure, which in turn may be simple cirriform (Nothria), pectinately branched (Onuphis, Rhampho- brachium), or more or less strongly spiraled (Diopatra, Epidiopatra). Ventral cirri of the first few parapodia (2 to 10 or rarely more) are usually cirriform, more posteriorly they are reduced to a flattened, cush- ionlike, glandular pad. The postsetal lobe is frequently more or less pro- longed, triangular, especially in anterior parapodia, but typically de- creases in size farther back; the presetal lobe is usually inconspicuous (though moderately large in some species, or in anterior segments of some species of Nothria). Setae may include (1) simple, bilimbate, which may be present throughout or absent from a few anterior segments, those in a superior position usually provided with a longer, slenderer, bladed portion than those more inferior; (2) simple or composite hooded hooks, with or with- out lateral dentations in anterior segments; (3) pectinate (or comb) setae in all or some segments; and (4) simple, yellow, hooded, bidentate hooks, subacicular in position, in median and posterior segments. The neuropodium is supported by 2 to 5 embedded, pale or yellow acicula, often prolonged and projecting from the parapodial lobe. In some species (Onuphis, Nothria, Rhamphobrachium) the inferior, bilimbate, simple setae may be partly replaced by similar, composite setae designated com- posite spinigers. The proboscidial armature is much like that in the family Eunicidae, with which the Onuphidae may have their nearest affinities, but propor- tionately much more delicate. Mandibles consist of a pair of thin, elon- No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 43 gate, distally flaring pieces, fused for a short distance along their median line near the anterior end, and sometimes more or less calcified distally. The maxillae are often also thin, translucent, or only slightly chitinized ; the carriers are usually broad, short, basally rounded or somewhat pointed, lacking a median unpaired piece. Forceps (maxillae I) are broad, falcige- rous, without dentations at the base ; maxillae II to IV on the left side are usually multidentate, and maxilla V on either side is either a single smaller tooth or a simple plate; on the right side maxillary plates III and IV are fused (such that maxilla IV appears to be absent). The dental formula within any one species is believed to be too variable to be of specific significance or, conversely, too consistently alike between species to be significant in the differentiation of species. Since these parts are relatively weakly developed, it appears that the onuphids are not the rapacious predators that some other members of the Eunicea are. Tubes, on the whole, are very characteristic of species; they usually consist of a thinner or thicker parchmentlike base (translucent in /Tyali- noecia), smooth within, on the outside of which are attached foreign particles of various sorts. In some there may be only a thin layer with a coat of fine sand particles (Nothria iridescens Johnson), or the sand may be partially replaced by similar, larger particles, including gravel, shell fragments, debris, etc. Tubes may be very slender, nearly filamen- tous, long, stiff, resembling those of some phoronids, externally covered with fine gravel (Onuphis nebulosa Moore). They may be proportion- ately much broader in diameter, covered externally with coarse particles, bits of shells and sticks, presenting a very untidy appearance (Diopatra ornata Moore), or the tube may present a neatly annulated appearance (Diopatra tridentata n. sp.) in which there are inner and outer parch- mentlike layers, between which fine sand and mud particles are placed. The form or structure of the tubes is nearly as great as the numbers of species constructing them. However, it would be unsafe to base any determination on the tube alone, since it has been found that similar tubes are constructed by species in widely related groups, or that the same species may use different building materials, depending on what is available. On the whole, the Onuphidae are difficult to determine specifically without a careful examination of internal and external microscopic parts. Superficial gross structures, such as distribution and kind of branchiae, proportions of parapodial lobes, proportionate lengths of prostomial parts, are of generic use but are too uniform within genera to have any specific significance. Then, too, collections often include individuals largely in- 44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 complete posteriorly. Autotomy is frequent, and regeneration of lost parts, including tail and anterior ends with parapodial parts, not un- usual; abnormal structures such as bifurcated dorsal and ventral cirri are occasionally observed, indicating a notable potentiality for replace- ment of lost parts. Many species have been described with accent only on macroscopic parts, such that their uniqueness is indeterminable; con- sequently much confusion exists in the literature. Eight genera are usually recognized in the family Onuphidae. These are: 1. Diopatra Audouin and Edwards, p. 49. 2. Epidiopatra Augener (1918), p. 45. 3. Hyalinoecia Malmgren, p. 46. 4. Leptoecia Chamberlin (1919), p. 45. 5. Nothria Malmgren, p. 83. 6. Onuphis Audouin and Edwards, p. 66. 7. Paranorthia Moore (1903), p. 45. 8. Rhamphobrachium Ehlers, p. 47. Key To GENERA OF ONUPHIDAE 1 | Peristomium with tentacular cirel). 2%. 4 8) Re ee I. Peristomium® without tentacular cirmt-. 4:1. =| Pals a Bee 2. Branchiae spiraled in part . . . . . . Diopatra, p. 49 2. Branchiae absent, cirriform, simply branched or pectiniform 3 3. First 2 or 3 parapodia greatly enlarged, prolonged forward. 4 3. First few parapodia only slightly enlarged, if at all 5 4. These enlarged parapodia provided with numerous, slender, recurved hooks capable of being projected far forward . . . ‘ Rhamphobrachium, p. 47 4, These eAmaes eee provided with coarser hooks, resem- bling those in Onuphis . . . . . . Paranorthia Moore 5. Branchiae unbranched, if present . . . . Nothria, p. 83 5. Branchiae branched on some segments . . . Onuphis, p. 66 6. Branchiae spiraled on some segments . LEpidiopatra Augener 6: Branchiae not’ spiraled, if present #00. 7. "2 0. 2 2 7. Without branchiae. . . . . . . Leptoecia Chamberlin 7. With cirriform branchiae . . . . . Hyalinoecia, p. 46 It should be noted that Nothria and Onuphis are frequently united, since their separation (branchiae simple filaments, or more or less branched) is based on an artificial character; their separation is here maintained for convenience. Similarly, Leptoecia and Hyalinoecia might be regarded congenerically. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 45 In addition, (1) Heptaceras Ehlers (1868, p. 284) has been erected for a Diopatra-like form from Ceylon, in which the frontal antennae are said to be long, filiform, resembling the occipital tentacles in length, and (2) Paronuphis Ehlers (1887, p. 73) for a form which Augener (1932, p. 38) has referred to Hyalinoecia, since it is believed to represent a juve- nile of this genus. (3) Paradiopatra Ehlers (1887, p. 75) was erected as a subgenus of Diopatra, with 2 species, P. fragosa and P. glutinatrix, both from Florida. The genus was thought to be an abranchiate Diopatra, but at least one of its species, P. glutinatrix, was later (Augener, 1906, p. 142) shown to have trifid branchiae, hence referred to the genus Onuphis. The other species, P. fragosa, requires re-investigation. However, 3 other abranchiate species of Onuphis have been described by other authors, and might come under this category (Paradiopatra) if it is retainable; these are O. minuta McIntosh (1885, p. 334) from New Zealand. O. som- breriana McIntosh (1885, p. 310) from the West Indies, and O. notialis Monro (1930, p. 129) from the Antarctic region. Unfortunately for this view, the collections herein reported contain some specimens believed to be very close to a species of Nothria (N. stigmatis, p. 89) so as to be at most of subspecific rank, since they agree with the stem species in all respects save that branchiae are totally lacking. A similar variation in number of branchial structures is to be found in O. nebulosa (p. 75); it seems that the actual distribution of branchiae or the amount of their branching, when limited to a few filaments, has doubtful specific value in this group. Since separation of some of these genera (see key above) depends on the amount of branching of branchial structures, and since this is unques- tionably a variable character at least in some species (see below under Nothria stigmatis and Onuphis nebulosa), it may become necessary to refer some genera in the key above to others; thus, Leptoecia may prove to be only an abranchiate form of Hyalinoecia and Paradiopatra an abranchiate Onuphis. Such a conclusion necessitates further investiga- tion, especially of all setal structures of the species involved. Five genera of those keyed above are present in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation. These are Hyalinoecia, Rhamphobrachium, Diopatra, Onuphis, and Nothria. The other 3, Epidiopatra, Leptoecia, and Paranorthia, are small, known through only one or 2 species each. Epidiopatra Augener (1918, p. 355) is known through only 2 African species, FE. hupferiana and E. drewinensis, described by the same author. Paranorthia Moore (1903, p. 448) is known for a single species, P. brevi- cornuta Moore from Japan. Leptoecia Chamberlin (1919, p. 264) is known through only 2 species, L. abyssorum Chamberlin off western Peru and L. antarctica Monro (1930, p. 133) from the Antarctic. 46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 10 Genus HYALINOECIA Malmgren Type H. tubicola (Miller) Hyalinoecia is characterized in lacking peristomial cirri and in having usually simple, cirriform branchiae; anterior parapodia are provided with falcate (usually also dentate) hooded hooks, with or without articulation ; other setae include (1) simple limbate, (2) pectinate, and (3) bidentate hooded, subacicular ones; their distribution resembles that in Onuphis (p. 66). The tube is typically horny, translucent, in life freely carried about by the occupant. Most species are known only from deep water (over several hundred fathoms). Eight species have been described from the Western Hemisphere, all save one, H. juvenalis Moore, in depths of 300 fms or over. These are: 1. H. branchiata Treadwell (1934, p. 6) from Puerto Rico, in 300 fms. 2. H. juvenalis Moore (1911, p. 277) from Santa Rosa Island, Cali- fornia, in 38-45 fms. 3. H. leucacra Chamberlin (1919, p. 277) from western Mexico, in 660 fms. 4. H. solenotecton (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 306) from Pacific Panama, in 1,270 fms. 5. H. tecton Chamberlin (1919, p. 310) from western Mexico, in 679 fms. 6. H. tubicola (Miiller) first described from Norway, since reported from cosmopolitan areas. From the Western Hemisphere it has been described as H. tubifex Verrill (1880, p. 357) off northeast America, and as Onuphis (Paronuphis) gracilis Ehlers (1887, p. 78) off Florida. 7. H1. tubicola stricta Moore (1911, p. 280) from southern California, in 1,059 fms. 8. H. varians Baird (1870, p. 359) from the West Indies. Only one species, H. juvenalis, but this in abundance, has been found in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation, but the operations of the Velero IIT have not included the great depths at which the other spe- cies typically occur. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 277-280, pl. 18, figs. 86-95 ; Treadwell, 1937, p. 152. Collections—244-34 (1); 448-35 (1); 461-35 (9); 523-36 (3); 541-36 (4) ; 544-36 (8) ; 546-36 (about 20) ; 701-37 (1) ; 863-38 (1); 873-38 (1) ; 878-38 (1) ; 936-39 (about 15) ; 990-39 (about 20) ; 1037- 40 (about 20); 1081-40 (1); 1128-40 (3); 1130-40 (10); 1131-40 No. | HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 47 (6) ; 1134-40 (2); 1135-40 (5); 1142-40 (5); 1143-40 (1); 1159-40 (11) ; 1160-40 (2) ; 1163-40 (2) ; 1202-40 (2) ; 1236-41 (5) ; 1237-41 (1) ; 1241-41 (1); 1245-41 (2) ; 1246-41 (1) ; 1253-41 (15) ; 1254-41 (7) ; 1256-41 (3); 1261-41 (1); 1267-41 (7); 1268-41 (1); 1275-41 (3); 1299-41 (1); A 13-39 (about 15); A 14-39 (about 40) ; A 15-39 (4); A 18-39 (2); A 32-39 (1) ; A 42-39 (about 30). Distribution—H. juvenalis occurs abundantly from southern Cali- fornia, south to Panama, and into the West Indian region through Co- lombia, Venezuela, and the West Indies. Its bathymetric range is from 8 to 225 fms, based on these records. Genus RHAMPHOBRACHIUM Ehlers Type R. agassizi Ehlers Rhamphobrachium is distinguished from other genera of this family for having the first few (3, rarely 2) pairs of parapodia greatly enlarged, directed ventrally and forward, and provided with long, slender, distally curved setae which are prolonged basally and carried far back in the body. The prostomial parts are typical of the family, but the occipital tentacles are proportionately short, blunt. The second apodous ring has a pair of dorsal tentacles. Eight species have been described in, or referred to, this genus. They are: 1. R. agassizi Ehlers (1887, p. 70) from Florida, in 333-539 fms. 2. R. bipes Monro (1937, p. 293) from the Gulf of Aden, in 91 m. 3. R. brevibrachiatum (Ehlers) (1875, p. 49) from off western France, in 725 fms. 4. R. chuni Ehlers (1912, p. 76) from eastern Africa, in 677-1,362 m. 5. R. diversosetosum Monro (1937, p. 295) from the Maldives, in 183- 274 m. 6. R. ehlersi Monro (1930, p. 126) from the South Shetlands, in 525 m. 7. R. longisetosum Berkeley (1938, p. 428) from Corona del Mar, Cal- ifornia, in 17-33 fms. 8. R. pacifica Hoagland (1920, p. 618) from the Philippines, in 375- 484 fms. Most of these species are known through only their original account. It is of interest that Rhamphobrachium is probably largely a deep-water genus and that its species are widely distributed over the earth. Only 2, R. agassizi and R. longisetosum, are known from the Western Hemi- sphere; the first is an abyssal form and is not represented in the collec- tions; the second is present through numerous individuals (below). 48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Plate 1, Figs. 1-8 Berkeley, 1938, pp. 428-436, 8 figs. Collections.—812a-38 (1); 890-38 (1, with tube); 908-38 (1); 981-39 (2); 1008-39 (3); 1010-39 (23 anterior ends) ; 1012-39 (2); 1018-39 (1) ; 1020-39 (12) ; 1023-39 (1) ; 1125-40 (2) ; 1130-40 (4); 1131-40 (1); 1149-40 (1); 1178-40 (2); 1182-40 (1); 1245-41 (1); 1251-41 (1); 1264-41 (1); 1265-41 (2) ; 1267-41 (3); 1289-41 (1); 1290-41 (1); 1299-41 (2); 1316-41 (1); 1321-41 (1); 1411-41 (1); 1412-41 (1); 1435-41 (1). R. longisetosum has heretofore been known through only an original description, based on 2 small anterior ends that measured only 4 and 18 mm long (Berkeley, 1938); an additional account is therefore given. Length of an individual that may be nearly two thirds complete is 53 mm; another larger anterior end of 45 setigers measures 32 mm long; another of 50 setigers is about equally long. The prostomium has 2 pairs of tiny black eyespots at the base of the inner lateral tentacles, along the anterior and outer lateral sides. The frontal antennae are depressed spherical; the occipital tentacles are short, the ceratophores with 4 or 5 shorter articles and a longer distal one; their styles are smooth, taper dis- tally. The first 3 pairs of parapodia are progressively enlarged, the third much the largest; all are directed anteroventrally. The segments from which they arise, however, are only about as long as those following. Ven- tral cirri of the first 3 setigers taper rapidly from thick bases to bluntly pointed tips; they increase in length from the first to the third, all com- pare favorably in size with their respective dorsal cirri. The other para- podial lobes on the first 3 pairs of parapodia are variable in length or ap- pearance, owing to the varying amount of setal projection. On some speci- mens the setae are completely retracted, their respective lobes correspond- ingly withdrawn; on others the lobes are very conspicuous and the long setae project for a distance greater than that of the entire anterior portion of the body. From the fourth setiger the ventral cirrus is represented only by a pale, glandular pad. Branchiae are present from the eighth or ninth setiger, as a simple filament, continued so through the fourteenth; there are 2 filaments on the fifteenth, 3 on the eighteenth, 4 on the twentieth, the arrangement neatly pectinate, 5 or 6 filaments on the twenty-second, increasing to 8 or 10 filaments in a median region (pl. 1, fig. 3) and probably continued through much of the body length. NO. l HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 49 The fourth parapodium (pl. 1, fig. 4) has 5 yellow acicula that taper distally to blunt straight rods, and 9 or 10 shorter limbate setae inferiorly. The acicula are slenderer than those farther back. A fifteenth parapodium is provided with the following setal structures: 3 heavy yellow acicula that are rodlike but taper distally, many smooth simple limbate setae in the upper and middle parts of the fascicle, and a stout, subacicular, bi- dentate hook (pl. 1, fig. 6), together with 5 composite spinigers (pl. 1, fig. 5) below. In the sixteenth to twentieth parapodium the arrangement is similar, but the composite spinigers are replaced by a second subacicular hook (pl. 1, fig. 7) and there are only 2, instead of 3, yellow acicula. Composite spinigers occur in the fourth to fifteenth parapodium, in a ventral position of the fascicle. Pectinate setae (pl. 1, fig. 8), nowhere conspicuous, are present from the sixteenth setiger to the ends of the pieces. The proboscidial armature, not originally described, is typically onu- phid, both mandibles and maxillae well developed. The mandibles are hard, calcareous, with sharp, white, cutting edges, and have long basal rods that are separated for most of their length (pl. 1, fig. 2). The max- illae have carriers that are longer than broad and basally rounded (pl. 1, fig. 1) ; the forceps are falcate. On the left side the maxillary pieces have, from the second to fourth piece, 7, 7, and 8 teeth, respectively ; the fifth is a flat, edentate plate. On the right side, the second piece has 7 teeth and the third has 9 teeth; the fifth piece resembles the corrsponding one on the left side (pl. 1, fig. 1). The tube is tough, parchmentlike, covered with debris and gravel. Distribution.—Based on these collections, R. longisetosum occurs ex- tensively off southern California, south at least to Cedros Island, Mexico, and the Galapagos Islands, in depths ranging from 10 to 400 fms. It is usually associated with sandy or muddy bottoms. Genus DIOPATRA ce Deis sale. eadenthium. Ehlers 1. Branchiae present at ise in a far posterior region; maxillary plates with a few blunt teeth . . : 2 2. Maxillary plate II on the right side natn a alk ae Aes at its distal. end... « . tole, seepuloloides, p13 2. Maxillary plate II on the a side with only 2 blunt denticles Se P. siciliensis, p. 131 Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice leucodon Ehlers, 1901, pp. 128-130, pl. 16, figs. 1-10. Leodice cariboea Treadwell, 1921, pp. 47-49, pl. 4, figs. 1-4, figs. 136- 143. Eunice siciliensis Fauvel, 1923, pp. 405-407, fig. 159; Monro, 1933, p. 62. Collections —62-33 (1); 127-33 (1); 210-34 (1); 217-34 (1); 232-34 (1); 239-34 (1); 446-35 (1); 473-35 (2); 501-36 (1); 633- By. (1); 634-37 (2); 739-37 (2): 867-38 (1); 970-39 (1); 972-39 (4); 1049-40 (4) ; 1053-40 (8); 1072-40 (1); 1091-40 (2) ; 1092-40 (2); 1093-40 (1); 1110-40 (2); 1112-40 (2); A 41-39 (1); A 50-39 (1) ; Caribbean Cruise, 1939 (5). Color in life for a specimen from Tobago Island (coll. A 41-39) is as follows: eyes reddish black; dorsal side of body brownish vinaceous and iridescent with a strong purplish hue; dorsal vessel reddish purple; parapodia dark gray; ventral side same as dorsal one. (Noted by Mr. Anker Petersen.) Distribution.—Circumtropical. The present records extend in the Pacific from the Gulf of California, south to Colombia, west to the Galapagos, from shore to 18 fms, and in the Caribbean Sea on the Atlantic side. Palola paloloides (Moore) Eunice (Eriphyle) paloloides Moore, 1909, pp. 246-249, pl. 7, figs. 5-7. Palolo pallidus Hartman, 1938, p. 99, figs. 24-35. Collections.—906-39 (1) ; 909-39 (1); 1210-40 (3) ; 1218-40 (2); 1224-41 (1); 1284-41 (4); 1297-41 (2); 1340-41 (1); 1345-41 (1); 1406-41 (1); 1415-41 (1); 1443-41 (4); 1446-42 (2); Ensenada, Rocky Point, Lower California, (1). 152 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Branchial filaments are absent from the first 100 to 150 segments; thereafter some segments are abranchiate but most have a simple, cirri- form branchia on either side, or they may be branched once or twice. The unworn maxillary right plate II has a small accessory tooth distally, as originally shown by Moore; the cirri of the first segment are propor- tionately less prolonged (only about half as much) than in P. siciliensis (above). P. pallidus was originally separated from P. paloloides for having some divided branchiae, but this now seems to be only a variation. P. paloloides, in turn, is very closely allied to P. siciliensis (above), from which it differs only in minute details. Distribution.—Southern California, intertidal to 90 fms. No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 133 Family Lumbrineridae The Lumbrineridae, as herein restricted and as distinct from the Arabellidae (new name, p. 170), constitute a large group of species, be- longing to few (4) genera, uniquely uniform in external features be- cause of simplicity and reduction of many morphological parts. More than any other of the polychaetes, they resemble oligochaetes lacking a clitellum, but the setal structures and parapodial lobes are proportionate- ly much more developed; also, anatomically their affinities are with the Eunicidae. The prostomium is reduced to a simple, more or less conical, or depressed spherical, lobe without appendages (but with 3 minute an- tennae in Augeneria Monro), sometimes with a transversely linear series of dark eyespots along its posterior margin. The first 2 segments are simple, apodous rings. Succeeding segments are more or less cylindrical to somewhat depressed, provided with laterally produced, uniramous parapodia, moderate to small in size. The parts of the proboscis are paired throughout, typically consist of 4 pairs of dorsal, paired, maxillary plates, numbered maxilla I (or for- ceps) to maxilla IV; plates II to IV have few or more numerous denta- tions, or are simple. The forceps are basally attached to a pair of flat- tened, broad carriers without a median piece on the ventral side, such as characterizes the Arabellidae. The ventrally located mandibles consist of a pair of flat plates, fused along their median line, sometimes for their entire length (Lumbrineris acuta, p. 145), or decreasingly so to only a short, anterior portion of it. The mandibles and maxillae together consti- tute a more or less chitinized (sometimes also partly calcified) portion of an eversible, masticatory apparatus, often strongly developed. Parapodia are usually simple, often inconspicuous, short outpocket- ings of the body wall, with a short, fleshy portion provided with an acicu- lar fascicle and immediately posterior to it a vertically disposed, fan- shaped fascicle of setae and/or hooded hooks. The anterior and posterior portions of this fleshy lobe may be more or less prolonged to form the presetal and postsetal lobes, which in some instances form structures of unique specific significance. Only one, usually the postsetal, lobe may be prolonged, causing a unilabiate condition, or both presetal and postsetal lobes may be prolonged to form a bilabiate condition. In some, both lobes may remain fairly constant throughout. In Ninoé Kinberg the postsetal portion enlarges in some segments, comes to be palmately lobed to form branchial structures. The supporting rods, or acicula, may be pale straw colored, yellow, amber, to dark brown or even black; in a few species 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. LO both pale and dark-colored acicula are present in the same parapodium, or in different parapodia of the same individual. The notopodium may be represented merely by a slender, notoacicular fascicle in the fleshy part of the parapodium, or there may also be a minute, papillar, dorsal cirrus. Setae consist, anteriorly, of (1) simple bilimbate, or also (2) simple hooded hooks, or (3) composite hooded hooks, or rarely (4) composite limbate setae. In median and posterior regions the limbate setae are usually more or less completely replaced by simple hooded hooks. Four genera, of which Lumbrineris Blainville (—-Lumbriconereis Grube) is by far the largest, are herein assigned to this family. They include (see also discussion under Arabellidae, p. 170) : 1. Lumbrineris Blainville, with type L. fragilis (O. F. Miller), p. 136: 2. Ninoé Kinberg, with type N. chilensis Kinberg, p. 169. 3. Cenogenus Chamberlin (1919), with type C. descendens Chamber- lin. 4. Augeneria Monro (1930), with type 4. tentaculata Monro. The first 2 are represented in the collections; the last 2 genera are each known through only a single species, not present in the materials. Key To GENERA OF LUMBRINERIDAE 1. With 3 small antennae at posterior margin of prostomium . Balls tober lata tay Res eee as A Weel ait tos keg LLC TLET IG Nn i. NVithoue oc siniallanteniae? fa) vs.) .0k 1s ct ee rc) ann sieceleadacum ace 2. With palmately branched branchiae on some segments ; Sia y Morden ah So hc ahi om Ue abe ick Binans, Nace) ae Ne OCLED alae 2. Without palmately branched branchiae . 2... «.« 4.406) 3 3. Maxillary plates with dentations . . . Lumbrineris, p. 136 3. Maxillary plates (except maxilla I1) without dentations . . sites Gicliey “cv heen d.tver Behe whe nied Osan tare CG emogenus chambertin In addition, an interesting form, Aotearia sulcaticeps Benham, has been described from New Zealand, for which the subfamily, Aotearinae Benham, and genus, Aotearia Benham (1927, p. 91), were erected, based on 2 anterior ends of a single species. The genus is strikingly like Lum- brineris in form and details except that maxilla IV is present as an un- paired right plate with 3 teeth and maxilla V has numerous teeth on either side. The occurrence of an unpaired maxillary plate at once ex- cludes this from the family Lumbrineridae, as herein defined. Further- more, it should be stressed that where an unpaired plate is present in rep- No. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 135 resentatives of the superfamily Eunicea, i.e., in the Eunicidae and Onuphidae, it is the /eft, not the right, plate which is so. If Aotearia sulcaticeps could be included in Lumbrineris, it would fall in that group in which simple hooks are already present in anterior segments and in which acicula are black. Four other parasitic or aberrant genera have been described in the Lumbrineridae. These are: 1. Haematocleptes Wirén (1886, p. 1) for H. terebellidis, taken from the digestive tract of Terebellides stroemi Sars. 2. Labrorostratus St. Joseph (1888, p. 218) for L. parasiticus, from the body of syllids. 3. Oligognathus Spengel (1882, p. 15) for O. bonelliae, from the body cavity of Bonellia. (This may go to the Arabellidae, below.) 4. Ophiuricola Ludwig (1905, p. 397) for O. cynips, from a deep sea ophiuran, from west of Callao, Peru, in 2,845 fms. Three other genera that have been attributed to the Lumbrineridae are either doubtful or to be referred to other genera. 1. Laranda Kinberg was proposed for 2 species, L. sulcata Kinberg (1865, p. 574) from Guayaquil, Ecuador, and L. gracilis Kinberg (1865, p. 574) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Through the kindness of Professor Sixten Bock, I have been able to examine the type ma- terials at the Swedish State Museum; I found no collections of L. gracilis and only a fragment of L. sulcata, which had been dried and from which the proboscidial armature is missing. The genus Laranda, therefore, is best dropped from the list. Other species subsequently assigned to Laranda include L. annulata Ehlers (1912, p. 99) from the east coast of Africa, which may well go to Drilonereis Claparéde, and L. robusta Moore (1903, p. 454) from Suruga Bay, Japan, which is also a Drilonereis (Hartman, 1942, p. 125). 2. Larymna Kinberg (1865, p. 572) from Mossambique is a Lysareti- dae (p. 183), as I was able to confirm by examination of the type materials at the Swedish State Museum. This is discussed in an- other report on some Swedish types (in manuscript). 3. Pterothrix Chamberlin (1919, p. 325) was proposed for Notocirrus scoticus McIntosh, but is believed to be based partly on a Drilonereis sp. and partly on an Arabella sp. (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 451). Aracoda Schmarda, Cenothrix Chamberlin, and Maclovia Grube are referable to other recognized genera in the superfamily Eunicea and have been so considered elsewhere (McIntosh, 1910, p. 395; Monro, 1933, p. 88; and Fauvel, 1923, p. 438, respectively). Enonella Stimpson (1853, 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 p. 34) appears to be an [phitime Marenzeller (1902, p. 578). Eranno Kinberg is a Lumbrineris (see p. 138). Labidognathus Caullery (1914, p. 490) is an Arabellidae (p. 180). Unciniseta Bidenkap goes to Lum- brineris (Arwidsson, 1908, p. 267). Genus LUMBRINERIS Blainville (Includes Lumbriconereis Grube, Lumbrinereis delle Chiaje, Unciniseta Bidenkap, Eranno Kinberg.) Type L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) Although clearly distinguishable from other related genera, Lumbri- neris includes an enormous number of species which are sometimes identi- fiable with difficulty or not at all from others through their known de- scriptions, since there appear to be comparatively few external characters which have real specific value. Representatives of this genus have usually a plain, unadorned exterior, and are often to be distinguished only through dissection and examination of microscopic parts. The shape of the prostomium is variable to a degree, and such expressions as sharply conical, rounded, globular, etc., have only approximate value. The proboscidial formula has often been given in specific descriptions; but, since the major maxillary plate II is reasonably constant within the genus, or specifically variable to some extent, this is also of little value in some species, unless substantiated by numerous other characters; the usual number of teeth on this plate ranges from 4 to 6, but is often 4 or 5. However, the basal attachment of maxilla II to the base of the forceps appears to be reasonably characteristic. Maxillary plates III and IV are often unidentate, or III may have 2 teeth; rarely (L. inflata Moore) both III and IV have more teeth. The maxillary carriers vary too widely within a species to be of great value. The form of mandibles may be more specific, especially the degree of fusion of the basal ends; its cres- centic muscle scars are often conspicuous on the ventral side. Limbate setae are almost uniform in shape except in a few abyssal forms where they are greatly prolonged and very slender. The simple hooded hooks in median and posterior regions vary from superior to in- ferior positions of the fascicle, but are also too constant to be of practical specific value. The usual condition is for a minutely dentate distal end with a larger basal tooth. Presence or absence of composite hooks (or also setae) in an anterior region clearly divides the genus into several major groups (p. 141), but the appendages of these hooks vary in shape in a single individual from NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 17, long, slender in anteriormost segments, to shorter, broader, transform- ing more or less gradually to the simple, robust hooks present in posterior segments. The same applies to the simple, hooded hooks in anterior seg- ments, when present. The development of presetal and postsetal lobes of parapodia, par- ticularly as one proceeds from anterior to posterior regions, provides a more stable character, especially when correlated with other parts, but this requires that specimens be nearly complete for certain identification —a condition all too infrequent in many collections. In some species where it has been possible to test the specificity of this character, it is found that the proportionate lengths of the lobes may be one of 3 types: (1) they may remain more or less constant throughout, (2) there may be a gradual elongation of only the postsetal lobe, or (3) there may be a gradual lengthening of both presetal and postsetal lobes in some segments. An attempt is herein made to provide a more accurate means for ready identification of species from the eastern Pacific and Western Hemisphere. For this purpose, 3 groups (A to C) are here recognized. These are as follows: Group A includes those in which the anterior parapodia are provided with only simple limbate setae, or also simple hooded hooks. Group B includes those in which anterior parapodia are provided with simple limbate setae and composite hooded hooks. Group C includes those in which anterior parapodia are provided with composite setae in addition to composite hooded hooks and simple limbate setae. Another species, L. janeirensis Augener (1934, pp. 138-139, fig. 28), is said to have only simple limbate setae; I have seen no representatives of this. The genus Lumbrineris Blainville is known through about 110 to 125 species; many of these are very poorly known and their affinities re- main obscure or questionable. The records for the Western Hemisphere are likewise numerous (55, below). These include the following (anno- tations are given for some not discussed in the body of this report) : 1. L. abyssorum McIntosh (1885, p. 250) trawled off Valparaiso, Chile, in 2,225 fms. (Setae and hooks were lost; hence this is in- completely known. ) 2. L. acicularum Webster and Benedict (1887, p. 724) from New England. (The description is incomplete; the type specimen in the U. S. National Museum collections lacks prostomium and probos- cidial parts. ) 138 3: 4, 5: aS) 10. tt WV 13: 14. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 L. acuta (Verrill), p. 145. L. africana Augener, first described from west Africa, is reported from the Galapagos Islands (Monro, 1933, p. 86). L. atlantica Kinberg (1865, p. 568) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (This is provided with only limbate setae in 13 anterior segments, but thereafter has simple, hooded hooks, as I was able to confirm through re-examination of the type specimen at Stockholm. ) L. bicirrata (Treadwell), p. 156. L. bidens Ehlers (1887, p. 103) off Florida, in 339 fms. L. bifilaris (Ehlers), p. 153. L. bifrons (Kinberg) (1865, p. 567) from Cape Virginis, Pata- gonia. (‘This was originally described as Eranno bifrons, erroneous- ly referred to a newly erected genus, since the everted nuchal or- gans were interpreted as prostomial antennae. Through the courtesy of Professor Sixten Bock, of the Swedish State Museum, I have seen the type and found it to be a typical Lumbrineris. It is a valid species. Details are discussed in another report, in manuscript. ) L. bifurcata McIntosh, first described from Japan, has been re- ported from the northeast Pacific (Treadwell, 1914, p. 196; Berke- ley, 1927, p. 409). L. bilabiata Treadwell (1902, p. 199) from Puerto Rico. (See Hartman, 1942, p. 120.) L. branchiata Treadwell (1921, p. 94) from Tobago, West Indies. L. brasiliensis Grube (1856, p. 159) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. (This is very incompletely known.) L. brevicirra (Schmarda), originally described from Australia, has been reported from Coiba Island, Panama, and the Galapagos Is- lands (Monro, 1933, p. 83). However, the latter are believed to belong to L. tetraura, p. 147. Augener (1913, pp. 288-290) rede- scribed the type of L. brevicirra, noted the prostomium to be usually as long as the first 3 segments, reported simple hooks present from the first setiger and simple hooks in posterior segments, the latter with one larger, and 4 or 5 smaller teeth; the maxillary formula was given as 5-5, 2-2, 1-1; color of acicula was not disclosed. On the contrary, in specimens from the eastern Pacific, the prostomium was described (Monro, 1933) as short but never globular; simple hooks present from the first setiger; limbate setae present to per- haps the seventieth segment but usually ceasing at about the forti- eth, and jaws as in L. impatiens Claparede. The records of L. brevi- cirra from the Western Hemisphere are not convincing. NO. 15. 16. We 18. AE 28. 29: 30. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 139 L. candida Treadwell (1921, p. 96) from the West Indies. (This is said to have simple, hooded hooks in anterior segments; in all other respects, i.e., its short, broad mandibles, the nearly edentate maxillary plates and digitate postsetal lobes, it bears a remarkable resemblance to L. paucidentata, which is said, however, to have composite hooks in some anterior segments. ) L. chilensis Kinberg (1865, p. 569) from Valparaiso, Chile. (Sim- ple hooded hooks are present from the first setiger; the posterior parapodial lobes are bilabiate, about equally long.) L. cingulata Ehlers (1897, p. 76) from Ushuaia, Patagonia. (Not Ehlers, 1901, or Treadwell, 1917.) (Composite hooded hooks are present from the first parapodium; posterior parapodial lobes are short. See also the next 2 entries.) L. cingulata Ehlers (1901, p. 136) from Ushuaia, Patagonia. (Simple, hooded hooks are present from the first parapodium; the posterior parapodial lobes are long; composite hooks are absent. The specimens on which this record is based are deposited in the Swedish State Museum. See also nos. 17 and 19.) L. cingulata Treadwell (1917, p. 263) from Tortugas, Florida. (This may be referable to L. inflata, p. 160.) L. ehlersi var. tenuisetis McIntosh (1885, p. 253) from off New England, in 1,340 fms. (This is an abyssal form, provided with very long, slender, limbate setae.) L. erecta (Moore), p. 149. L. floridana Ehlers (1887, p. 103) from Key West, Florida. L. floridana polygnatha Monro (1933, p. 260) from Dry Tor- tugas, Florida. L. fragilis (O. F. Miller) well known from western Europe and reported off New England and eastern Canada. L. hebes Verrill (1874, p. 367) from Maine. (This name was pro- posed to replace L. obtusa Verrill, not Kinberg; it is poorly known.) L. heterochaeta (Schmarda) (1861, p. 116) from Valparaiso, Chile. (This is incompletely known.) L. heteropoda Marenzeller. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 121-123, fig. 10.) L. impatiens Claparéde, well known from southern Europe, has been reported from Elkhorn Slough, California (MacGinitie, 1935, p. 693), and from southern South America (Monro, 1936, p. 155). L. index (Moore), p. 162. L. inflata Moore, p. 160. 140 $1. Soh 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 L. janeirensis (Augener) (1934, p. 138) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. (This name was proposed to replace Arabella dubia Han- sen, for a form unique in lacking hooded hooks, its parapodia pro- vided with only simple limbate setae.) L. januarii (Grube), p. 167. L. latreilli Audouin and Edwards, p. 158. L. latreilli japonica Marenzeller, p. 159. L. maculata (Treadwell) (1902, p. 198) from Puerto Rico. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 119-120.) L. magalhaensis (Kinberg) (1865, p. 568) from the Strait of Ma- gellan. (Composite hooks are present from the first parapodium; parapodial lobes are short, but the postsetal one is the longer.) L. moorei Hartman (1942, p. 116) from Catalina Island, in 1,350- 2,182 fms. L. nasuta (Verrill) (1900, p. 651) from Bermuda. (The original description is inadequate; the type is not known to exist. As rede- scribed by Treadwell, 1921, p. 101, it appears to be the same as L. latreilli, p. 158.) L. nuchalis (Treadwell) (1921, p. 104) from the West Indies. (This has composite setae; the maxillary formula is 5, 2, 1.) L. obtusa Kinberg (1865, p. 569) from Valparaiso, Chile. (This may prove to be identical with L. sphaerocephala, below. Composite setae are present from the first parapodium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, directed obliquely upward; the maxillary formula of plates II and III is 5, 2.) L. oceanica (Kinberg) (1865, p. 570) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (Simple hooks are present from at least the second para- podium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, equal in length to the parapodial base, and directed obliquely upward.) L. parvapedata (Treadwell) (1902, p. 198) from Culebra, Pana- ma. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 118-119.) L. paucidentata (Treadwell) (1921, p. 99) from Tortugas, Flori- da. (In all respects save one, this resembles L. candida, above; it is, however, said to have composite hooks from the first parapodium. ) L. punctata (McIntosh) (1885, p. 252) from off New York, in 1,240 fms. (This is an abyssal form, characterized by its long, slender, limbate setae. ) L. quinquedentata (Kinberg) (1865, p. 569) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (‘This is very incompletely known.) No. 1 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. Di. 52. 53. 54. 3D: HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 141 L. robusta (Ehlers) (1887, p. 104) off Florida and Havana, in 75- 175 fms. (The first parapodia are shown with only limbate setae but other anterior setae were not described; the maxillary formula 18.55 Lads) L. sarsi (Kinberg) (1865, p. 569) from Guayaquil, Ecuador. (This has simple hooks from the first parapodium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, oblique to erect; the maxillary formula is 5, 23) L. similabris (Treadwell) (1926, p. 5) from Alaska. (The setae have not been described. ) L. singularisetis (Treadwell) (1931, p. 1) from Monterey, Cali- fornia. (The distribution of setae remains unknown and proboscid- ial parts are not described.) L. sphaerocephala (Schmarda), originally described from New Zealand, has been reported from Gorgona Island (Monro, 1933, p. 86). (This may include L. obtusa Kinberg, but there are discrep- ancies in accounts. Augener, 1913, p. 288, reports the prostomium as conical, with composite hooks present from the first parapodium; Fauvel, 1932, p. 152, says the prostomium is short, globular.) L. tenuis (Verrill) (1873, p. 594) off New England. (Simple hooks are present from the seventeenth segment; the maxillary formula is 6-5, 1-1, 1-1; parapodial lobes are short throughout. ) L. testudinum (Augener) (1922, p. 46) from Tortugas, Florida. (This is incompletely known.) L. tetraura (Schmarda), p. 147. L. virgini (Kinberg) (1865, p. 568) from Patagonia. L. zonata (Johnson), p. 146. The following of the above-named species are believed to belong to Group A, since they lack composite hooks or setae: L. acuta (Verrill), p. 145 ?L. candida Treadwell (see also L. africana Augener under B) L. atlantica Kinberg L. chilensis Kinberg L. bassi, new species, p. 150 L. cingulata Ehlers (part) L. bicirrata (Treadwell), p. 156 L. erecta (Moore), p. 149 L. bifilaris (Ehlers), p. 153 L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) L. bifrons (Kinberg) L. heteropoda Marenzeller - L. bifurcata McIntosh L. impatiens Claparéde L. branchiata Treadwell L. maculata (Treadwell) L. brevicirra (Schmarda) L. minima, new species, p. 155 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 L. moorei Hartman L. simplex, new species, p. 152 L. oceanica ( Kinberg) L. tenuis (Verrill) L. parvapedata (Treadwell) L. tetraura (Schmarda), p. 147 L. sarsi Kinberg (? syn. L. zonata (Johnson), p. 146 of L. tetraura) The following are believed to belong to Group B, since they are provided with composite hooks in anterior segments: L. bidens Ehlers L. ligulata Berkeley, p. 163 L. californiensis, new species, p. 163 L. limicola, new species, p. 161 L. cingulata Ehlers (part) L. magalhaensis (Kinberg) L. cruzensis, new species, p. 165 L. nasuta (Verrill) (see also p. 140) L. floridana Ehlers L. nuchalis (‘Treadwell ) L. floridana polygnatha Monro L. obtusa Kinberg (see also p. 140) L. index (Moore), p. 162 L. pallida, new species, p. 166 L. inflata Moore, p. 160 L. paucidentata (Treadwell) L. latreilli Aud. and Edw., p.158 L. sphaerocephala (Schmarda) L. latreilli japonica Mrz., p. 159 Only one species, L. januarii Grube (p. 167), belongs to Group C; it is characterized in having both composite setae and hooks in some an- terior parapodia. In the following species the nature of anterior hooks or setae is be- lieved to remain unknown. L. abyssorum McIntosh ?L. nasuta (Verrill) (see also L. acicularum Webster and under B) Benedict L. punctata (McIntosh) L. bilabiata Treadwell L. quinquedentata (Kinberg) L. brasiliensis Grube L. robusta (Ehlers) L. cingulata Treadwell L. similabris (Treadwell) L. ehlersi tenuisetis McIntosh L. singularisetis (Treadwell) L. hebes Verrill L. testudinum (Augener) L. heterochaeta (Schmarda) L. virgini (Kinberg) The species of Lumbrineris discussed below may be further grouped through some of their major characters as follows (those in bold face type are newly described) : A. Without composite hooks. I. Posterior parapodia bilabiate. a. Acicula yellow: bifilaris, chilensis, minima. b. Acicula black: dicirrata. II. Posterior parapodia with long, postsetal lobe. a. Acicula yellow: tetraura, sarsi, cingulata, erecta, bassi. b. Acicula black: no representatives in the collections. No. l ee AA HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS III. Posterior parapodia with comparatively short lobes. 143 a. Acicula yellow: acuta, brevicirra, impatiens, simplex, zonata. b. Acicula black: no representatives in the collections. B. With composite hooks in some anterior parapodia. I. Posterior parapodia bilabiate. a. Acicula yellow: cruzensis. b. Acicula black: californiensis. II. Posterior parapodia with long, postsetal lobe. a. Acicula yellow: inflata, limicola. b. Acicula black: index. III. Posterior parapodia with short lobes. a. Acicula yellow: latreilli. b. Acicula black: latreilli japonica, pallida. Key To SpEcIES OF LUMBRINERIS Parapodia without composite hooks or setae . .. . Parapodia with composite hooks or also setae in some segments Prostomium greatly prolonged, slender; maxillary carriers proportionately massive, each forceps with 2 or 3 widely spaced teeth: (pl. 8.0fige 177) 4) «ters -s eacuta, p. 145 Prostomium not so; maxillary carriers and forceps otherwise Setae greatly prolonged, very slender, project far out from Sides Gi body.s/abyssal 020. 2 « » JE. moore: Hartman Setae not greatly prolonged . . Aer eed een ee Lee Posterior parapodial lobes distinctly lee sd eas Posterior parapodial lobes distinctly unilabiate, the et lobe prolonged. . . . ; : Ae Posterior parapodial lobes not abcceabis ee etn in a pos- terior region, both postsetal and presetal lobes not much differ- ent som those in anterior segments’ «9 see le 8 Acicula yellow Acicula dark or black; ee wateee eects Ss = ie 1, 12 il heae ed hooks present from first parapodia or a little tee Eira S, Ue alos ray ke seen uele ls earn a eeioicu natal p aloo Becta lobe in ‘far posterior segments longer than postsetal lobe; carriers of maxillae proportionately massive; small, slen- der, resembles a drilonereid . . . . JL. minima, p. 155 Presetal lobe not longer than postsetal lobe in any segments; larger, mot resembling a drilonereid 6... 0.035% 1s « 6 W 144 12. 12. 12. 13: 13. i3t. Sue ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Maxillae III with a single tooth on either side ‘ 1 biflaris, p. 153 Maal Il sith 2 ae on Tetras side. L. chilensis Kinberg Maxillae II without true teeth; mandible very broad ETS L. candida ar ecndeelt (Mesiliae II aed ae mandible not broad : Hooded hooks first present from about segments 35 t to ee large; robust .) 20%: a) ais Aly eerectapp. VAS Hooded hooks first nee fh about segment 16; minute, slender, resembles a drilonereid . . . . JL. bassi, p. 150 Hooded hooks first present from first parapodia. (This includes the following species which I am unable to dis- tinguish clearly from one another: tetraura, sarsi, cingulata Ehlers [1901], oceanica, branchiata, and questionably macu- lata.) Hooded hooks present from first parapodia Hooded hooks first present after the tenth parapodium . Mandibles long, slender; maxillary formula 6-5, 1-1, 1-1 L. bifrons (Kinbere) Menace. ace piasailar: formula otherwise Long, very slender, resembles a drilonereid L. parvapedata Freateell vee ely aeaies form robust. (This includes brevicirra, impatiens, and zonata, p. 146.) Hooks first present from about parapodia 17; maxillae II with Grand. teeth <.)2548) s . he», sEctennis Veruil Hooks first present from Beau parapodia 22 to 25; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; acicula black L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) ape fete een from about parapodia 14; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; maxillae III with one tooth on either Sid way dn ys . «aD ss db..atlantica Kanbere Hooks first ae ae about parapodia 20; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; maxillae a with 2 teeth on either side ut L. africana (sensu Monro) looks Gee Saat fii about parapodia 40 to 47; maxillary formula 4:5; 2-2 late. Pe ee ala ee sumplex, to sleZ With composite spinigers . . . . . L. januarii, p. 167 Without composite spinigers Posterior parapodial lobes bilabiate Posterior parapodial lobes unilabiate, the Sac ee pro- longed 10 12 11 13% 14 15 No. l HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 145 13. Posterior parapodial lobes not prolonged . . . .... (17 14. Acicula black; larger . . . . . L. californiensis, p. 163 14. Acicula yellow; smaller . . . . . JL. cruzensis, p. 165 mee eAcicula black: +9) jo ote sh ee heen de si 5-0) hs tdex: ps 162 15. “Nip Ww My yy | 315 2 ¥, | . ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 bo Go bo PLATE 16 (Photographs by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, all natural size.) Figures 331-333, Diopatra obliqua: Fig. 331, part of tube with parch- mentlike membrane at base, from type collection (770-38) ; Figs. 332, 333, parts of 2 tubes collected from Peru (coll. 365-35). Figure 334, Diopatra neotridens: part of tube from distal end (coll. 1057-40). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 16 353 334: 234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 PALAIS, a7 (Photographs by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, all natural size.) Figures 335, 336, Diopatra tridentata (coll. A 42-39): Fig. 335, por- tion of tube with outer coat of lower portion somewhat broken away, showing parchmentlike inner lining; Fig. 336, portion of another tube from the same collection, the upper end represents the distal opening. Figures 337, 338, Nothria conchylega: Fig. 337, distal portion of tube seen from front (coll. 234-34); Fig. 338, another similar tube, seen from the side (coll. 1316-41). rr NO. | HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 336 338i 338 Pies ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 10 i) Ww Ov PLATE 18 (Photograph by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, natural size.) Figure 339, Onuphis microcephala: Entire tube, unnaturally turned to show full length, from individual collected at Punta Cholla. No. | HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 18 Beng 339 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, IN 1940, AND IN 1941. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM CALIFORNIA INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTIONS OF TWo NEW GENERA AND NINE NEW SPECIES (PLATEs 19-26) By OLGA HARTMAN Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANcocK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 10, NUMBERS 2 AND 3 IsSUED OCTOBER, 1944 PRICE $2.50 Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM CALIFORNIA INCLUDING THE DEscRIPTION OF Two NEw GENERA AND NINE NEw SPECIES (PLATES 19-26) By Otca HARTMAN The marine chaetopods of the Dillon Beach areas, in Marin and Sonoma counties, are much like those from other parts of northern and southern California. The 101 species, reported below, were collected during the summers of 1935 and 1941. Seven species and one subspecies are believed new to science, and some others are first records either from California or from the areas indicated. The collections are deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern Cali- fornia; a duplicate set is at the University of California. The areas investigated include, in Marin County, the muddy sand flats of the upper end of Tomales Bay, the rocky shore of Tomales Point, which is the outer end of the peninsula forming the western shore of Tomales Bay, a long, sandy shore at Dillon Beach on the southern end of Bodega Bay, and a brackish tidal stream called Stempell Creek, empty- ing into Bodega Bay to the east and north; and, finally, Bodega Lagoon in Sonoma County. The extensive beds of broad-leaved eel grass (Zostera), very abundant in Tomales Bay in the summer of 1935, are now practically gone. he general aspect of the bay is thus notably altered at low water, and the fauna there is, no doubt, significantly different. Special thanks are due Professor S. F. Light, of the University of California, Director of the Summer Laboratory of Marine Zoology; also, to students of Professor Light, who have aided in getting together these materials, especially Dr. Frank A. Pitelka, who made numerous collections in Tomales Bay, and Mr. Thomas L. Rodgers, who surveyed the sandy beaches, also Miss Marian Pettibone for special efforts in collection and preservation. I am deeply obliged to the Allan Hancock Foundation for granting leave and for the use of equipment and facilities. The following species, by families, were collected. FAMILY POLYNOIDAE Arctonoé fragilis (Baird) Arctonoé vittata (Grube) Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Harmothoé imbricata (Linnaeus) Harmothoé lunulata (delle Chiaje) Lepidonotus caelorus Moore Oe ANS [ 239] 240 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 FAMILY CHRYSOPETALIDAE 7. Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda FamMity AMPHINOMIDAE 8. Pareurythoé californica (Johnson) FAMILY HESIONIDAE 9. Podarke pugettensis Johnson FAMILY PHYLLODOCIDAE 10. Eteone dilatae Hartman 11. Eulalia aviculiseta Hartman 12. Eumida sanguinea (Oersted) 13. Genetyllis castanea (Marenzeller ) FAMILY SYLLIDAE 14. Exogone, sp. 15. Haplosyllis spongicola (Grube) 16. Odontosyllis phosphorea Moore 17. Odontosyllis parva Berkeley 18. Pterosyllis, sp. 19. Syllis alternata Moore 20. Trypanosyllis adamanteus Treadwell 21. Trypanosyllis gemmipara Johnson 22. Typosyllis pulchra (Berkeley) FAMILY NEPHTYIDAE 23. Nephtys caecoides Hartman 24. Nephtys californiensis Hartman FAMILY NEREIDAE 25. Neanthes brandti (Malmgren) 26. Neanthes lighti Hartman 27. Nereis eakini Hartman 28. Nereis latescens Chamberlin 29. Nereis mediator Chamberlin 30. Nereis neonigripes Hartman 31. Nereis procera Ehlers 32. Nereis vexillosa Grube 33. Platynereis agassizi (Ehlers) FAMILY GLYCERIDAE 34. Glycera americana Leidy 35. Glycera tenuis, new species 36. Glycera robusta Ehlers 37. Hemipodus borealis Johnson NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 38. 39: 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45, FAMILY GONIADIDAE Glycinde armigera Moore Gontada maculata Oersted FAMILY EUNICIDAE Eunice longicirrata Webster Mar physa stylobranchiata Moore FAMILY ONUPHIDAE Diopatra ornata Moore Nothria iridescens ( Johnson) FamILy LUMBRINERIDAE Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris zonata Johnson FAMILY ARABELLIDAE Arabella iricolor (Montagu) . Drilonereis nuda Moore FAMILY ORBINIIDAE . Naineris laevigata Grube . Orbinia johnsoni (Moore) . Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin FAMILY SPIONIDAE . Boccardia proboscidea Hartman . Boccardia uncata Berkeley . Nerine cirratulus (delle Chiaje) Polydora giardi Mesnil . Polydora brachycephala Hartman . Pygospio californica Hartman . Shio, sp. . Streblospio benedicti Webster FAMILY MAGELONIDAE . Magelona pitelkai, new species FAMILY CHAETOPTERIDAE . Phyllochaetopterus prolifica Potts FAMILY CIRRATULIDAE . Cirratulus cirratus (O. F. Miller) . Cirriformia luxuriosa (Moore) . Cirriformia spirabrancha (Moore) Dodecaceria fistulicola Ehlers 241 242 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 FAMILY CAPITELLIDAE . Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube . Mediomastus californiensis, new genus and species . Notomastus magnus Hartman . Notomastus tenuis Moore FamMiILty MALDANIDAE . Axiothella rubrocincta (Johnson) FAMILY OPHELIIDAE . Armandia bioculata Hartman Ophelia limacina Rathke Pectinophelia dillonensis Hartman . Pectinophelia williamsi Hartman Polyophthalmus pictus Dujardin Thoracophelia mucronata (Treadwell) FAMILY PECTINARIIDAE Cistenides brevicoma ( Johnson) . Pectinaria californiensis Hartman FAMILY SABELLARIIDAE . Phragmatopoma californica (Fewkes) . Sabellaria cementarium Moore FAMILY AMPHARETIDAE . Schistocomus hiltoni Chamberlin FAMILY J EREBELLIDAE . Amaea occidentalis, new species . Eupolymnia crescentis Chamberlin . Loimia montagui (Grube) . Pista elongata Moore . Pista pacifica Berkeley . Polycirrus, sp. . Ramex californiensis, new genus and species . Spinosphaera oculata, new species Terebella californica Moore Thelepus crispus Johnson FAMILY SABELLIDAE Chone mollis (Bush) Chone minuta, new species . Sabella media (Bush) . Eudistylia polymorpha (Johnson) No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 243 95. Eudistylia vancouveri (Kinberg) 96. Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore 97. Pseudopotamilla socialis, new species FAMILY SERPULIDAE 98. Crucigera zygophora ( Johnson) 99. Serpula vermicularis Linnaeus 100. Dexiospira spirillum (Linnaeus) 101. Laeospira borealis (Daudin) The most practical reference for the nonspecialist continues to be Fauvel (1923, 1927, Faune de France). This gives excellent diagnoses and figures of many genera, although many occurring in the eastern Pacific are not included. American species, also, differ widely from the Euro- pean ones, except for a few which may be regarded cosmopolitan in distribution. An effort has been made herein to refer either to an illus- trated or to a diagnostic description for each species. It is hoped that the student will not rely only on the keys given below but will consult a more complete account for more certain identification. Measurements given are only approximate and are based largely on mature individuals. Family Polynoidae Key To SPECIES 1. With 12 pairs of elytra, their surface more or less tubercled 3 Lepidonotus caelorus 1p With 15 pairs of ote ‘diese more or less easily detached . . 3 Dele tant Harmothoé t. With 18, pairs a ce ee more or less firmly attached ; free living orcommensal . . . . . . Halosydna brevisetosa 1. With more than 20 pairs of elytra, the last few pairs noticeably smaller than those preceding; hee pale in life; typically com- MEMSAl) po kl ae ts Hey ene. na reromoen ee 2. Elytra ruffled at thei outer margins, ey reddish or yellow in life; commensal with asteroids . . . . . . A. fragilis 2. Elytra nearly or quite smooth, pale or somewhat fuscus; com- mensal with mollusks, echinoderms, and other organisms, rarely free ivan pie te) en UN A nediator Smaller; dorsum pale, eye on ae pattern of interrupted bars; dorsal lobes in posterior parapodia not rectangular N. latescens 252 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 Platynereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nereis agassizi Johnson, 1901, pp. 399-400, pl. 4. This is common throughout the Dillon Beach and Tomales areas, usually associated with algae; at Tomales Point, ocean side, it constructs matted masses in narrow-leaved eel grass. Unlike most nereids, it is a tube dweller, and sometimes harbors Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg. Length is 50 to 70 mm. Neanthes brandti (Malmgren) Hartman, 1938, p. 80; 1940, p. 219. At Tomales Bay, it is found in sand flats. Length is 200 to 500 mm. Neanthes lighti Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 80-81, figs. 1-4. At Stempell Creek, near the mouth, and in Tomales Bay, it occurs in sandy flats. It occupies vertical burrows open at the surface. It was found viviparous in June, 1941, by Miss Marian Pettibone. Length is 25 to 35 mm. Nereis vexillosa Grube Johnson, 1901, p. 399, pls. 3, 4. This is common at Second Sled Road, Perch Rock Point, and at Tomales Point, ocean side, in mussel and barnacle beds. Length is 80 to 150 mm. Nereis procera Ehlers Johnson, 1901, pp. 400-401, pls. 4, 5. This occurs in mud flats of Tomales Bay. It is long, slender; color in life is light red. Length is 100 to 140 mm. Nereis mediator Chamberlin Chamberlin, 1919, p. 11. This is common in algal holdfasts at Tomales Point, ocean side, and in the vicinity of Dillon Beach. It is often bright green in life and when preserved. Length is 50 to 70 mm. Nereis eakini Hartman Hartman, 1936, pp. 472-474, fig. 49. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it occurs among Bryozoa and sponge masses. Length is 50 to 80 mm. | | | | NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 255 Nereis latescens Chamberlin Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 10-11. This is found at Perch Rock Point, in holdfasts of Phyllospadix, and in Tomales Bay, among algae, also at Tomales Point, ocean side. It is one of the smallest nereids in intertidal zones. It is usually associated with algal clumps. The anterior end is marked with characteristic dark patches and bars. Length is 25 to 40 mm. Nereis neonigripes Hartman Hartman, 1936, pp. 471-472, fig. 48. An epitokous individual comes from Second Sled Road, another atokous one from Tomales Point, ocean side. Length is 50 to 80 mm. This may be only a subspecies or variety of N. pelagica Linnaeus. Family Glyceridae Key TO SPECIES 1. Parapodia provided with only composite setae bere pare i. Pieiacdin aaa ith saatte setae spi and composite setae below .. . are ae Sma AeA cl ul eee a CIM Bere IZ, 2. Without feet Uae ge eae dee Se Rams) Gs, LEM tEs 2. With branchiae .. . 3 3. With blisterlike, epee sn eehes on fore ae of para- POdial cess hte es A 2h yy Garnoousta 3. With retractile aes a ean face of parapodia, con- sist of palmately lobed structures . . . . . G. americana Hemipodus borealis Johnson Johnson, 1901, pp. 411-412, pl. 10. This occurs in muddy sand and sand mixed with gravel, in Tomales Bay, at Second Sled Road, and near the mouth of Stempell Creek. It is pale red in life. It is one of the smallest of the glycerids, length is 40 to 55 mm. Glycera robusta Ehlers Ehlers, 1868, pp. 656-658, pl. 24, figs. 31, 32. In Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, it is found in sand flats. Length is 150 to 300 mm. 254 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Glycera americana Leidy G. rugosa Johnson, 1901, pp. 409-411, pl. 10, figs. 101, 102. Hartman, 1940, p. 246. ‘This is common in sandy mud flats of Tomales Bay. Length is 100 to 200 mm. Glycera tenuis, new species Plate 21, Figs. 23, 24 Hartman, in preparation, AHF. Several individuals come from Dillon Beach, in fairly clean sandy beach. In size and general appearance this approaches Hemipodus bore- alis (see above), but its parapodia are provided with both simple and composite setae (pl. 21, fig. 23). Parapodial lobes have the posterior lobe entire and the presetal portion bilobed (pl. 21, fig. 23). The ventral cirrus is triangular, resembles the upper part of the presetal lobe; the dorsal cirrus is small, papillar. The proboscis (everted) is covered with soft papillae. The aileron of the jaws is unique in being slender, tapering (pl. 21, fig. 24), suggesting the specific name. This species is described more fully in another report (Hartman, in preparation, AHF). Holotype -—AHF no. 62. Type locality Dillon Beach, California, in sandy beach; intertidal. Distribution.—Central California. Family Goniadidae Key TO SPECIES 1. Proboscis provided with a series of dark, V-shaped pieces (chev- ron) on either side, near its base . . . Goniada brunnea 1. Proboscis provided with many sharp, yellow teeth, resembling the radulaofamollusk . . . . . . Glycinde armigera Goniada brunnea Treadwell Hartman, in preparation, AHF. This comes from Tomales Bay, in muddy sand flats. Length is 50 to 70 mm. No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 255 Glycinde armigera Moore G. multidens Hartman, 1940, pp. 249-251, pl. 44, figs. 126-131. This occurs in Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, in muddy sand flats. Length is 40 to 60 mm. This was earlier designated G. multidens (Hart- man, 1940, p. 249). Family Eunicidae Key To SPECIES 1. Peristomium with a pair of dorsal cirri . Eunice longicirrata 1. Peristomium without dorsal cirri . Marphysa stylobranchiata Eunice longicirrata Webster E. biannulata Moore, 1904, pp. 487-490, pls. 37, 38. Hartman, 1944, pp. 141-146, pl. 6, figs. 118-122. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occupies fragile, gravel-covered tubes, on under sides of rocks. In life it is strikingly banded with red and white transverse lines; acicula and subacicular hooks are yellow. Prostomial antennae are articulate. Length is 50 to 80 mm. Marphysa stylobranchiata Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 249-251, pl. 7, figs. 8-12; Hartman, 1944, p. 174. At Tomales Point, ocean side, and at Second Sled Road, this is found in crevices of soft shale rocks. Length is 100 to 200 mm. Family Onuphidae Key TO SPECIES 1. Branchiae strongly spiraled; tube coarsely covered with debris, appears ragged, terminates distally in a lateral vent ‘ . Diopatra ornata i. Senden ale pliers ab gray, mucoid, covered with a thin layer of finesand . . . . . . . Nothria iridescens Diopatra ornata Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 273-277, pl. 18, figs. 77-85; Hartman, 1944, pp. 72- 74, pl. 1, figs. 15-20. In Tomales Bay. at low-tide line, this is common in muddy sand flats. Tubes project a short distance above the surface. Length is 150 to 300 mm, but individuals are seldom taken whole, since autotomy is conspicuous. 256 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Northia iridescens Johnson, 1901, p. 408, pls. 8, 9. Hartman, 1944, pp. 118-120, pl. 5, figs. 99-104. This is found in muddy sand flats in Tomales Bay; it inhabits a thin, mucoid tube, externally covered with a thin layer of fine sand. Length is over 150 mm. Family Lumbrineridae Key To SPECIES 1. Larger; anterior parapodia provided with simple hooks; usually reddish brown or with a green cast . . Lumbrineris zonata 1. Smaller; anterior parapodia provided with composite hooks; usually pale pink or orange in life . . Lumbrineris latreilli Lumbrineris zonata Johnson Johnson, 1901, pp. 408-409, pl. 9, figs. 93-100; Hartman, 1944, pp. 202- 204. This is the commonest lumbrinerid in the vicinity of Dillon Beach. It occurs in the flats of Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, also along sandy beaches or where sand is lodged in pockets behind large boulders. Length is over 100 mm. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Fauvel, 1923, pp. 431-432, fig. 171; Hartman, 1944, pp. 221-223, pl. 9, figs. 213-216. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occurs in rocky crevices. Length is 45 to 70 mm. Family Arabellidae Key To SPECIES 1. Parapodia with a heavy projecting acicula; prostomium lacks eyespots; very long, threadlike . . . . . Drilonereis nuda 1. Parapodia without heavy projecting acicula; prostomium with transverse row of 4 eyespots near posterior margin; body thicker but alsocylindrical . . . . . . . . Arabella iricolor NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 257. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Fauvel, 1923, pp. 438-439, fig. 175; Hartman, 1944, p. 242. At Dillon Beach, Tomales Bay and Tomales Point, this abounds in mussel beds and in rocky crevices, in gravel beds and among holdfasts. Length is 70 to 200 mm. Drilonereis nuda Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 254-256, pl. 8, figs. 21-23; Hartman, 1944, pp. 250- 251, pl. 13, figs. 297-302. At Tomales Point, ocean side, and at Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach, this occurs in holdfasts. It is very long and extremely slender. The proboscidial armature lacks mandibles. Length is about 200 mm. Family Orbiniidae Key TO SPECIES 1. Prostomium anteriorly pointed, acute. iene Bayt ea tte ae 1. Prostomium anteriorly broadly rounded, es ‘ oe Naineris laevigata 2. “ene suet ae anterior oa ne transverse rows of papillae we! Orbinia johnsoni D: Vea sae ridhout transverse rows of papillae Scoloplos eaeeene Naineris laevigata Grube Fauvel, 1927, pp. 22-23, fig. 7. In Tomales Bay, at Perch Rock Point and Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach, this occurs with boring clams and holdfasts; at Tomales Point it is in holdfasts of narrow-leaved eel grass. In life it is orange red with a brownish cast. Length is 80 to 150 mm. Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 15-16. This is very common in sand flats of Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon. It is orange red in life, and long, fragile, especially in posterior parts. Length is 100 to 200 mm. Scoloplos elongata Johnson (1901, p. 412) is another species and goes rightly to the genus Haploscoloplos Monro since it lacks uncini in thoracic neuropodia. 258 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Orbinia johnsoni (Moore) Aricia johnsoni Moore, 1909, pp. 260-262, pl. 8, figs. 30-33. This occurs in clean sandy beaches at Dillon Beach; in life it is green- ish with a red cast. Length is 60 to 90 mm. Family Spionidae Key TO SPECIES 1. With a modified fifth setigerous segment, provided with heavy | howks: 500.0 G2! |: wim oo. Ya ene lene ae tate era a f ( Gn Without such a ented ee ; Branchiae already present in front of eels gailtlants ee | Boccardia 3 nN — 2. Branchiae not present in front of modified segment AL ee ae res PED) ame Pola ame 3. Posterior segments with pone Hee hooks ; branchiae pres- | ent on anterior segments 2 and3 . . . . =. . SB. uncata 3. Posterior segments without strong, recurved hooks; branchiae present on anterior segments 2,3, and 4 . .. B. proboscidea 4. Branchiae few, first present from segment 10 or 11; tiny; boring in encrusting corallines . . . ai) ou yon ee natanae 4. Branchiae numerous, first present fae cess 7; larger ; inhab- iting mud fats. 6 . « - « « « » Psbrachycephala 5. With a single pair of Reiichige! these broad, foliose, inserted immediately behind paired palpi; second setiger with a dorsal membrane; inhabits soft tubes on mud flats; tiny ; ; eye Streblospio he Without een beaneleae or dorsal membrane .. . 2 6 6. Branchiae present from first setiger, continued tiikeupheut ds SW arate Wd WO dt RE ees 5 onl es, Be Bh Spio 6. Branchiae first present from second setiger MINED Nerine cirratulus 6. Branchiae first present much farther back os ay Pygospio californica Polydora brachycephala Hartman Hartman, 1936, pp. 48-49, figs. 3-5. In Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon this is common among and below beds of Cirriformia spirabrancha (see below). Length is 30 to 50 mm. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 259 Polydora giardi Mesnil Fauvel, 1927, p. 50, fig. 17; Hartman, 1941, p. 309, fig. 43. Numerous individuals are referred to this species with some hesitation because they differ in their known habits from previous records. They inhabit the peripheral layers of encrusting coralline algae in intertidal zones, and are distinguishable at the surface of the matrix by a pair of minute apertures, marking anterior and posterior ends of the irregular, U-shaped burrow. They are frequently found with a cirratulid, Dode- caceria fistulicola (see below), but do not penetrate so deeply in the corallines. Total length is 12 to 15 mm, but extraction from the algae usually results in imperfect specimens. There is no color on the body (preserved). The prostomium is moderately developed, anteriorly bifid, with 4 tiny black eyespots in trapezoidal arrangement between the palpal bases; they are easily overlooked because of their small size. The first setiger is provided with dorsal and ventral fascicles of setae, which are notably smaller than those following. The fifth (modified) setiger is provided with a dorsal fascicle of heavy hooks accompanied by an equal number of pennoned setae and a ventral fascicle of fine capillary setae. The modified hooks of this segment number about 4 pairs; they are thick, yellow, with a strong, falcate fang and a thick, thumblike accessory tooth in the con- cave portion. On worn hooks the distal fang and accessory tooth may be almost missing. The sixth setiger and all notopodia of succeeding segments are pro- vided with only capillary setae. Neuropodia from the seventh segment have hooded hooks, numbering usually 2 or 3 in a fascicle, and with or without a ventralmost seta. Branchiae are first present from the tenth or eleventh segment, consist of few pairs; they are continued posteriorly to about the twenty-ninth segment. The pygidium is a thick, white, collarlike ring, with middorsal notch; it is only slightly wider than the last body segment and over twice as long. These individuals might easily be mistaken for P. armata Langerhans reported from southern California (Hartman, 1941, p. 306) because of their similarity in habitat. Both bore in encrusting coralline algae in intertidal zones, but in P. armata the last few segments are provided with special fascicles of spines and the modified hooks of the fifth setiger have a heavy flange. ; Boccardia proboscidea Hartman Hartman, 1940, pp. 382-387, fig. 1; 1941, pp. 299-304, pls. 46, 47. In Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, and near the mouth of Stempell Creek, this is common in narrow, oblique or vertical crevices and burrow- ing in soft shales. Length is 25 to 45 mm. 260 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Boccardia uncata Berkeley Berkeley, 1927, p. 418, pl. 1, figs. 9-13; Hartman, 1941, pp. 290, 304, pl. 48, fig. 46. At Tomales Point, ocean side, a posterior fragment was taken. Length is over 25 mm. Nerine cirratulus (delle Chiaje) Fauvel, 1927, p. 36, fig. 11; Berkeley, 1932, pp. 313-314. Several individuals were taken in Tomales Bay, in muddy sand flats. Length is over 40 mm. Pygospio californica Hartman Hartman, 1936, pp. 50-51, figs. 17-19. This occurs commonly in clean sandy beaches at Dillon Beach; in life it is dull green. Length is 15 to 25 mm. Spio, sp. Fauvel, 1927, p. 43. This was taken in Tomales Bay, at middle low-tide line. Streblospio benedicti Webster S. lutincola Hartman, 1936, pp. 45-46, figs. 1, 2. In Bodega Lagoon, this is very common at the surface at moderately low water line. It inhabits soft, limp tubes near the surface of the mud flats, but is apt to be overlooked because of its minute size. Length is 8 to 15 mm. Family Magelonidae Magelona pitelkai, new species Plate 19, Figs. 1-9 Several specimens were taken in Tomales Bay, another in Bolinas Bay. The body is long, slender, depressed cylindrical, as typical of the genus. Length of 54 segments (posteriorly incomplete) is about 35 mm (preserved). Anterior and posterior regions are not sharply set off from one another by a constriction, and the ninth segment is not conspicuously different from the others. The prostomium is large, flat, spatulate, broader than anterior segments; it has a broadly rounded frontal margin, with- out frontal horns; on its dorsal surface there are double longitudinal ridges medially (pl. 19, fig. 1). There are no eyes or other pigment marks. The proboscis (everted in some individuals) is a great, spherical, smooth sack. The paired palpi are long, papillated, as typical of the genus. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 261 Parapodia, in the anterior region, are provided with elongate, papillar, dorsal and ventral cirri, and a single, larger, triangular, postsetal lamella in the notopodium; a fifth parapodium is as shown in pl. 19, fig. 2. They have numerous slender, pointed setae, the neuropodial fascicle much smaller than, though similar to, the notopodial one. The ninth segment is only about two thirds as long as the eighth; it has dense fascicles of setae, nearly encircling the body at the sides, but leaving exposed a median space dorsally and ventrally. Its setae are of 2 kinds in each ramus. A few distalmost are longer, slenderer, with narrow wings (pl. 19, fig. 7). Most of them are shorter (pl. 19, fig. 4) and have a subdistal, expanded wing with weakly crenulate margin and attenuate tip; neuro- setae (pl. 19, fig. 6) resemble notosetae (pl. 19, fig. 5). The tenth setigerous segment is only about two thirds as long as the ninth, but as long as each of the next 4 segments. It and the following segments are provided with broad, foliaceous, interramal lamellae (post- setal in position) and dorsal and ventral cirri similar to, but smaller than, those in front. Hooded uncini occur in spreading fascicles (pl. 19, fig. 3); they are distally tridentate, the basal tooth large, the distal paired (pl. 19, fig. 8), to be seen clearly only in frontal view (pl. 19, fig. 9). M. pitelkai has the following combination of characters: the pro- stomium is anteriorly rounded and dorsally grooved; parapodia are pro- vided with foliaceous lobes; setae of the ninth segment are flattened sub- distally; uncini are tridentate. MM. papillicornis Miiller (Fauvel, 1927, pp. 64-65) also has enlarged parapodial lobes, tridentate hooks, and broad setae in the ninth segment, but the prostomial lobe and parapodial struc- tures have different proportions, and the special setae of the ninth seg- ment are distally mucronate, not crenulate. M. pitelkai inhabits muddy, sandy flats in low intertidal zones; the substratum consists of smooth, fine-grained particles, probably little dis- turbed by tidal action. Although soft bodied, species of this genus con- struct no tube; they burrow through the substratum using the enormous spatulate prostomium for digging. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to Dr. Frank A. Pitelka, who collected most of the specimens from Tomales Bay, California. Holotype—AHF no. 55. Type locality Tomales Bay, northern end; at low water line. © Distribution Tomales and Bolinas bays, California. 262 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Family Chaetopteridae Phyllochaetopterus prolifica Potts Potts, 1914, pp. 972-978, fig. 11, pls. 4, 5. This occurs at Tomales Point, ocean side, and at Dillon Beach, on under sides of rocks and in rocky coves at low water line. It forms tangled masses of very slender, more or less translucent, irregularly ringed, long tubes, from which the occupants are removed with difficulty. Length is over 60 mm. Family Cirratulidae Key TO SPECIES 1. Very dark in life; constructing calcareous matrices; anterior end provided with few (6 to 16) tentacles Outen facut 16 Onn. Bae to beeen in THe: not eeamiated with limestones ; anterior end provided with many crowded tentacles . . . . 2 2. Prostomium with a row of eyespots on either side; dorsal bran- chiae and setigerous lobes begin at about the same anterior seg- MENG 6 fo. se 2 2°. « . Cirratulas ciratus 2. Prostomium et ee dorsal Deanehine arise from seg- ment posterior to the first few setigerous segments . . . . . 3 3. Neuropodia in middle and posterior body segments with one (or 2) large, dark, slightly curved spine; inhabits rocky, oblique crevices, or associated with stones . . Cirriformia luxuriosa 3. Neuropodia in middle and posterior body segments with incon- spicuous rows of 4 or more yellow spines; inhabits sandy or muddy coves << . =. « « » « « Cirriformia spirabranchia Dodecaceria fistulicola Ehlers Sabella pacifica Fewkes, 1889, pp. 132-133, pl. 7, figs. 1, 2 (not Grube, 1856). Ehlers, 1901, pp. 186-188, pl. 25, figs. 5-9. D. pacifica Moore, 1909, pp. 268-270, pl. 9, fig. 44. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occurs in coralline algal masses; it also constructs massive limestone matrices. Fewkes’ name (1889) is preoccupied by Grube (1856) ; the next available name is that of Ehlers (1901). Length is 25 to 40 mm. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 263 Cirratulus cirratus (O. F. Miiller) Fauvel, 1927, p. 94, fig. 33. A few individuals were taken at Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach. Length is 40 to 65 mm. Cirriformia spirabrancha (Moore) Cirratulus spirabranchus Moore, 1904, pp. 492-493, pl. 38, figs. 26, 27. This is common in Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, in muddy sand flats. Color in life is greenish yellow to light brown. Length is 60 to 100 mm. Individuals from Bodega Lagoon appear different from others in that they are smaller and darker; also the cardiac body harbors the sporozoite stage of a gregarine. Cirriformia luxuriosa (Moore) Cirratulus luxuriosus Moore, 1904, pp. 493-494, pl. 38, figs. 28-31. This is common at Dillon Beach and Tomales Point, in oblique, rocky crevices, at moderately low water line. Color in life is drab yellow to reddish brown. Length is 60 to 100 mm. Family Capitellidae Key To SPECIES 1. Thorax consists of 14 segments, of which 13 have setae; some abdominal segments provided with composite branchiae that are retractiley 6.7.07 7 . . « « Dasybranchus lumbricoides 1. Thorax consists of 12 emg of which 11 have setae; without branchiaé =. = . 5 =) ee. eo Netomastius "2 1. Thorax consists of rr ee) se whieh segments 2 to 5 have pointed setae only, segments 6 to 11 have long-handled hooks F Mediomastus californiensis Zs eee ee aeoniital segments with conspicuous lateral organs between notopodia and neuropodia . . . WN. magnus 2. Smaller, extremely attenuate; abdominal segments without con- spicuous lateral organs - ee) os tenn, am en, eh Ntenuts Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube Fauvel, 1927, pp. 148-149, fig. 52. Many individuals were collected in Tomales Bay; it is common in low water mud flats. In life it is bluish red, and thick though fragile. Length is 80 to 150 mm. 264 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Notomastus magnus Hartman Hartman, in press, AHF. This occurs in Tomales Bay, in sand flats off Pelican Point. It is bluish red in life, and intermediate in size and thickness between Dasy- branchus lumbricoides (above) and the very slender N. tenuis (below). Length is 70 to 100 mm. It is described in another report (Hartman, in press, AHF). Notomastus tenuis Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 277-278, pl. 9, fig. 55. N. angulatus Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 16-17. This is very common in sand and mud flats over a wide range of intertidal area, including Tomales Bay, Bodega Bay, Tomales Point, ocean side, and in holdfasts of Phyllospadix. It is bluish red in life, and very long, extremely slender, attenuate, fragile. It is readily distinguished by its color from another fragile species, Scoloplos acmeceps (see above), with which it sometimes occurs. Length is 100 to 250 mm. I am unable to distinguish N. tenuis from N. angulatus Chamberlin (1919). Among large collections the relative rugosity of segments and the degree of thick- ness of thorax and abdomen show all possible gradations. Genus MEDIOMASTUS, new genus The thorax consists of 11 segments, including a well-developed, achaetous peristomial ring; segments 2 to 5 have pointed limbate setae only, and segments 6 to 11 have long-handled uncini. The abdomen has numerous segments, provided with long-handled uncini only. It differs from Heteromastus Eisig in having 11, instead of 12, thoracic segments, and in lacking the reticulations on the cuticle; it differs from Capito- mastus Eisig in having normal hooks on the last segments and in lacking the heavy, copulatory hooks on the last thoracic segments. Type of the genus is N. californiensis, new species. Mediomastus californiensis, new species Plate 26, Figs. 64, 65 Hartman, in press, AHF. Length attains 25 mm; width is less than 1 mm. This is a very slender, threadlike form, thickest in the region of the second and third setigers; it consists of 100 or more segments, each of which is about as long as, or longer than, wide, save the first few rings. Segments are typically uni- annulate except for ridges that mark the setigerous processes. ‘he long posterior end, including most of the abdominal segments, is more or less closely coiled in fixative, but the single segments are moniliform. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 265 The prostomium has an elongate palpode at its anterior end, followed by a depressed ring (pl. 26, fig. 65). The first (peristomial) achaetous segment is longer than wide and exceeds in length the first setiger (pl. 26, fig. 64). The next 4 segments (second to fifth) are provided with only capillary setae (pl. 26, fig. 64), including 10 to 14 setae in a fascicle. The next 6 segments (sixth to eleventh) are provided with uncini (pl. 26, fig. 66), including 10 to 12 in a fascicle. The thoracic hooks are long, those of the first few segments may extend distally almost as far as the pointed setae. Dorsal hooks of the tenth and eleventh segments are dorso- lateral in position but not modified as a copulatory apparatus. The thoracic segments increase in length, gradually, from second to eleventh. Demarcation between thorax and abdomen is not distinct except for a change in the epithelium from a wrinkled appearance to one that is smooth, and the abdominal segments are more or less coiled. The first abdominal segment is shorter than those immediately following (pl. 26, fig. 64), but there is a gradual decrease in length farther back, so that they come to be shorter than wide. Uncinigerous tori are somewhat inflated but not conspicuous; they are provided with about 6 to 12, long- handled hooks that extend distally beyond the parapodia only slightly. Tori near the posterior end are more prominently elevated, but nowhere conspicuous. The proboscis is a soft, glandular sack, with widely scattered, low papillae (partly everted in pl. 26, fig. 65). M. californiensis inhabits sandy mud flats, at low water line, some- times associated with Notomastus tenuis (above). Holotype-—AHF no. 63. Type locality—Tomales Bay, California, at low-tide line. Distribution—Marin and San Mateo counties, California; in mud flats. Family Maldanidae Axiothella rubrocincta (Johnson) Clymenella rubrocincta Johnson, 1901, p. 418. Monro, 1937, p. 310. This is the only maldanid known to occur in intertidal zones of central California. It is a host of a commensal crab, Pinnixa longipes (Lockington). It is relatively abundant on the Tomales Bay flats, inside Sand Point, above beds of Phoronopsis, at midtide line, though not uni- form in its occurrence at this level. It occurs at all lower intertidal levels, but only a few, scattered individuals are to be found. It is rare, at low tide, in mud among rocks above Dillon Beach. (Distribution record is from Dr. F. A. Pitelka.) Length is 100 to 150 mm. 266 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Family Opheliidae Key To SPECIES Some parapodia provided with elongate cirri or also other sensory structures ae : Parapodia reduced civeuchour ae eee eel sensory struc- tures; body spindle shaped, resembles small Amphioxus : Bike : . Polyophthalmus pictus Body a alle alee oe Gat a Lee longitudinal groove; with dark eyespots between some successive parapodia ace . Armandia bioculata Body Nicer ah a isi eee eal groove; without dark eyespots between successive parapodia . ues A sharp constriction between head and thoracic region; a pair of conspicuous lateral ridges between the prebranchial and bran- chial regions Sade Nas manne, Hosa tas Stipe Without a sharp constriction between ee regions ; eae thick, lateral ridges between prebranchial and branchial regions; posterior end terminates in a pair of thick, digitate lobes ventrally and numerous slenderer lobes dorsally; usually with about 20 pairs of cirriform branchiae . . . . . Ophelia limacina Some parapodia provided with a pair of cirriform branchiae in addition to dorsal cirri . . . . Thoracophelia mucronata Some parapodia provided with branched branchiae in addition to dorsal cir i 1s) = » oe \« « Pectinophelia With usually 15 pairs is nena eee branched eee ; . P. dillonensis With eealle fee pairs sf recat pinnately Reanenen bran- Chigese ire reels Bye a OS RE wo iiaamnss Polyophthalmus pictus Dujardin Fauvel, 1927, p. 137, fig. 48. Oxu This occurs throughout areas in the vicinity of Dillon Beach, along rocky shores. It is especially abundant just below the Fucus zone, at moderately low water line, among algae. It resembles a minute Amphi- s. Length is 10 to 20 mm. No. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 267 Armandia bioculata Hartman Hartman, 1938, p. 105, figs. 51-54. This is found among algal growths on outer rocks, at low water line, at Tomales Point and at Dillon Beach. It is distinguished through its 11 pairs of lateral eyespots, between setigers 6 and 17, its anal cirri consisting of 5 smaller above and 2 larger below. Length is 12 to 20 mm. Ophelia limacina Rathke Fauvel, 1927, p. 132, fig. 46. This occurs at Tomales Point, in sands on the outer side. In life it is iridescent blue. Length is about 30 mm. - Thoracophelia mucronata (Treadwell ) Ophelina mucronata Treadwell, 1914, pp. 218-219, pl. 12, figs. 37, 38. Hartman, 1938, p. 102. This occurs at Dillon Beach, in pure sandy beaches, sometimes associated with Pectinophelia williamsi (below), and was found as high as the 5++ ft. tidal level by IT. L. Rodgers, while surveying a strip of sandy beach near Perch Rock Point. Number of branchiae is 18 pairs. Length is 63 to 97 mm. Originally described from southern California, T. mucronata has since been reported from the west coast of Vancouver Island (Berkeley, 1932) ; in addition, it has been collected from areas between San Diego, California, north to western Oregon. Genus PECTINOPHELIA Hartman This genus has the following in common with Thoracophelia (above). The prostomium and first 2 setigers are set off from the rest of the body by a constriction. There are heavy lateral ridges at the side, between the tenth and eleventh setigers; the anus is surrounded by a large, broad, triangular ventral lobe and a pair of lateral fringes. It differs in that the branchiae have lateral pinnae instead of being cirriform, and parapodia are less developed. Four species, of which 2 are Japanese, have been referred to it (Hartman, 1938, p. 107) ; 2 others are known only from Dillon Beach (below). Pectinophelia williamsi Hartman Hartman, 1938, p. 109, figs. 62, 63. This was collected in quantity from the sandy beach at Dillon Beach, at moderately high water line, during the summer of 1941, by T. L. Rodgers, while making a transect of the area. Mr. Rodgers found also 268 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 that between Perch Rock Point and the mouth of Andrews Creek indi- viduals were entirely P. williamsi, whereas to the south of this point they were largely this species but included also some P. dillonensis (below), and that the proportion of the latter increased as one went southward along the beach. He found, further, that P. williamsi is on the whole a smaller species, measuring only 34 to 48 mm long. Some are sexually mature in June. Color in life is usually reddish purple. Pectinophelia dillonensis Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 108-109, figs. 59-61. This was collected in quantity from the sandy beach at Dillon Beach, at moderately high to medium water lines, by IT’. L. Rodgers and others, during the summer of 1941. It was associated with P. williamsi (above) in some beds, but most abundant just south of the mouth of Andrews Creek. Total length is 50 to 68 mm; the collection includes some that are sexually mature. Color in life is usually deeper bronze purple than that of P. williamsi (above). Family Pectinariidae Key To SPECIES Uncini with major teeth in single series of 4 only; tubes curved, constructed of moderately coarse, black and white sand grains; cephalic spines blunt, short . . . . Custenides brevicoma Uncini with major teeth in 2 series, number 4 or 5 in each longi- tudinal row; tubes nearly straight, constructed of fine, reddish sand; cephalic spines long, tapering Oe SEM tidy? Pectinaria californiensis Cistenides brevicoma (Johnson) Hartman, 1941, pp. 331-332, pl. 50, figs. 13, 14, 16, pl. 52, fig. 23. This was collected occasionally in sandy mud flats of Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon. Tubes are somewhat curved, constructed of coarse, dark gray sand grains, and flare toward their anterior end. They measure 40 to 52 mm long. Pectinaria californiensis Hartman Plate 21, Figs. 25-27 Hartman, 1941, pp. 333-335, pl. 49, figs. 1-6, pl. 52, fig. 21. This was common in muddy sand flats of Bodega Lagoon, at low water line; others come from Tomales Bay. Tubes are nearly vertical { ‘ ( { 4 t i! No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 269 in the sand, the posterior end projects slightly above the surface of the beach. Tubes are trim, long conical, measure 60 to 65 mm long; they are nearly straight, constructed of fine sand particles that are gray with a reddish cast. Individuals measure 35 mm or over, thus are larger than those originally described from southern California. Number of setiger- ous segments is 17, but the last one is so reduced as to be easily over- looked; number of uncinigerous segments is 13. Cephalic spines are brassy yellow, number 12 to 13 on a side; they taper to fine points distally, are somewhat flattened ; those near the middle of the series are thickest, and they gradually become slenderer toward the end of each series. ‘Their distal, free ends are usually straight, not coiled, as in the southern repre- sentatives. Scaphal hooks are yellow, number 12 to 13 on a side; they terminate in a rounded hook (pl. 21, fig. 27) but are less curved than in the type. The anal plaque (pl. 21, fig. 25) is weakly lobed at its lateral margins, and the anal tongue (pl. 21, fig. 26) near its posterior end has a crenulate margin and a median papilla. Uncini, in lateral view, show 5 teeth, but in frontal view they may be seen to be disposed in double rows. Family Sabellariidae Key TO SPECIES Operculum forms a black cone; opercular stalk marked with oblique dark streaks . . . . . . . . Phragmatopoma californica Operculum yellow, spinous; opercular stalk marked with blotches of dark pigment . .. . . . . Sabellaria cementarium Phragmatopoma californica (Fewkes) Sabellaria californica Fewkes, 1889, pp. 130-132, pl. 7, figs. 3, 4; Moore, 1909, pp. 293-294, fig. 6. This occurs at Tomales Point and Dillon Beach, among rocks at low water line. It constructs firmly concreted tubes of sand over hard surfaces. Eggs are purple in mass. Length is 40 to 60 mm. Sabellaria cementarium Moore Moore, 1906, pp. 248-253, pl. 12, figs. 45-51. At Tomales Point and Dillon Beach, this occurs in rocky habitats, at low water line. It constructs tubes of sand, firmly concreted together. It is common, though usually at a lower level than Phragmatopoma cali- fornica (above). Eggs are bright pink in mass. Length is 50 to 65 mm. 270 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Family Ampharetidae Schistocomus hiltoni Chamberlin Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 17-18. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this inhabits sand- and debris-covered tubes, on under sides of rocks or in crevices. It is characterized by its branchiae which include a pair of simple, cirriform, and several pairs of pinnately branched structures. Length is 25 to 50 mm. BN ee oe na en Family Terebellidae Key TO SPECIES Uncini absent from thorax, or, if present, arranged inasingle . TO WANE ENTS Bee aoe ka dae eet ae Leer Wk ee eas Uncini in thorax in double rows! from the eleventh segment . With 3 pairs of branchiae, consisting of numerous filaments . Thelepus crispus ae praneliae : 4 Uncini absent; prostomial ioe oars SEolneale. as a ‘iene flap with Slobes . . ~ : . . » «= » «© Amaea occidentalis Uncini present; prostomium not so prolonged . . polycirrus Without branchiae; peristomium with transverse rows of minute eyespots . . . : . . Spinosphaera oculata With a single pair me eae ne somewhat branched (pl. iA Oy ie a ; with 13 thoracic setigers Pay eee Ramex Mipienee With 2 pairs of Bienes: hee aly branched; with 24 or more thoracic setigers Terebella californica With 3 pairs of branchiae eds : Anterior end provided with conspicuous eet age Anterior end without lateral lappets; with 17 thoracic setigers ; Sreemismunm dike: a! ow he. oy 5. 4 Eupolymnia crescentis Ithoeracie uncime-avicular (pl) 22) fie. 41) 2 22 2 ee Pasta Thoracic uncini pectiniform (pl. 21, fig. 28) ; anterior end with 2 pairs of large lateral lappets Loimia montagut Large lappets on second branchial segment; tube with spongelike, reticulated top . . . ; « « « iPr elongaia Large lappets on second Baa ane pia segments ; tube with large overlapping membrane (pl. 25, figs. 61, 62) a as P. pacifica 1 See Fauvel, 1927, Fig. 89d, for illustration. & NO No. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS VARI Subfamily Amphitritinae Terebella californica Moore Moore, 1904, pp. 496-498, pl. 38, figs. 36, 37. At Tomales Point, ocean side, 2 specimens were taken by R. E. Paul- son. It is pale red in life. Length is 60 to 80 mm, but the body is usually more or less coiled. Eupolymnia crescentis Chamberlin Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 265-266, pl. 3, figs. 6, 7. In Tomales Bay this is common in muddy sand flats. Color in life is dull green with reddish cast. Length is 90 mm or over. Loimia montagui (Grube) Plate 21, Fig. 28 Terebella montagui Grube, 1878 (not Quatrefages, 1866, p. 361). Berkeley, 1941, p. 54. In muddy sand flats of Tomales Bay this occupies fragile, chitinized tubes, covered with coarse sand or gravel particles. It is greenish in life, but has a bright red area along the conspicuous ventral thoracic scutes ; it has 2 pairs of large lateral lappets at the anterior end of the thorax. Uncini have teeth in pectiniform arrangement, the thoracic uncini with 5 or 6 teeth, the abdominal with 6 (pl. 21, fig. 28) or 7 teeth. Length is 75 mm or over. Although the specific name is preoccupied (see synonymy above), it seems unnecessary to apply a new name, since Grube’s species has been referred to a different genus. This species has previously been reported from Elkhorn Slough (MacGinitie, 1935, p. 696) and from southern California (Berkeley, 1941, p. 54). Genus RAMEX, new genus Branchiae consist of a single pair, dichotomously branched several times. The peristomial ring has numerous eyespots. Anterior segments lack lateral lappets. Thoracic setigers number only 13. The first para- podium immediately posterior to the branchial ring is represented only by a papilla lacking setae. The first setiger has notosetae only; the next segment has a notopodial fascicle and uncinigerous torus. Setigers 3 and 4 have prolonged digitate, nephridial papillae, directed upward. Thoracic setae are distally smooth, narrowly bilimbate. Uncini are avicular, thick, with a major tooth and several rows of fine teeth. Thoracic uncini occur in single series on the first 6 tori, thereafter in alternating rows. Type of the genus is R. californiensis, new species. 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Ramex californiensis, new species Plate 21, Fig. 29; Plate 22, Figs. 30-32 Several individuals come from Tomales Point, ocean side, some from Dillon Beach along the rocky shore, and numerous others were taken at Caspar and Moss Beach, San Mateo County, California. Total length of an ovigerous individual is about 15 mm. The body tapers posteriorly, is more or less terete, or only slightly coiled (preserved). ‘The segments consist of 13 thoracic and about 21 abdominal setigers, or a total of 34. The prostomium is broadly rounded at its anterior margin but not pro- longed. ‘Tentacles are numerous, slender, grooved, only slightly coiled and twisted in retraction; they are of varying lengths, the posteriormost and lateralmost much the shortest. The peristomial ring is easily made out by laying aside the single pair of branchiae. It is unadorned save for several rows of tiny dark eye- spots, more or less limited to its dorsal and dorsolateral portions. The first few segments increase rapidly in circumference. The branchial seg- ment is a simple ring with the branchiae attached in a straight line on the dorsal side. The 2 of a pair are approximately similar, but the right one (in the type specimen) is slightly smaller than the other; the smaller one has 7 distal ends (pl. 21, fig. 29), the larger has 10, but they are similar in other respects. The first parapodium is represented by a papilla, lacking setae, im- mediately behind the branchial segment. The next segment is provided with a setal fascicle, resembling those more posterior. Thoracic setae are continued posteriorly through only 13 segments. ‘Chey are long, pointed, with entire margin, and narrowly bilimbate (pl. 22, fig. 32). Ventral uncini are present from the second setiger, continued thus through the sixth setiger ; thereafter they occur in alternating series. They are avicular, with broad base, a single large tooth and 2 smaller rows of teeth distally (pl. 22, figs. 30, 31). Abdominal uncini resemble those in the thorax. Color in life is pale red. The tube is coarse, with chitinized base, covered externally with algal and shell fragments. Holotype-—AHF no. 64. Type locality—Tomales Point, Marin County, California. Distribution.—Central California, intertidal. Pista elongata Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 270-272, pl. 9, figs. 45-47; MacGinitie, 1935, pp. 695- 696, fig. 12. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occurs in rocky habitats. The characteristic spongelike top of the tube, and the long-branched bran- chiae clearly characterize this species. Length is 100 mm or over. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 215 Pista pacifica Berkeley Plate 22, Figs. 37-41; Plate 25, Figs. 61, 62 Berkeley, 1942, p. 202, figs. 1-3. Several individuals with tubes were taken from Tomales Bay, in muddy sand flats, at low water line; the top of a tube comes from Monterey, California, dredged from a few fathoms. This is large, long, tapering distally, with a total length of over 37 cm; number of segments is over 300. The thorax consists of 17 setigerous segments, the second to seventeenth are also uncinigerous. Branchiae number 3 pairs, are large, conspicuous, each with a long, thick base and richly branched top; they diminish in size from the first to third pair, or the second may be about as large as the first. The prostomium is broad, rounded, directed forward in front of the oral aperture. The lower lip, ventral to the oral aperture, consists of a pair of prolonged, triangular lobes with ruffled edges; they resemble lappets, but are united medially by a concave membrane. This segment is continued dorsally as a short, smooth segment, immediately behind the tentacle-bearing fold. No eyes or other pigment spots are visible. The first branchial ring is smooth, short except for a minute lappet ventro- lateral in position. The second and third branchial segments each has a pair of broad, conspicuous lappets, longest at the dorsal ends. ‘The follow- ing segments have no lobes. Ventral scutes are conspicuous through 10 setigers, thereafter low, narrow. The first setigerous fascicle is small, located at the outer base of the third pair of branchiae. From the second the fascicles are large, broad, resemble those following. Notosetae are light yellow, long, pointed, narrowly bilimbate, with smooth edges. Uncini are first present from the second setiger, occur in single rows in the first 6 tori, thereafter in double rows. Those of the first series have a very long handle and terminate distally in a single large tooth (pl. 22, figs. 37, 38). Farther back they come to be gradually shorter handled and acquire a series of small teeth above the main fang (pl. 22, fig. 39). However, throughout the thoracic region they have a long handle; one from the fifteenth setiger is shown in plate 22, fig. 41. Abdominal uncini are short, with broad base (pl. 22, fig. 40). Abdominal segments are smooth, with slight demarcation between successive rings; their tori are short on the first few segments, increase in length toward the midregion, but as the width of body diminishes they are gradually shorter and smaller. Neurosetae are seemingly absent from abdominal segments. Nephridial papillae are not visible save on the fourth to sixth setigerous segment, where they occur as a thick papilla on the posterior side of the setal fascicle. 274 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 The tube is characteristic; it consists of a long, cylindrical portion, 40 cm or longer by 20 mm wide; it has a flaring, distally tesselated top (pl. 25, figs. 61, 62) on one side, which neatly bends over the open end of the tube when the individual is retracted, but is capable of being pushed forward when the tentacles are extended. It consists of a thin, chitinized base covered over with a thin coat of fine, dark gray sand. Color in life is pale flesh or somewhat reddish; tentacles are crossed by alternating pale and dark bands; branchiae are red. P. pacifica is clearly separable from P. elongata (see above) in that the first has conspicuous lateral lappets on second and third branchial segments, whereas P. elongata has them only on the second branchial segment; the first has a tube with flaring, tesselated top, the second has a tube with spongelike, reticulated top. he description of P. pacifica Berkeley (1942) was received after the completion of this manuscript. It applies well to individuals from California; the original manuscript name was therefore suppressed. The type locality is Vancouver Island. Genus SPINOSPHAERA Hessle Type S. pacifica Hessle Branchiae are absent; anterior segments lack lateral lappets. Thoracic setae are present from the fourth segment, uncini from the fifth segment. Thoracic setae include longer and shorter ones, alternating with one another, both provided with flaring, denticulate tip, as typical of the sub- family Amphitritinae, but the subdistal swelling is here minutely and closely spinous. Uncini of the thorax and abdomen are of the same kind, those of the thorax in double rows on some segments; they have a major tooth below and several rows of fine teeth above. Thoracic setigerous segments are numerous, over 20. Only one species, S. pacifica Hessle (1917, p. 209) from Japan, has heretofore been referred to this unique genus. Spinosphaera oculata, new species Plate 22, Figs. 33-36 Several individuals were taken at Tomales Point, ocean side. Many others come from Caspar, Mendocino County, south to Moss Beach, San Mateo County. This is a long, slender, though much-coiled (preserved ) species; it consists of about 41 thoracic and over 100 abdominal setigers. Its total length may attain 40 mm (preserved), its greatest width near the middle of the thorax is 2.25 mm and at the anterior end 1.5 mm. It greatly resembles species of Polycirrus in lacking branchiae, but lacks a large, shovellike prostomium and tangled mass of tentacles. The peri- stomial ring is provided with several irregular rows of dark eyespots. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 275 Tentacles are numerous, coiled. The dorsum of the first 12 setigers is finely, transversely rugose. Large eggs, visible on the dorsal side through the body wall, are present from the fifteenth setiger. Nephridia may be seen as a thick swelling on dorsal sides of parapodia, one to each para- podium, from the second setiger. Ventral scutes are large, broad, thick, on setigers 5 to 8, but up to the thirteenth they are still more or less conspicuous though much smaller; thereafter they are depressed (preserved ). Thoracic setae are of 2 kinds, including longer and shorter ones, both with pectinate ends and swollen, spinous, subdistal parts, but with very narrow, obscure wings below. The longer ones (pl. 22, fig. 34) number about 3 in a parapodium and alternate with the shorter ones (pl. 22, fig. 33) which number about 6 to 10 in a fascicle. Uncini of thorax and abdomen resemble one another; they are avicular, with large basal tooth (pl. 22, fig. 36) and many rows of tiny teeth in series above (pl. 22, fig. 35) forming a thick hook that does not readily lie flat. S. oculata differs from S. pacifica, the only known species in the genus, in having numerous peristomial eyespots. Thoracic setigers number 40 or more as against 23, and thoracic setae have a broader flaring portion distally than in the first described species. Holotype-—AHF no. 66. Type locality—Tomales Point, California, in rocky habitats; inter- tidal. Distribution.—Central California. Subfamily Thelepinae Thelepus crispus Johnson Johnson, 1901, p. 428, pl. 17, figs. 175-178; Berkeley, 1942, p. 204. At Tomales Bay, Dillon Beach, and Tomales Point, ocean side, this is the commonest terebellid. In life it is orange yellow, with bright red, filamentous branchiae. It occupies coarse, sand-covered, chitinized tubes, on under sides of shell fragments and stones. It often harbors a commensal polynoid, Halosydna brevisetosa (see above). Length is 70 to 120 mm. Subfamily Polycirrinae Genus POLYCIRRUS Grube Polycirrus, sp. Representatives are to be found in rocky habitats of Tomales Point and Dillon Beach. They are typically small, delicate, fragile; they are usually bright red, very active in life, without tube or burrow. The anterior end consists of a large, long, shovellike prostomium with enor- 276 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 mous mass of tentacles, capable of unusual extension and retraction. Branchiae and eyespots are absent. There are many (over 20) setigerous segments, but the number is highly variable in known species. Unci- nigerous tori are more or less completely absent from the thorax, the first pair is often indistinct and present in a far posterior segment. Ventral scutes are conspicuous in the anterior thoracic region, and sometimes deeply grooved. Notosetae are present from the second or third segment; they are smooth or spinous. Uncini are avicular, occur in single rows, usually have a prolonged basal portion terminating distally in a few large teeth. Individuals are commonly luminescent. Species of the genus Polycirrus are in great confusion, at least partly because of the unknown range of variation within species. Only 2 have been reported from California—P. californica Moore (1909, pp. 276- 277) from San Diego, and P. perplexus Moore (1923, pp. 198-199) off central California, in 10 to 281 fms. P. californica has about 28 setigerous segments, uncini are first present from the thirteenth setiger, and ventral scutes are large through the sixth segment. P. perplexus has about 40 setigerous segments, uncini are first present from the eighth setiger, and ventral scutes large through the eleventh. ‘The range of any or all of these characters has not been ascertained. The number of setigerous segments among a group of individuals from Moss Beach to Dillon Beach ranges from 38 to only 19. Among these, only one individual has 38 setigers, 5 have 28, and 4 have 21 to 22. An examination of more material than is now available is necessary to determine whether they represent specific characters, and just what these individuals are. Genus AMAEA Malmgren The anterior end is greatly prolonged forward, provided with many tentacles from its upper surface, including a modified, dilated kind limited to the dorsalmost ridge of the peristomial fold, and great numbers of slender, filiform ones attached to the peristomial fold at the sides and around the oral aperture. The prostomial lobe is enormous. Branchiae and eyespots are absent. The thoracic region has parapodia reduced to papillar prolongations, provided with slender fascicles of fine setae; an anterior abdominal region lacks parapodial structures and is followed by a region in which setal fascicles are reduced to slender uncini. All setal structures are inconspicuous and typically deeply embedded. Only 3 species have been attributed to this genus. They are J. tri- lobata (Sars) from northern, western, and southern Europe (Fauvel, No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 277 1927, pp. 285-286), A. accraénsis Augener (1918, pp. 561-562) from the African Gold Coast, and 4. antipoda Augener (1926, pp. 241-242) from New Zealand. 4. occidentalis, new species, is the first record of this genus from the Western Hemisphere. Key To SPECIES 1. With 10 anterior setigerous segments . . A. trilobata (Sars) 2. With 11 anterior setigerous segments . A. antipoda Augener 3. With 11 left, 13 right, anterior setigerous segments Te ee ee A. accraénsis Augener 4. With 12 anterior setigerous segments . . . A. occidentalis Amaea occidentalis, new species Plate 26, Figs. 66, 69 Two nearly complete, well-preserved individuals were collected at Inverness, Tomales Bay, during the summer of 1935; another was found in Bodega Lagoon, in June, 1941, by T. L. Rodgers. In the largest one, the body is coiled, but its total length attains about 50 mm; the greatest width, in the anterior thoracic region, is 6 mm. The anterior end is concealed by the innumerable tentacles, but the prostomium is easily discerned, on the ventral side, as a great spatulate lobe (pl. 26, fig. 66). ‘The peristomial ring forms the lower lip; its lateral and dorsal portions are the base of attachment for the 2 kinds of tentacles. Its ventral portion is broad, weakly trilobed (pl. 26, fig. 66) ; this is continued laterally as a full, folded membrane, to which many slender tentacles are attached. The lateral portions are more or less separated from the dorsolateral and dorsal portions. he former is also provided with many slender tentacles, and the dorsal portion is a crescentic area to which the broadly dilated, large tentacles are attached. The slender tentacles obviously function for food-getting, since they immediately surround the oral aperture. The larger tentacles, attached along the base of the dorsal side of the pro- stomium, may function for cleaning the slender tentacles, suggested by the deep groove (pl. 26, figs. 68, 69) on their ventral side. Dorsal and ventral sides of the first 9 or 10 segments are closely covered with fine, low papillae, but they do not conceal the shallow, intersegmental furrows (pl. 26, fig. 66). Thereafter the epidermal ‘sur- face comes to be increasingly smoother, translucent, and continues so to a far posterior region, where it comes to be increasingly rugose. 278 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 The first 12 segments are clearly distinguished, since they are pro- vided with laterally projecting parapodia; thereafter the separation from one segment to the next is made out with difficulty, except in the posterior region, where intersegmental furrows are again distinct and uncinigerous tori somewhat elevated. The neural groove (pl. 26, fig. 66) is depressed throughout. The first 3 pairs of parapodia are elongate, papillar, increase in size from the first; their setae emerge as distinct, fan-shaped fascicles from the distal end of the papillar notopodium (pl. 26, fig. 67) ; a second has 15 or more fine, pointed setae and a minute nephridial papilla near the ventral base. From the fourth (pl. 26, fig. 67) to twelfth setiger noto- podia are thicker and longer, but the setae project only a short distance, as in the first few pairs. They come to have 20 or more setae in a fascicle. An obscure, opaque white, circular plaque, from which the nephridial papilla arises, can be seen at the ventral base of the third; by the fourth it is more conspicuous and continues so through 4 segments, but by the eighth it is smaller and by the ninth, absent. The nephridial papilla, how- ever, is present on all 12 thoracic setigers. Nephridia of the first 3 setigers are greatly prolonged internally, increasing in length from first to third, but by the fourth they are very much shorter. The transition from third to fourth is shown in pl. 26, fig. 67. Abdominal setigers number at least 33, but between this setigerous region and the thoracic one there is a smooth, asetigerous length, about equaling the length of 5 or 6 abdominal segments. Abdominal para- podia are small, short, inconspicuous, from which the uncini project slightly ; they number 4 or 5 in a fascicle, are long, spindle shaped, taper distally to blunt points, and are seemingly not at all hooked. A broken individual from Bodega Lagoon consists of anterior and posterior ends, is torn in the middle, has 12 thoracic segments, 6 segments lacking setae and 47 abdominal setigers; it may be complete. A. occidentalis is unique in having 12 thoracic setigers, at least 33 (perhaps 47) abdominal setigers, and an intermediate zone of perhaps 6 segments. Holotype-—AHF no. 69. Type locality —lInverness, Tomales Bay, California, in mud flats. Distribution —Central California, intertidal. Family Sabellidae Ky To SPECIES 1. Thoracic collar entire, with a single incision middorsally . . . 2 elite eho Aa ately hse welche Rl Daa ake meagan ceamnnedioce Chone 1. Thoracic collar with lateral, or also ventral, incision | | | | \ : | | | | | NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 279 2. Minute; thoracic spatulate setae with a mucron (pl. 23, fig. 52) ; inhabits shell-covered tube . . . Be) Ge miniuta 2. Large, robust; thoracic spatulate setae Tack mucron (pl. 23, fig. 47); inhabits thin, sand-covered tube . . . . . C. mollis 3. Thoracic inferior notosetae spatulate (pl. 23, fig. 43) . . . 4 3. Thoracic inferior notosetae broadly limbate (pl. 23, fig. 42) nd Bere To owe Sabella media 4. base a taaeilae crown sealed inrolled on ventral side, so that radioles inscribe more than one whorl . . . Eudistylia 5 4. Base of tentacular crown not spiraled, each half of crown inscrib- ing only a semicircle . . . . . . . . Pseudopotamilla 6 5. Tentacular radioles crossed by alternating bars of red and white ; dorsal edge of tentacular base not cleft . . . E. vancouveri 5. Tentacular radioles deep maroon, with pale or orange tips; dorsal edge of tentacular base deeply cleft . . LE. polymorpha 6. Larger; dorsal edge of tentacular base deeply cleft; tentacular eyespots number usually several on a radiole where present; usually highly colored*m life.) . <2. . % « P. eccelata 6. ‘Tiny; dorsal edge of tentacular base not cleft; tentacular eye- spots usually one or few on radioles where present ; usually white Cale milinedws yh They Aa iy lel ou. ee wats Sah dots SOCIALES Chone mollis (Bush) Metachone mollis Bush, 1904, p. 216, pl. 35, figs. 19, 20, 28. Hartman, 1942, p. 87, figs. 141-143. Many individuals were taken from Tomales Bay, in sandy mud flats. This is a stout, robust species (Hartman, 1942, p. 87). Larger individuals consist of about 65 setigers and measure 63 mm long, including the crown, which measures about 12 mm long (somewhat rolled inward). Segments are neatly uniannulate, but have a faint transverse groove about midway across each segment. The tentacular crown has a deep palmate membrane, extending well over half the length of the radioles. The first setiger has a small, papillar notopodium, provided with a reduced fascicle of pointed setae. Farther back, both notopodium and neuropodium are well represented. Spatulate thoracic setae are distinctly without mucron, usually with a dimple at the distal end (pl. 23, fig. 47) ; all resemble one another. Thoracic uncini have a long, major tooth (pl. 23, fig. 48). Abdominal uncini are also characterized by a prolonged major tooth (pl. 23, fig. 49). Color in life is uniformly white or some- what yellowish. 280 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 C’. mollis was originally designated type and only species of the genus Metachone Bush (1904) and considered to have affinities with Euchone Malmgren and Dialychone Claparéde, but, since Euchone is character- ized by its peculiar caudal end and Dialychone by its abdominal uncini in which the secondary teeth are large, the affinities of C. mollis are un- doubtedly with species of Chone Kroyer. C. mollis differs from C. in- fundibuliformis Kroyer, which is a larger species, and in life is often spotted reddish or somewhat greenish. Also, spatulate thoracic setae in the latter are gently rounded distally or have a minute mucron (pl. 23, fig. 44, based on an individual from the west coast of Sweden). Thoracic uncini have a comparatively thick major tooth (pl. 23, fig. 45), and abdominal uncini have a thick basal plate (pl. 23, fig. 46). C. mollis constructs a closely fitting tube of mucus, externally covered with fine sand particles; the occupant leaves it readily when disturbed and can quickly reconstruct another. Originally described from Pacific Grove, it ranges in intertidal zones of the northeast Pacific. Chone minuta, new species Plate 23, Figs. 50-52; Plate 24, Figs. 59, 60 Numerous individuals were taken at Dillon Beach, in holdfasts of algae and among compound ascidians. This is one of the smallest members of the genus. Total number of segments of sexually mature individuals (with large eggs in abdominal segments) includes 8 thoracic and 26 abdominal setigers; total length is about 10 mm, including the crown, which measures 2 mm. Segments are clearly annulate; those of setigers 2 to 6 show faint transverse grooves dividing the ring ventrally into 2 nearly equal parts; others are neatly uniannulate. The tentacular crown (preserved out of the tube) is expanded, shaped like a bell, with barbless tips extending distally. There are 6 to 7 pairs of pinnate radioles on each side, together with 3 pairs of filamentous radioles at the dorsal ends of the crown (pl. 24, fig. 59). The barbed radioles are united at their bases by a palmate membrane that extends distally only about one third of the length of the radioles; the membrane is con- tinued for some distance along the sides of the radioles but does not extend to the barbless distal portion. Each radiole has, on its oral side, about 24 pairs of barbs, in double rows. Palpi are elongate, triangular. The collar is smooth, entire, straight, about as long as the first 2 setigerous segments together. On its ventral side, medially, it has a slight concavity, but extends around the peristomial ring as a trim collar to the middorsum, where it is cleft and inserted on the peristomial membrane. Eyespots are lacking. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 281 The first setigerous ring is only about half as long as the second; it is provided with a papillar parapodium, from which a fan-shaped fascicle of 6 to 8 pointed setae emerge; the fascicle resembles those farther back but is more spreading; this ring lacks neuropodia. From the second, both notopodia and neuropodia are represented. he first are provided with longer, slender, pointed setae (pl. 24, fig. 60) superiorly and shorter, somewhat spatulate setae with a long, pointed mucron (pl. 23, fig. 52) inferiorly. A median thoracic notopodium has 7 or 8 longer setae, about 7 spatulate setae. Thoracic neuropodia are provided with only long- handled uncini in which the largest tooth is long (pl. 23, fig. 51); a median neuropodium has about 11 of these hooks. Abdominal parapodia have short uncini above and slender setae below. Uncini number about 8 in a series in the second abdominal segment; each has a long, main tooth (pl. 23, fig. 50) resembling that in thoracic hooks. Setae are pointed, limbate, number 8 or 9 in a fascicle. The tube is slender, closely fitting the body of the occupant; extern- ally it is covered with small shell fragments, attached usually on edge, so as to lie more or less in transverse layers. Tubes occur in crevices of sponge and ascidian clusters, and sometimes resemble the small bits of sand and shell sometimes lodged in these places. The tube may be only slightly longer than the length of its inhabitant. Color in life and pre- served is pale to white. C. minuta is characterized in its very small size, measuring only about 10 mm long; it has few abdominal segments, numbering only about 26; the tentacular crown has a low palmate membrane, only about one third of the total length of the crown, and there are only 6 or 7 pairs of radioles ; spatulate setae have a long mucron. Holotype—AHF no. 67. Type locality —Dillon Beach, California, intertidal, in rocky habitats. Distribution.—Central California. Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore Moore, 1905, pp. 559-562, pl. 37, figs. 8-14; Hartman, 1938, pp. 19, 25, Z6upls 2: hie. 6. Several individuals come from rocky crevices at Tomales Point, ocean side, and from Dillon Beach. The tentacular crown is usually brilliantly colored, transversely banded with red or maroon. The tube is typically slender but irregular, leathery, chitinized, covered with fine sand particles on the outside, and the distal end is transversely rolled up when the occu- pant is withdrawn. The dorsal edge of the tentacular base is deeply cleft (Hartman, 1938, pl. 2, fig. 6), and some radioles, especially those on the 282 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 dorsal side, have heavy, black eyespots, often 5 or 6 on a radiole. The collar consists of a pair of smaller dorsal lobes, separated from each other by a deep median cleft, and from the lateral lobes by a wide dorsolateral notch; it extends laterally and ventrally in a gradually rising membrane and terminates in oblique ventral lobes separated by a deep midventral incision. Length is 45 mm or over. Pseudopotamilla socialis, new species Plate 24, Figs. 53-58 Many collections come from sponge masses at Tomales Point, ocean side, and fewer in ascidian clusters. Tubes radiate out from the sponge mass so that the distal ends project slightly from the surface of the sponge; when extended, individuals lie with the tentacular crown covering much of the surface of the sponge mass. Color in life and preserved is pale, or tinged with dusky pigment and there are dark eyespots on the radioles. Total length is only 20 to 25 mm, width about 1 mm in the thoracic region. Number of segments includes 6 to 8 thoracic and 50 or more abdominal segments. The tentacular crown consists of about 8 pairs of radioles; they are entire, those on the ventral side are shortest, increasing gradually in length dorsally. Radioles are provided with a double row of pinnae, have only a short free end distally, as typical of the genus. Eyespots are vari- able, sometimes are totally lacking, or occur singly, or may number 4 or 5 on a radiole. They are usually limited to the lateral radioles, near their midlength. Eyes are large, dark brown, circular. The number and distri- bution of eyespots are highly variable in this species, as in some other sabellids (Eudistylia, below). The dorsal edge of the tentacular base is a short, thin, straight membrane. The collar is 4 lobed; its dorsal portion consists of a pair of low, oblique flaps, widely separated from the lateral ones by a deep dorsolateral cleft; except at its medial portions it leaves much of the peristomium exposed. Lateral lobes rise abruptly above the dorsolateral clefts and con- tinue ventrally to form high, oblique ventral flaps, their tips more or less prolonged, attenuate. Ventral scutes are rectangular, broader than long, without markings or indications of transverse bisections at the sides. Abdominal segments are clearly marked, as long as broad, or shorter. The first thoracic setiger is provided, on each side, with a notopodial fascicle of 6 longer (pl. 24, fig. 54) and 7 shorter (pl. 24, fig. 55) bilimbate setae, disposed in 2 transverse rows. From the second, notopodia are provided with slender NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 283 bilimbate setae (pl. 24, fig. 53) above and short, spatulate setae (pl. 24, fig. 56) in 2 transverse rows below. Neuropodia are provided with an anterior row of pennoned setae and a posterior row of avicular hooks. Those of the first thoracic torus number about 20 sets, those of the second to third last thoracic segments number about 23 to 24 in a set, but in the last 2 thoracic tori the pennoned setae and their companion hooks (pl. 24, figs. 57, 58) are conspicuously fewer in number and larger, numbering only 8 or 9 sets in a series. Abdominal segments are provided with a double row of bilimbate neurosetae with a long, slender point more nearly resembling those in the collar fascicle than those in other thoracic segments. Notopodia have single rows of avicular hooks like those in the thorax, but they are much shorter stemmed and smaller than those in front, and the comb region is thick, so that the hook does not readily lie flat. Tubes are slender, closely fitting the occupant, externally covered with small fragments of sand and shell, attached to the tube more or less transversely. P. socialis is characterized by its small size, its reduced number of radioles, its collar membranes, and its thoracic hooks, especially those of the last 2 thoracic segments. In the last respect it approaches P. inter- media Moore (1905, pp. 562-564, pl. 37), but the latter is a much larger species, its collar membrane has high dorsal lobes, and radioles are be- lieved to be totally lacking eyespots. Holotype-—AHF no. 68. Type locality—Tomales Point, Marin County, ocean side, in sponge among rocks; intertidal. Distribution—Central California. Eudistylia polymorpha (Johnson) Bispira polymorpha Johnson, 1901, pp. 428-430, pl. 17, figs. 179-183, pl. 18, figs. 184, 185. Hartman, 1938, pp. 18, 19, 23, pl. 2, fig. 5. Several individuals were taken from rocky habitats at Tomales Point and Dillon Beach. In life the tentacular crown is typically deep maroon, tipped with pale yellow or deep orange. The dorsal edge of the tentacular membrane is deeply cleft (Hartman, 1938, pl. 2, fig. 5). The collar membrane is deep, much less oblique than in E. vancouveri (below). Ten- tacular eyespots are black, often conspicuous. Length is over 100 mm. 284 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Eudistylia vancouveri (Kinberg) Plate 25, Fig. 63 Sabella vancouveri Kinberg, 1867, p. 383. E. gigantea and E. plumosa Bush, 1904, pp. 210-212. Hartman, 1942, p. 84. Several very large individuals were seen in the muddy sand flats at Tomales Bay, and one completely removed by T. L. Rodgers; the tube of this individual is shown in pl. 25, fig. 63. It is tough, leathery, chitinized, long and cylindrical, and tapers basally, ending in a cone that is closed at the base. Tubes are solitary, and, so far as could be observed, widely scattered. Specimens are large, robust, well over 30 cm long, and the crown, when fully extended, is strikingly plumose, brilliantly banded with maroon and orange or yellow pigments. Tentacular eyespots are black, more or less conspicuous, but often lacking from a few or many radioles. The latter are usually entire, but rarely one or more are bifur- cated near the base (as typical of species of Schizobranchia Bush). The dorsal edge of the tentacular base is a short, entire membrane. The collar is long, deep on its ventral side, but much shorter going upward; the dorsal lobes are rather low, widely separated from the lateral portions by deep clefts. Two individuals, taken at Tomales Point on the ocean side, differ rather strikingly from typical E. vancouveri in their pigmentation pattern. One was removed, complete with tube, from rotten granite by John Copeland; another fragment was taken in a similar habitat by Dorothy E. Peters. In each of these the body in life was deep olive green overlaid with some red; preserved they are greenish tinged with brown. The tentacular crown has a spiraled base and rather short radioles, crossed with at most 5 or 6 maroon bars and alternating pale ones. Radioles are simple, may have 5 or 6 circular dark eyespots, irregularly disposed, sometimes all on one side (toward the dorsum) near the middle of the radiole, or some are also ventral, but many radioles lack eyespots. The dorsal edge of the tentacular base is nearly straight, but there is a slight elevation near its distal portion. Ventrally the tentacular base is rolled in, spiraled. The dorsal collar lobes are low, oblique, leave much of the peristomial base exposed, and are widely separated by dorsolateral clefts from the lateral lobes. The latter arise, on either side, as a broad, well-rounded membrane, dorsal to the first setal fascicle, extend obliquely forward toward the ventral side, and terminate in a pair of elongate, auricular lobes, about as in typical E. vancouveri. The tube is thick, tough, chitin- ized, irregularly twisted. Except for differences in color, it seems impos- sible to separate these 2 individuals from E. vancouveri. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 285 Another one from Tomales Point, ocean side, in rock crevices, was collected by George M. Good. It differs from the others in totally lack- ing eyespots on the radioles; there is no pigment (preserved). E. tenella Bush (Hartman, 1942, p. 86) is the only known Eudistylia lacking eye- spots, but it too is questionably separable from E. vancouveri. Since the distribution of eyespots is very irregular on all specimens and their number on any one or all radioles not predictable, it seems that this character has little or no specific value. Sabella media (Bush) Plate 23, Fig. 42 Parasabella media Bush, 1904, pp. 200-201, pl. 27, figs. 3-5, pl. 33, figs. 34-36, pl. 34, fig. 3, pl. 36, figs. 13, 14, pl. 37, fig. 30. Parasabella pallida Moore, 1923, pp. 241-242. Hartman, 1942, pp. 79, 80. Two individuals were taken from Tomales Point, ocean side, in rocky crevices. Tubes are thick, leathery, externally covered with fine sand grains. The body (preserved) is white or pale, the tentacular crown reddish brown, heavily mottled so as to appear velvety or fuzzy. The tentacular base is not spiraled as in species of Eudistylia, but the ventral edge is somewhat rolled in, giving an impression of slight spiraling. There are no true eyespots. The collar consists of a pair of low, oblique dorsal lobes, and longer lateral lobes terminating ventrally in a pair of triangular ventral flaps. There are middorsal and ventral, and deep, wide, dorsolateral incisions. Thoracic notosetae include longer, narrower ones in the superior part of the fascicle, and somewhat shorter, broader, though similar ones (pl. 23, fig. 42) inferiorly; neurosetae consist of an anterior row of pennoned setae and a posterior row of avicular hooks. Abdominal parapodia are provided with avicular hooks in notopodia and limbate setae in neuro- podia. Length is 35 to 55 mm. Family Serpulidae Key TO SPECIES 1. Tube tiny, coiled; body asymmetrical . . . . Spirorbinae 2 1. Tube larger, straight or somewhat twisted ; body not asymmetri- ret Ce) ES a Ea Re LE RMR ENN ARUN ONDER oy VIET tot A as 2s Meube simistral 2) i...) 6 es a eae ab Leaeospira borealis 286 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Tribe dextral 08 2% Os Oo} eS 226 Desxtospira spirillum Opercular stalk cylindrical, operculum funnellike : Serpula vermicularis 3. Geccaley oie eat noel protuberances, operculum funnel- Hikes Sy eee. tea peg! Go!) OS Orwemgera eygoptora ete Serpula vermicularis Linneaus Fauvel, 1927, pp. 351-352, fig. 120. This cosmopolitan species inhabits rocky places at Tomales Point and Dillon Beach. Tubes are hard, white, cylindrical, but somewhat coiled near the base. The tentacular crown and operculum are often brilliantly colored red and white. Length is about 50 to 70 mm. Crucigera zygophora (Johnson) Serpula zygophora Johnson, 1901, pp. 433-434, pl. 19, figs. 205-208. At Tomales Point and Dillon Beach this occurs in rocky habitats. Tubes are thick, white. Length is 40 to 60 mm. Subfamily Spirorbinae These serpulids are conveniently separated from the subfamily Serpu- linae in the following characters: they are notably smaller, the tube is typically closely coiled, the body is asymmetrical and similarly coiled, the thorax consists of less than 5 setigerous segments, and the calcareous operculum has a smooth stalk, its distal, expanded portion used either simply for closing the tube or also as a brood pouch. Hermaphroditism is the rule. All species in this category have sometimes been considered as Spirorbis; but, since the group is a large, unwieldy one, it is preferable to recognize finer divisions (see Caullery and Mesnil, 1897, and others). ‘Two species are here recognized from the Dillon Beach areas, but others are to be found. Key TO SPECIES Tube sinistral (that is, the aperture is on the left side when the tube is placed with opening below) ; thorax consists of 3 setigerous segments; collar setae distally crenulate . Laeospira borealis Tube dextral (aperture is on the right side when the tube is placed with opening below) ; thorax consists of 3 setigerous segments; collar setae distally crenulate . . . . Dexiospira spirillum No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 287 Laeospira borealis (Daudin) Fauvel, 1927, p. 399, fig. 135. Throughout the Dillon Beach and Tomales Bay areas, this occurs commonly on hard surfaces, algae or other foreign objects. Dexiospira spirillum (Linneaus) Fauvel, 1927, pp. 392-393, fig. 132. Habitats are the same as for Laeospira borealis (above). ‘The two species are sometimes found on the same surfaces. 288 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 LITERATURE CITED AUGENER, H. 1918. Polychaeta. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Herausgeg. von W. Michaelsen, vol. 2, Lief. 2, pp. 67-625, 6 pls. 1926. Polychaeta III. Polychaeten von Neuseeland. Sedentaria. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjgbenhavn, vol. 81, pp. 157-294, 22 figs. BERGSTROM, E. 1914. Zur Systematik des Polychaeten Familie der Phyllodociden. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 3, pp. 37-224, 81 figs. BERKELEY, E. 1923. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt 1. Syllidae to Sigalionidae. Contr. Can. Biol., n.s., vol. 1, pp. 203-218, 1 pl. 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 3. Leodicidae to Spionidae. Jbid., vol. 3, pp. 405-422, 1 pl. BERKELEY, E. AND C. 1932. On a collection of littoral Polychaeta from the west coast of Vancouver Island. Ibid., vol. 7, pp. 309-318. 1938. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. 3. Syllidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 1, pp. 33-49, 12 figs. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pp. 16-60, 18 figs. 1942. North Pacific Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Vancouver Island, Alaska, and Bering Sea. Canadian J. Research, vol. 20, pp. 183-208, 6 figs. Bush, K. J. 1904. Tubicolous annelids of the tribes Sabellides and Serpulides from the Pacific Ocean. Harriman Alaska Exped., vol. 12, pp. 169-355, pls. 21-44. CAULLERY, M. AND MESNIL, F. 1897. Etudes sur la morphologie comparée et la phylogenie des especes chez les Spirorbes. Bull. Sci. France Belgique, vol. 30, pp. 185-233, pls. 7-10, 1 fig. CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1919. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. J. Ent. Zool. Claremont, Cal., vol. 11, pp. 1-23. EHLERS, E. 1868. Die Borstenwiirmer nach systemmatischen und anatomischen Unter- suchungen dargestellt. Leipzig. 748 pp., 24 pls. 1901. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes. Fest- schrift zur Feier des Hundertfiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens der k6éniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. 232 pp., 25 pls. Berlin. FAUVEL, P. 1923. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, 488 pp., 181 figs. 1927. Polychétes sedentaires. [bid., vol. 16, 494 pp., 152 figs. FEWKES, J. N. 1889. New Invertebrata from the coast of California. Bull. Essex Inst., vol. 21, pp. 99-164, 7 pls. No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 289 GraAvIER, C. 1906. Contribution a l’étude des Annélides Polychétes de la mer Rouge. Nouv. arch. Mus., Paris, sér. 4, vol. 8, pp. 123-236, figs. 286-409, pls. 1-8. GRruBE, E. 1856. Annulata Oerstediana. Naturhist. Foren. Vidensk. Medd. Kjgbenhavn, pp. 105-126. 1878. Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Samm- lungen. Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol. 25, 300 pp., 15 pls. HARTMAN, O. 1936. New species of Spionidae (Annelida polychaeta) from the coast of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 41, pp. 45-52, 22 figs. 1936. New species of polychaetous annelids of the family Nereidae from California. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 83, pp. 467-480, 8 figs. 1938. Annotated list of the types of polychaetous annelids in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 85, pp. 1-31, 3 pls. 1938. Descriptions of new species and new generic records of polychaetous annelids from California of the families Glyceridae, Eunicidae, Stau- ronereidae, and Opheliidae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 43, pp. 93- 112, 63 figs. 1940. Boccardia proboscidea, a new species of spionid worm from California. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 30, pp. 382-387, fig. 1. 1940. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. 2. Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, pp. 173-287, pls. 31-44. 1941. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Ibid., vol. 7, pp. 289-323, 4 pls. 1941. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. 4. Pectinariidae. Ibid., vol. 7, pp. 325-345, 4 pls. 1942. A review of the types of polychaetous annelids at the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. Bull. Bingham Oceanographic Coll., vol. 8, pp. 1-98, 161 figs. 1944. Polychaetous Annelids. Pt. 5. Eunicea. Allan Hancock Pacific Expedi- tion, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 1-238, 18 pls. Jounson, H. P. 1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific coast, with descriptions of new species. Pt. 1. The Euphrosynidae, Amphinomidae, Palmyridae, Polynoidae, and Sigalionidae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 1, pp. 153-198, 6 pls. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-437, 19 pls. KINBERG, J. 1855. Nya slagten och arter af Annelider. Ofv. Vet-Akad. Foérh., Stockholm, vol. 12, pp. 381-388. MacGinlrig, G. E. 1935. Ecological aspects of a California marine estuary. Amer. Midland Nat., vol. 16, pp. 629-765, 21 figs. Monro, C. 1928. Polychaeta of the families Polynoidae and Acoétidae from the vicinity of the Panama Canal, collected by Dr. C. Crossland and Dr. Th. Mortensen. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 36, pp. 553-576, 30 figs. 1937. The John Murray Expedition 1933-34. Scientific Reports. Polychaeta. Vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 243-321, 28 figs. 290 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Moors, J. P. 1903. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401-490, 5 pls. 1904. New Polychaeta from California. Ibid., vol. 56, pp. 484-503, 2 pls. 1905. New species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific, chiefly from Alaskan waters. Ibid., vol. 57, pp. 525-554, 3 pls. 1906. Additional new species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific. Jbid., vol. 58, pp. 217-260, 3 pls. 1908. Some polychaetous annelids of the northen Pacific coast of North Amer- ica. Ibid., vol. 60, pp. 321-364. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, California. Ibid., vol. 61, pp. 235-295, 3 pls. 1911. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. 3. Euphrosynidae to Goniadidae. Ibid., vol. 63, pp. 234-318, 7 pls. 1923. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off south- ern California in 1904. 4. Spionidae to Sabellariidae. Ibid., vol. 75, pp. 179-259, 2 pls. Potts, F. A. 1914. Polychaeta from the northeast Pacific. The Chaetopteridae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. for 1914, pp. 955-994, pls. 1-6. QUATREFAGES, A. DE 1866. Histoire naturelle des Annéles marins et d’eau douce. Paris, de Réret. Pt. 2. 794 pp. TREADWELL, A. L. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collections of the Zoo- logical Museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pls. iS) bo ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 19 Figures 1-9, Magelona pitelkai: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, showing prostomium, first segment and bases of paired palpi, x 29; Fig. 2, fifth parapodium from left side with large triangu- lar, notopodial lamella (postsetal) and cirriform dorsal and ventral cirri, x 110; Fig. 3, tenth parapodium, with foliaceous, interramal lamellae, dorsal and ventral setae and hooks indi- cated, x 110; Fig. 4, neuropodium from ninth segment, showing arrangement of setae and ventral cirrus, x 110; Fig. 5, flattened notoseta from ninth segment, x 918; Fig. 6, flattened neuroseta from same segment, x 918; Fig. 7, long, slender seta from same segment, x 918; Fig. 8, hooded uncinus from tenth parapodium, x 918; Fig. 9, distal end of uncinus, hood removed, in frontal view, to show tridentate condition, x 918. 9 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN: KAY > = SS WN . \ \\ \ = MA WN Mi a AN | YY / Wf Yy ye Wy GZ \ 294 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Vor. w0 PAV Ee20 Figures 10-22, Harmothoé lunulata: Fig. 10, anterior end in dorsal view, including first 4 elytral pairs, x 52; Fig. 11, prostomium with first setiger in dorsal view, first elytra removed, palpi omitted, x 52; Figs. 12-18, outlines of elytra 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 13, and 15, respectively, in dorsal view, from same individual, x 22; Fig. 19, a median parapodium in anterior view, setae indicated, x 52; Fig. 20, neuroseta from tenth parapodium, x 840; Fig. 21, a longer notoseta from same parapodium, x 840; Fig. 22, a shorter notoseta from same parapodium, x 840. No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 20) 96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 PREAH 21 Figures 23-24, Glycera tenuis: Fig. 23, median parapodium in poste- rior view, x 204; Fig. 24, aileron from jaw piece, in lateral view, enlarged. Figures 25-27, Pectinaria californiensis: Fig. 25, anal plaque in dorsal view, pressed flat to show lobed margins and arrangement of scaphal spines, x 30; Fig. 26, anal tongue in dorsal view, show- ing papilla and crenulate margin, x 30; Fig. 27, one of larger scaphal spines, x 670. Figure 28, Lotmia montagui: abdominal uncinus with 6 teeth, x 870. Figure 29, Ramex californiensis: an entire branchia from right side, in posterior view, x 82. ee HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 298 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PIEAIGE 22 Figures 30-32, Ramex californiensis: Fig. 30, uncinus from median thoracic torus, in frontolateral view, to show series of small teeth, x 870; Fig. 31, same, in lateral view, to same magnification; Fig. 32, thoracic seta, from same parapodium, to same magnification. Figures 33-36, Spinosphaera oculata: Fig. 33, one of shorter thoracic notosetae, showing spinous, inflated, and distal toothed regions, x 870; Fig. 34, one of longer notosetae, the tip somewhat unnatu- rally turned back, to same magnification; Fig. 35, thoracic un- cinus in frontal view, x 870; Fig. 36, same, in lateral view, to same magnification. Figures 37-41, Pista pacifica: Fig. 37, long-handled uncinus, from first thoracic torus, in lateral view, x 102; Fig. 38, tip of same, enlarged; Fig. 39, a similar uncinus from fourth thoracic torus, x 175; Fig. 40, abdominal uncinus, x 335; Fig. 41, long-handled uncinus from fifteenth torus, x 175. NO. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PLAZZ 300 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PVA E23 Figure 42, Sabella media: inferior thoracic notoseta, enlarged. Figure 43, Eudistylia vancouvert: inferior thoracic notoseta, enlarged. Figures 44-46, Chone infundibuliformis (Sweden): Fig. 44, inferior thoracic notoseta with minute mucron, x 435; Fig. 45, thoracic uncinus, to same magnification; Fig. 46, abdominal uncinus, to same magnification. Figures 47-49, Chone mollis: Fig. 47, inferior thoracic notoseta, with depressed distal end, to same magnification; Fig. 48, thoracic uncinus, to same magnification; Fig. 49, abdominal uncinus, to same magnification. Figures 50-52, Chone minuta: Fig. 50, abdominal uncinus, x 850; Fig. 51, one of 11 uncini from median thoracic segment, to same magnification; Fig. 52, one of 7 inferior notosetae from same thoracic segment, to same magnification. No. 2 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PESeS ee = < Bh ote (VE pactfica 3. Setae in ninth segment on ae ae Sara CMRI Pan ana mn A. 3. Setae in ninth segment distally tapering . - . - - +... 3S 4. Special setae in ninth segment mucronate P Rhett: M. hepllcorne Miiller 4, oe setae in eaten segment not mucronate . . WM. pitelkai 5. Prostomium smooth, lacks longitudinal ridges : ; M. cincta ines 5) Beeceenrurl acted derally an a ridges or also transverse grooves .. . ee Bota Ns ial iy © 6. Parapodial lobes conspicuous, fclnconss in anterior and posterior regions; prostomium with longitudinal ridges and transverse STOOVES vies 6) eae. os bey cules cr ae) ep rosea Moore 6. Parapodial lobes inconspicuous, small in anterior and posterior regions (pl. 28, fig. 13); prostomium with broad, low, longi- tudinal ridges (pl. 28, fig. 10) but without transverse grooves. M. californica 320 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Magelona pacifica Monro Monro, 1933, pp. 1048-1049, fig. 2. Collections.—1390-41 (1); 1413-41 (1). M. pacifica is characterized in having frontal horns on the pro- stomium; its dorsal surface is marked with longitudinal ridges and trans- verse grooves, as originally shown; parapodia have broad, foliaceous lobes in anterior segments already from the first, and in posterior seg- ments. Dorsal and ventral cirri, located at the outer extremities of para- podial rami, are obvious, the ventral cirri slightly the larger. The noto- podial, postsetal lamella is a broad, foliaceous lobe directed downward toward the interramal space; it increases in size posteriorly to the ninth segment. The specialized ninth segment has a similar, though smaller, postsetal lamella and smaller dorsal and ventral cirri. From the tenth segment the lamellae are developed in both rami, take an interramal, though postsetal, position. Dorsal and ventral cirri continue in their normal positions, but are increasingly smaller going back. Setae of the ninth segment are long, pointed, with narrow wing. Distribution —M. pacifica has heretofore been known only from Gorgona Island, Panama, in the intertidal zone (Monro, 1933). The present collections are from Santa Rosa and San Miguel islands, south- ern California, in 14 and 35 fms. Magelona pitelkai Hartman Hartman, 1944, Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, no. 2. Collections—Tomales Bay, California (several) ; Bolinas Bay, Cali- fornia (1). Distribution.—Central California; at low water line. Mazgelona californica, new species Plate 28, Figs. 10-14 Collections —903-38 (1) ; Mission Bay, California, shore (1) ; 1450- 42 (2). The general form is long, slender, threadlike; length (preserved) of a complete individual of 108 segments is 27 mm. The dorsum is marked with paired patches, each consisting of fine, black specks; they are distrib- uted immediately within and behind each setal fascicle; similar patches are at the sides of the body, midway between successive parapodia. Anterior segments are slenderer than the first few posterior ones. The distinction between the 2 regions is more or less sharp (pl. 28, fig. 10). tn No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 321 The prostomium is depressed, spatulate, with broadly rounded, frontal margin, unmarked save by a pair of elongate, triangular areas at the sides of the middorsum (pl. 28, fig. 10). There are no visible eyes. The paired palpi are papillated, resemble those of other species. Parapodia are inconspicuous throughout, provided with flattened lamellae in both rami. Those of the anterior region are as large as, or somewhat larger than, those in posterior segments. In the anterior region they are distinctly postsetal in position; in the posterior region they are interramal, though still postsetal (pl. 28, fig. 13). Dorsal and ventral cirri appear to be absent. Parapodia of the first 9 setigers have only long, pointed setae (pl. 28, fig. 12) ; those of the ninth resemble those in front. Posterior parapodia, from the tenth, are provided with spreading fascicles of hooded uncini (pl. 28, fig. 13) in which the distal end is bidentate, the secondary tooth thick and more conspicuous than usual (pl. 28, fig. 14). The posterior end terminates in a pair of lateral, digitate cirri at the sides of the anal aperture (pl. 28, fig. 11). M. californica is characterized in having the prostomium anteriorly rounded, with simple, triangular swellings on its dorsal surface; setae of the ninth segment are simple capillaries, resembling those of the first few segments; uncini are distally bidentate, the secondary tooth thick, conspicuous; dorsal and ventral cirri are seemingly absent; parapodial lobes are small throughout. It is distinguished from other species as indi- cated in the key (see above). Its color in life is dull pale pink. Holotype —AHF no. 56. Type locality —Mission Bay, California. Distribution—Mission Bay, Anaheim Slough and Newport Bay, California; intertidal. Longosomidae, new family The only known representative, Longosoma catalinensis, new genus and species, is characterized in having an anterior region of 9 setigerous segments, each provided with notopodia and neuropodia and from the second with a pair of long, tentacular cirri; this is followed by a region in which the segments are greatly prolonged (hence the generic name). In so far as known, setae are entirely simple, pointed, save some in the first neuropodium which include heavier, falcate ones. The prostomium is a simple, spatulate lobe, without appendages. The proboscis is a soft, eversible sack. 322 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 LONGOSOMA, new genus Type: L. catalinensis, new species Longosoma catalinensis, new species Plate 27, Figs. 1-3 Collection.—900-39 (1). An anterior end consisting of 9 thoracic setigerous segments and 3 greatly prolonged ones is 14 mm long. The prostomium is somewhat depressed, tapers anteriorly but is broadly rounded in front, lacks eyespots or other pigment marks. No appendages or indications of their bases can be made out. The first segment is achaetous, apodous, biannulate (per- haps represents 2 segments). This is followed by an anterior, thoracic region of 9 setigers in which the rings are short, broad, with laterally disposed setal fascicles. Long, cirriform tentacles, one pair to each seg- ment, arise from the dorsal sides of the second to ninth setigers, totaling 8 pairs (pl. 27, fig. 1); they are slender, cylindrical, recall the lateral tentacles of the cirratulids. ‘This tentacular region is followed by one in which the segments are very long; there are at least 3 such rings (posteri- orly incomplete). Each of these rings is crossed by many, closely spaced, transverse wrinkles, as though capable of great extension in life. The first long segment is only about one third as long as the second, and the latter is only about two thirds as long as the third. Each ring is surrounded, dorsally and laterally, at its posterior margin, by fascicles of yellow setae, that leave the ventrum plain. The proboscis is a smooth, soft sack, resembling that of the spionids; in the type it is everted (pl. 27, fig. 1). Parapodia of the first 9 pairs are lateral, notopodia and neuropodia separated by a narrow, depressed gap; the upper ramus resembles the lower one save that its fascicles are a little shorter, thinner, and it lacks the short, thick, postsetal lobe which projects behind the neuropodial fascicles of the first 8 setigers (pl. 27, fig. 1). Parapodia, posterior to this region, are depressed, the fan-shaped fascicles seemingly project directly from the body wall. Setae, so far as known, are entirely simple, smooth, in very dense, transversely spreading fascicles. They are pale yellow, slender, distally tapering, terminate in a fine point (pl. 27, fig. 3b). About 11 or 12 pairs in the posterior portion of the first neuropodium are longer, thicker, end distally in a hook (pl. 27, fig. 3a). Setae of the prolonged segments are somewhat finer, longer than those in front, and much more numerous, but also simple, tapering, distally pointed. Holotype.-—AHF no. 71. Type locality—Oft Long Point, Catalina Island, in 40 fms, from brachiopod and sponge masses (coll. 900-39). Distribution.—Southern California. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 323 Family Ctenodrilidae Genus CTENODRILUS Claparéde Type C. serratus (Schmidt) Ctenodrilus serratus (Schmidt) Plate 27, Figs. 6, 7 Fauvel, 1927, pp. 108-109, fig. 38; Monro, 1933, p. 265; Augener, 1936, Dyo50: Collections —1438-41 (8) ; San Francisco Bay, California (10). Minute, inconspicuous, only 2.5 to 6 mm long; number of segments 9 to 11 or a few more. The prostomium is a simple, bluntly conical lobe, lacks appendages or eyespots, but is heavily ciliated. The first segment lacks setae but has a band of cilia ventrally (pl. 27, fig. 6). Notopodia and neuropodia are represented only by reduced setal fascicles, typically 2 to 4 in each bundle; they are simple, distally serrated (pl. 27, fig. 7). Color in life was noted for individuals from Point Richmond, San Francisco Bay. The body is translucent, pale at either end, with a maroon to purple cast over the middle half to two thirds of its length; the entire surface is speckled with dark. Progression is a slow, creeping movement, in either direction. Individuals have been recovered from clumps of debris; no tube or burrow has been identified. The family with which this species is identified has sometimes been regarded as a subfamily of the Cirratulidae (Fauvel, 1927, p. 107). It is herein considered distinct because of the presence of unique characters, notably the ciliation of prostomium and first segment, the reduced number of body segments, inconspicuous parapodia, and simple setal fascicles. Reproduction by transverse fission, protandric hermaphroditism, and internal gestation have been reported for individuals from Europe (see Fauvel, 1927, p. 109). These interesting phenomena have not been in- vestigated for specimens from the Western Hemisphere. Distribution Central and southern California; West Indies; Europe. Family Sabellariidae The family Sabellariidae constitutes a comparatively small, distinct group; affinities with other chaetopods are not easily discernible, but present-day forms are probably nearest the Pectinariidae. The reef- building habit is more or less strongly established. Species are typically colonial, in some cases known to construct sandy reefs of great extent (pl. 42, fig. 106) ; less often they are solitary, the sandy tubes attached 324 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 to solid objects, such as shell and stones. They are largely intertidal or littoral, subject to a varying amount of exposure through tidal action, but a few species have been recorded from abyssal depths (some species of Lygdamis). There is direct proportion between the degree of exposure endured and the extent of opercular development. In species of Phragma- topoma (p. 346) often existing high up near the barnacle zone (pl. 42) the operculum is a firm, conical structure capable of sealing the open end of the tube, specially adapted to prevent desiccation. In other species the opercular spines are progressively less adapted for this purpose but per- haps increasingly so for protection against predatory organisms. Geo- graphically, the Sabellariidae are widely distributed, but the majority of species abound in warmer seas. The body of the Sabellariidae consists of (1) an anterior end some- times called the opercular disk and stalk, (2) a thorax, (3) an abdomen, and (4) a caudal tail (—cauda). Differentiation is sharp in each of these regions. The total number of larval somites which come to form the adult body is variable and perhaps great, but difficult to determine because of the high degree of specialization. Even a study of larval stages is inade- quate to satisfactorily settle these problems, since metamorphosis is very pronounced and comparatively rapid. Several important studies have been made toward the elucidation of problems concerning the origin and homology of specialized parts. The investigations of Quatrefages (1848), Meyer (1887, 1888), and Johansson (1927) have been foremost in clarifying some of the issues. The important studies by Wilson (1929) on the development and metamorphosis in some species should also be stressed, but are based largely on external manifestations during larval and settling stages. They include also interesting observations on the structure of the caudal appendage and the organs involved in the process of tube building. The origin of the conspicuous opercular stalk, constituting the crown, has been explained in several ways. Fauvel (1927, p. 205) considers the operculum probably “les rames dorsales fusionnées des deux premiers pieds.”’ Perhaps this means only the 2 parapodia of the first pair, and not the first 2 pairs. The 2 fascicles of capillary setae, near the oral aperture, and those on the following segment are considered to correspond to the ventral rami. These conclusions correspond somewhat with those proposed by Meyer (1887, 1888). Johansson’s conclusions (1927, pp. 25-39), based on a careful study of the nervous system and other anatomical parts, are of great interest and significance; they differ from those of Meyer in several important respects. Meyer concluded that the opercular paleae NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 525 were developed from the first segment. Johansson proposed that they develop from the second last prothoracal segment, but that, preceding this, there are several (from 3 to 5) segments that have come to be more or less reduced. They are suppressed by the unusually great development of the paleal segment (designated segment 2 by Johansson) and have fused with one another and with the prostomium so that all indications of septa are effaced. The segment most clearly discernible is the one pre- ceding segment 2 (designated segment 3 by Johansson), since here the setae, though reduced and embedded in the opercular musculature, are still present. This is the condition in species of Sabellaria; in those of Idanthyrsus and others where nuchal hooks are present, this segment 3 is believed to be represented by the nuchal hooks. Segment 4 (preceding segment 3) is so reduced that only the presence of spinal nerves indicates a former existence. It is likely that a fifth segment preceded it, indicated by large nerves in the musculature on the ventral side of the opercular paleae. In conclusion, therefore, Johansson believes that the opercular paleae originate from the notopodium not of a single segment, as Meyer thought, but of parts of 3, 4, or even 5 segments. In addition, Johansson (1927, p. 25) believes (and I concur in this view) that in all members of the Sabellariidae there are fundamentally 2 rows of opercular paleae. Even in Sabellaria (p. 337), where 3 rows of paleae are usually considered, there are 2 rows so arranged that those of the inner and middle rows belong to a single series, alternately directed mward and outward. This view is strengthened by the fact that the paleae of the outer row often approximately equal in number the sum of the middle and inner rows. In addition to these stout, visible paleae, fine rudimentary capillary setae are present (in Sabellaria) embedded in the thick musculature on the dorsal side of the operculum. They are signifi- cant, since they herald the presence of another segment, and are the homologues of the heavy nuchal hooks in some other genera (Idanthyrsus and Lygdamis). It might be suggested that segment 3 (preceding segment 2 and so designated by Johansson) actually succeeds it posteriorly, since it is repre- sented by a single ramus, the notopodium, and that the neuropodium of the first anterior thoracic segment is its corresponding ventral part. This would reverse the order of segments 2 and 3 (of Johansson), but would in no way change his conclusions. In conclusion, therefore, it might be said for the segments which manifest themselves in the adult that the opercular crown, including the paleal spines (whether in 2 rows or 3 apparent ones), represent the 326 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 notopodium and neuropodium of a single segment, that the embedded capillary setae (of Sabellaria) or the conspicuous nuchal hooks on the dorsal side (of Idanthyrsus and Lygdamis) represent the notopodium of another segment, and that the neuropodium of the first postoral segment represents its respective ventral portion. “The operculum would thus represent the noto- and neuropodium of the first visible segment; the first postoral segment, the neuropodial portion of the second segment. The third visible segment is normal, with notopodia and neuropodia in normal relations. These last 2 named segments are herein designated the 2 anterior thoracic segments. The following nomenclature is used herein. The operculum with its stalk refers to the portion anterior to the oral aperture; it includes the several rows of opercular paleae with the surrounding papillae, the oral tentacles (when present), and palpi. Although it is recognized that opercular paleae are actually in 2 rows (see above), in some genera (Sabellaria and Phragmatopoma), where outer, middle, and inner rows are visible, they are considered as 3 rows, recognizing, however, that the middle and inner rows are parts of the same series. The thorax is meant to include the portion posterior to the oral aperture; it includes 2 anterior thoracic and 3 (or 4) parathoracic segments, each except the first with biramous appendages, dorsal and ventral cirri, and simple branchiae. ‘The caudal region (—cauda) is the long, cylindrical portion, lacks parapodia or setae, and is believed to represent perhaps many (50 to 60) segments, since the alimentary tract extends throughout its length, and there are internal traces of transverse septa (Wilson, 1929, p. 247). The anal aperture is at its posterior terminus. Development.—Larval stages of Sabellariidae are familiar objects in the plankton along the coastal waters of California and the northeast Pacific during many months of the year. Although frequently observed, they have remained entirely unreported except through a recent reference by Rioja (1939, p. 299, figs. 1-5) under the designation of a spionid larva. The stage shown is a chaetosphere, but with metamorphosis ad- vanced so that thoracic paleae and abdominal uncini are already devel- oped. It resembles sabellarian larvae that have been described from other parts of the world by many observers (see Wilson, 1929, p. 221, for review). Development of the sabellarian is typical; it proceeds from a spherical egg, through a pelagic trochophore, a more or less prolonged (perhaps many weeks) larval life, with striking metamorphosis to a sedentary adult. Early larvae of 2 common California species, Phragmatopoma NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 327 californica (p. 349) and Sabellaria cementarium (p. 340), agree on the whole with those of S. alveolata described by Wilson (1929, pp. 221-270). The eggs of P. californica are purple in mass and measure about 70 p» in diameter; those of S. cementarium are deep pink in mass and somewhat smaller. They are covered by a thin membrane, hardly visible even after fertilization. In P. californica swimming larvae develop about 12 hours after fertilization, and in 24 hours the typical parts of the trochophore are visible. The prototroch is well developed, but incomplete middorsally ; the telotroch is weak, and apical cilia are few. After 2 days the larva has acquired about 5 pairs of long, spinose, natatory setae, and the alimentary tract is clearly visible because of its long, beating cilia and the large, humped, gastric portion. After 2 or 3 days a characteristic color pattern appears, consists of widely spaced, yellow-brown, epithelial cells (pl. 29, fig. 15), and on the oral side there is a greatly flattened equatorial disk. A pair of eyespots is usually visible after 24 to 3 days. The lateral oral lappets are long, and the great extension of the equatorial disk on the oral side gives the larva a lopsided appearance. Long, spinous (pl. 29, fig. 16) setae, greatly exceeding the larva in length, emerge from paired, fleshy, lateral lobes, the so-called setal sacks ; they are postoral in position, but the sacks extend far up in the hood (pl. 29, fig. 15). As the larva increases in size, the number of setae is gradually increased to 30 to 50 on a side. hey are held stiffly, in a fas- cicle, at the sides of the body when the larva is swimming, but are thrust outward and forward when disturbed or stopping in its forward progres- sion. This brings the setal sacks in position nearer the mouth and tends to push the latter shut. This segment is unique in its precocious develop- ment in larval life and the major role it comes to have in the adult, since it is (at least primarily) the forerunner of the operculum and its stalk. During planktonic, larval life it occupies a normal position, posterior to the oral aperture, its setae directed back or laterally. During metamor- phosis certain portions of this segment grow rapidly so that it is perma- nently pushed forward (pl. 29, fig. 17), on the dorsal side of the mouth, extends forward beyond it, its provisional long setae gradually replaced by the 1, 2, or 3 kinds of paleae which characterize the adult opercular crown. Thereafter this segment is permanently forward. The neuro- podial portion of one of the larval somites (see above, p. 325) remains postoral and comes to be the first anterior thoracic segment. During early larval life the ventrolateral edges along the prototrochal area grow out to form a pair of long, prehensile tentacles. ‘They are partly covered with short cilia and are pigmented in their distal third. ‘These 328 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 tentacles continue to be conspicuous through planktonic existence and into the adult in most species; they are the precursors of the paired palpi, conspicuous in some (Phalacrostemma and Lygdamis), but more or less concealed by the oral tentacles in others (Phragmatopoma). A pair of small tentacular structures, near the palpi and also ventral in position, are believed to be the rudiments of the oral tentacles. When fully devel- oped, in the sedentary adult, they may be very numerous, in ranks of 7 to 11 rows, at the sides of the oral aperture. In Phalacrostemma (p. 330) they are absent, but the palpi are correspondingly enlarged and take over the function (food intake) of the oral tentacles in other species. The 2 anterior, thoracic segments are slow in making their appear- ance; they arise just behind, and below, the great setal sacks. The first of these is believed to be only the neuropodial portion of the segment immediately preceding; the second is biramous. The large, glandular, U-shaped area just behind the mouth is the so-called building organ (Wilson, 1929) which secretes mucus for the adhesion of sand particles in tube construction. From the third segment the parapodial paleae are more or less conspicuously developed, even in very young stages. Inversion of parapodia, marking the transition from thorax to abdomen, is marked already in pelagic stages. The caudal tail is represented only by a thick, glandular area (pl. 29, fig. 17), and comes to assume its attenuate form only after settling. Systematic—The Sabellariidae are generally recognized through 7 genera (Johansson, 1927, p. 81) including Phalacrostemma Marenzeller, Lygdamis Kinberg, Cryptopomatus Gravier, Idanthyrsus Kinberg, Gun- nerea Johansson, Phragmatopoma Kinberg, and Sabellaria Lamarck. ‘Two others, Eupallasia Augener (1927, p. 236) and Monorchos ‘Treadwell (1926, p. 191) are referred to the older Lygdamis (p. 331). In addition, Tetreres Caullery has long been considered identical with Lygdamis (Johansson, 1927, p. 81) and the following referred to Sabellaria, includ- ing Centrocorone Grube, Chrysodon Oken, and Hermella Savigny (Fauvel, 1927, p. 206). Representatives from the Western Hemisphere belong to 4 genera, including Idanthyrsus Kinberg!, Lygdamis Kinberg, Phragmatopoma Morch, and Sabellaria Lamarck. These 7 genera are separable as follows. 1 Fauvel (1927, p. 213) uses Pallasia Quatrefages to include both Idanthyrsus Kinberg and Lygdamis. Since Pallasia Quatrefages (1866) is preoccupied in groups of insects and fishes (Annenkova, 1925, p. 125), Idanthyrsus is the next available. I consider Lygdamis distinct from the first, as indicated in the key below. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 329 Key TO GENERA 1. Without oral tentacles . . . . . . . Phalacrostemma en Vith oraltentacless GPS ee : pe? 2. With 4 paleal-bearing, parathoracic segments; er re ieee in 2 visible rows . . tty. eegaamts 2. With 3 paleal-bearing, ne mere semen ein se eee 3. Opercular paleae greatly reduced, inconspicuous Me eae Cryptopomatus Guaviee Ouse ee deneignels imZ ons visible rows...) ss Opercular paleae in 2 visible rows are Opercular paleae in 3 visible rows; without baie ‘ois oe eG With heavy nuchal hooks dorsally . . . . . Idanthyrsus Without heavy nuchal hooks . . . . Gunnerea Johansson Middle row of opercular paleae completely conceals inner row and forms a flattened or pointed cone . . . Phragmatopoma 6. Middle row of opercular paleae not concealing inner row ‘ Sabellaria NS Sars tee n The following species, alphabetically arranged, are discussed below.? All save 2 (Phalacrostemma setosa, from Hawaii, and Lygdamis philip- pinensis, from the Philippines) are from the Western Hemisphere; 5 are described as new. — . Idanthyrsus armatus Kinberg 2 ‘ ornamentatus Chamberlin 3 $i pennatus (Pallas) 4. Lygdamis asteriformis (Augener) Ds « nesiotes Chamberlin 6 ” philippinensis (Treadwell) 7 ” — tenerus Augener 8. Phalacrostemma setosa (Treadwell) 9. Phragmatopoma attenuata, new species 10. % californica (Fewkes) rt 4 caudata (Kroyer) Morch We es lapidosa Kinberg 11835 , moerchi Kinberg 2It is a pleasure to acknowledge thanks to the administration of the U-S. National Museum for permission to examine important type materials, to Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt for the use of valuable materials, equipment, and laboratory space; to Dr. Martin W. Johnson of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla, where larval stages were observed; to the American Association of Uni- versity Women for a grant in partial support; and to the administration of the Allan Hancock Foundation for most significant aid. 330 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 14. Phragmatopoma peruensis, new species 1S. af virgini Kinberg 16. Sabellaria bella Grube LF. ” bellis Hansen 18. “i cementarium Moore 19. ” fissidens Grube 2). i floridensis, new species DA ” gracilis, new species 22. ss moorei Monro 25: ‘ nanella Chamberlin 24. es spinulosa Leuckart JES). ” vulgaris Verrill 26. Hy ” — beaufortensis, new subspecies Genus PHALACROSTEMMA Marenzeller Type P. cidariophilum Marenzeller Phalacrostemma setosa (Treadwell) Sabellaria setosa Treadwell, 1906, pp. 1180-1181, figs. 78-81. Material examined.—Type specimen at U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 5224. This species was originally described from a collection made by the U.S.S. Albatross at station 4041, in 1902, off the west coast of Hawaii, in 253-382 fms. The type collection contains 2 specimens. There are 4 paleal-bearing, parathoracic segments; the opercular paleae are arranged in 2 rows; oral tentacles are lacking; it is therefore to be referred to the genus Phalacrostemma Marenzeller. The paired palpi are proportionately large, fill the space usually taken over by the oral tentacles when present ; they are lingulate, with ruffled margins, extend distally to the middle of the longer opercular paleae. A pair of lateral lobes partly surrounds the base of the palpi. Other membranes bordering the oral aperture at the sides and below are also larger and longer than in most species of this family. The lower lip is thick, emarginate. There are 4 or 5 pairs of amber-colored, nuchal hooks, forming a straight series on either side; their tips are bent inward and cross those of the opposite side. These hooks are dorsal to the opercular paleae. The latter are pale yellow, in 2 rows but of a single kind, consist of shorter and longer ones. They increase in length from dorsal to ventral ends, and those of the outer series are slightly the longer. They are long, taper- ing, finely and closely transversely serrated and extend far beyond the anterior end of the body. The longest paleae are 4 to 6 times as long as the nuchal hooks. On either side there is a single, spiral (or nearly a No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 331 complete oval whorl) of 18 to 24 of these long spines, but all are similar to one another in form, color, and thickness. Under high magnification the tip is seen to be minutely pilose. There are 18 pairs of paleae in the outer set; the inner has only about 10 pairs. The membrane immediately surrounding the paleae is strongly fringed, with about 18 filaments on each side, those along the ventral end are both longer and more crowded than those more superior. The first setiger, at the sides of the oral aperture, has a few long, slender, hairlike setae and a pair of long, triangular cirri about two thirds as long as the palpi. The next (second anterior thoracic) segment has dorsal and ventral cirri and a dorsal branchia, but seemingly no setae. The next 4 segments (parathoracic) have each a long fascicle of slender setae ventrally and a transverse series of paleae dorsally, in addition to cirri and branchiae. Phalacrostemma is a small genus, known through only 3 species, including the type, P. cidariophilum Marenzeller (Fauvel, 1927, p. 212) from the Mediterranean Sea, P. elegans Fauvel (1914, p. 270) from near Madeira in 1,968 meters, and P. setosa (Treadwell). Distribution Known only from Hawaii, in 253-382 fms. Genus LYGDAMIS Kinberg Type L. indicus Kinberg (Includes Eupallasia Augener and Monorchos Treadwell.) The operculum is well developed, provided with paleae arranged in 2 apparent rows. There are one or more pairs of heavy, nuchal hooks on the dorsal side. Oral tentacles and palpi are well developed. The thorax consists of 2 anterior thoracic, and 4 paleal-bearing, parathoracic, seg- ments. The following species are believed to belong to this genus. 1. Lygdamis asteriformis (Augener). ” — giardi (McIntosh) from western Australia. Originally described as Sabellaria (Pallasia) giardi McIntosh(1885), it has been referred to Lygdamis by Johansson (1927, p. 86), al- though Augener (1927, p. 236) had erected a new genus, Eupallasia, for it. I accept the conclusions of Johansson. 3. Lygdamis indicus Kinberg (Johansson, 1927, pp. 84-86) from the Indo-Pacific. 4. Lygdamis muratus (Allen) (Johansson, 1927, pp. 83-84) from the north Atlantic. 5. Lygdamis nesiotes (Chamberlin). 332 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 Lygdamis phlippinensis (Treadwell). ” — porrectus (Ehlers) (Johansson, 1927, p. 86) from west Su- matra, in 1,280 meters. 8. ?Lygdamis tenerus (Augener) from the Barbados Island in 200 fms. Johansson (1927, p. 86) has referred this to Lygdamis; however, since it is said to lack nuchal hooks and even palpi (designated “‘die beiden machtigen Mundcirren’’), it is doubtful whether it belongs here. The type and only known specimen was an anterior fragment only 1 cm long; it is not known to exist where it was said to be deposited. The 3 species discussed below are separable as follows. ae 1. Paleae of inner row numerous and much coarser than those of outertow ©"? oe". s ibenesiores 1. Paleae of inner row 6 ne ine 3 to ase pairs, those of outer series conspicuous, larger, and numerous . . . Poi a ia 2. Paleae of outer series broad, spatulate (pl. 31, fig. 30) : é ret L. asteriformis Di Pilbae ae outer series ae rae though somewhat flattened L. philippinensis Lygdamis nesiotes (Chamberlin) Tetreres nesiotes Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 490-493, pl. 75, figs. 1-7. ?Tetreres treadwelli Hoagland, 1920, p. 627, pl. 3, figs. 14-23. Johansson, 1927, pp. 84-85. Idanthyrsus pennatus Hartman, 1939, p. 19 (not Peters). Collection. —28-33 (1). Other material examined.—At the U.S. Nat. Mus., type specimen (no. 19742) from Fakarava, Paumotu Islands, from fringing reef ; Cor- regidor Light between Cebu and Leyte, off south Luzon, Philippines, Albatross station no. 5109 (1); Makemo, Paumotu Islands, Albatross station (1); Clipperton Island, shore (1). The opercular paleae are arranged in 2 well-developed rows, the outer paleae much finer than the inner ones. There are about 17 pairs in the inner, and about 29 pairs in the outer row. The inner paleae are thick, straight, slightly flattened, but taper to blunt, distal ends. The outer, paler, finer spines are bent inward at their distal end, nearly at right angles to the main shaft ; they taper to a point at the free end. The 2 nuchal spines are heavy, dark brown, strongly U-shaped distally. There are 10 to 14 pairs of elongate cirri surrounding the opercular paleae, in a single series; this membrane appears serrulate. The oral tentacles form about 12 transverse rows on each side of the mouth. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 333 The single specimen from Clipperton Island, which was reported (Hartman, 1939, p. 19) as Idanthyrsus pennatus, has been re-examined and compared with the type of L. nesiotes with which it agrees fully. The type of Tetreres treadwelli Hoagland (USNM no. 18964) from the Philippines includes a single specimen with several coarse tube frag- ments, partly constructed of coral-shell fragments. ‘The body proportions are much as in L. nesiotes; here also the inner paleae are much thicker than the outer, and the latter are curved inward near the tip but at an angle that is less marked. ‘The membrane bordering the outer row of paleae is similarly serrated, the fringes number about 11 on side, but they are somewhat longer than in the type of L. nesiotes. It seems that the 2 are identical. Distribution —Paumotu Islands; Philippines; Bonin, Marshall, and Gilbert islands; Clipperton Island ; Galapagos. Littoral. Lygdamis asteriformis (Augener) Plate 31, Figs. 30-33 Hermella varians Treadwell, 1902, p. 210, fig. 81; 1906, p. 1180; not Webster, 1879. Sabellaria (Pallasia) asteriformis Augener, 1906, pp. 167-171, pl. 7, figs. 129-138. Johansson, 1927, p. 86. Materials examined.—Type of Hermella varians, USNM no. 16246 from Puerto Rico; other specimens so labelled, from Hawaii. The following description is based on the type specimen of Hermella varians, collected by the steamer Fish Hawk in Mayaguez Harbor, Puerto Rico, Jan. 13, 1899. Opercular paleae are of 2 distinct kinds; the outer row contains 25 to 30 pairs of broad, thin, spatulate ones (pl. 31, fig. 30) overlapping one another at their lateral edges, forming a trim flange about the operculum. The inner paleae number only 4 on a side, are short, thick, taper to a blunt, spinelike tip, and are much darker than those of the outer row; they are inserted near the median line of the operculum, on the lower half of the crown. Nuchal hooks consist of a single pair; they are large, flat, dark brown, their tips strongly curved, their expanded basal portion with a sharp cutting edge. The membrane surrounding the paleae on the outer side is bounded by about 20 closely spaced, basally thick, long, tapering cirri. Palpi are very long, cylindrical but taper distally; they extend for- ward beyond the opercular setae. The oral papillae are not numerous, but form a longitudinal series along the free edge of the opercular base. 334 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 10 The 2 anterior thoracic segments are provided with slender, hairlike setae. The 4 parathoracic segments have spatulate paleae, the first with 3, the second with 4, the third and fourth segments each with 5 on a side. Figs. 30, 32, on pl. 31, show an outer opercular palea from near the ventral end of the series and a parathoracic palea from the fourth seg- ment. This specimen agrees fully with the description of Lygdamis asteri- formis (Augener). The national collections contain a lot from the south coast of Oahu Island, Albatross station 3909, from 308-322 fms, in which there are numerous smaller specimens and tube fragments. On the whole, they agree well with the type from Puerto Rico, except that the outer opercu- lar paleae are somewhat different. hey agree in that there are also about 25 pairs of paleae that are flat, spatulate, but they terminate distally in a blunt point (pl. 31, fig. 31) giving the operculum a slightly different aspect. The inner row contains also only 3 or 4 pairs of much shorter, thicker, spinelike setae. Figs. 31 and 32 on pl. 31 show an opercular palea from near the ventral end of the outer series and a thoracic palea from the fourth paleal-bearing segment. Lygdamis asteriformis (Augener) was originally described from the Barbados Island, in 103 fms. Augener (1906, p. 170) surmised the identity of this with Hermella varians, since he says, “Es ist méglich, dass die vorliegende Art mit der Sabellaria varians von Porto Rico zusammen- fallt, welche ahnliche Paleen zu haben scheint und ebenfalls zwei grosse Mundcirren besitzt.”’ But he adds, “nach der ungeniigenden Beschreibung dieser Art ist es nicht moglich, die Sabellaria asteriformis mit ihr zu identificieren.” Examination of the type, however, substantiates their identity. Augener concludes, ‘Da der Name S. varians schon von Webster fiir eine neue Sabellaria mit 3 Paleenkreisen, welche offenbar nicht mit der Treadwell’schen Art zusammenfallt, gebraucht wurde, muss ausser- dem S. varians von Porto Rico mit einem anderen Namen bedacht werden.” I follow this conclusion. Distribution Puerto Rico; Barbados Island, in 103 fms; Hawaii, in 308-322 fms. Lygdamis philippinensis (Treadwell) Monorchos philippinensis Treadwell, 1926, pp. 191-193, figs. 13-20. Material examined.—Type collection in the U.S. Nat. Mus. (no. 19207). The type and 5 other specimens in the collection originate from the Philippines, in 805 fms, and were collected by the steamer 4/batross. The NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 335 thorax includes 4 parathoracic segments; the opercular crown has an outer series of about 18 pairs of spines, the inner row consists of only 4 pairs. There is a single pair of dark nuchal hooks on the dorsal side; each is strongly falcate, with a broad base and sharp cutting edge, much as in Lygdamis asteriformis (above). ‘The outer paleae are pale, somewhat flattened, taper distally. The inner row is limited to 2, 3, or 4 pairs of shorter, darker, tapering, blunt spines, about as thick as the outer ones, but distally blunt. The oral tentacles are long, consist of about 12 rows on a side, but there are few in a row. Palpi are well developed, long, cylindrical. The first parathoracic paleal-bearing segment is notably smaller than the 3 following, but similar in other respects. It is herewith referred to the genus Lygdamis. Monorchos Treadwell (1926, p. 190) was newly erected for this single species, supposedly differing from other genera in that a single row of paleae was thought to be present, but a second row is actually described and originally figured. A reduced number is characteristic for this species, as in some others of the genus Lygdamis (see L. asteriformis, above). It seems unnecessary to erect a genus for the reception of this species. Distribution.—L. philippinensis has remained unrecorded save through its original discovery, from the Philippines, in 805 fms. Genus IDANTHYRSUS Kinberg Type I. armatus Kinberg (Includes Pallasia Quatrefages, preoccupied in Diptera and Pisces, see Johansson, 1927, p. 87.) Idanthyrsus differs from Lygdamis (above) mainly in having only 3, instead of 4, paleal-bearing, parathoracic segments. he operculum has 2 rows of modified spines. There are 2, to a few, heavy nuchal hooks on the dorsal side of the operculum. Oral tentacles are developed. Two species, J. pennatus and I. armatus (below), have been widely reported, especially from shallow seas. As already shown (Augener, 1914, pp. 79-82, and others) J. armatus is very close to the older J. pennatus and may be only a variety. Another closely related species, [. ornamen- tatus (below), is here recognized, although its affinities with the others are obvious. In addition, a sabellarian was described by Bosc (1802) from Charleston Bay, S.C., as “Sabella negata,” later referred to Pallasia (Quatrefages, 1848, p. 25) without enhancing the original brief account, but it remains too incompletely known to be determinable. 336 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 The 3 species discussed’ below are separable as follows. 1. Paleae of outer opercular series with strongly curved, plumelike shaten(plesitieGo ese i. zit prktte Le pennaizes Paleae of outer opercular series as Hieaals Straight Shaft <9 2) 92 2. Spinelets on outer paleae widely separated, curved outward (pl. Sl, hiss SO) ay Gt + 4 iis A Wearmata 2 Gineice on outer paleae eleclp es appressed to shaft (pl. Slee Stn ailoay Gee tele tel & Jay os Ue i commamentares — . Idanthyrsus pennatus (Peters) Plate 31, Fig. 35 Fauvel, 1917, pp. 262-264 (with synonymy). I. cretus Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 485-487, pl. 75, figs. 8-15. I. regalis Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 487-490, pl. 74, figs. 1-8. Johansson, 1927, pp. 88-90. Collections——(Most are tube masses, the number of individuals is therefore not stated save in a few instances.) 30-33 ; 56-33 ; 69-33 ; 80-33; 94-33; 101a-33; 129-33 ; 239-34; 258-34; 261-34; 413-34; 414-45; 433- 35; 435-35; 444-35 ; 447-35 ; 464-35 ; 859-38. Other material examined.—At the U.S. National Museum, type of I. cretus, from Taboguilla Island; type of J. regalis, from Chatham Island, Galapagos, shore; specimens from Punta Santa Elena, Guayaquil, Ecuador, tide pool, several tubes collected by W. L. Schmitt. The type specimen of J. cretus Chamberlin (USNM no. 19716) is so fixed that the operculum is expanded, hence described as “opercular lobes . . . diverging.’’ Though much smaller than the type of I. regalis Chamberlin (USNM no. 19385), it agrees well in all details, and both must be referred to the older J. pennatus (Peters). They were originally considered distinct because of differences in comparative sizes of the dorsal thoracic paleae, a difference which is believed to be due to varying sizes of the entire body. Johansson (1927, pp. 88, 90) has already con- sidered them with J. pennatus. Distribution.—I. pennatus was originally described from Mossam- bique, but has been widely reported from tropical parts of the Pacific and Indian oceans; in the Western Hemisphere it occurs from western Mexico, south to Ecuador, from shore to 18 fms. Idanthyrsus armatus Kinberg Plate 31, Fig. 36 Kinberg, 1867, p. 350. Hermella macropalea Schmarda, 1861, pp. 23-24, pl. 20, fig. 172 (in part). NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 337 Pallasia sexungula Ehlers, 1897, pp. 125-129, pl. 8, figs. 194-202. Johansson, 1927, pp. 90-91 (synonymy) ; Monro, 1933, p. 1066, fig. 14. Materials examined.—At the U.S. National Museum; Port William, Port Stanley, Falkland Islands, in 8-10 fms, and south of municipal jetty on shore, coll. by W. L. Schmitt (2); Strait of Magellan, in 61 fms, coll. by steamer Albatross, station 2778, Jan. 3, 1888 (2). The operculum has about 11 pairs of paleae in the inner row and about 16 to 18 pairs in the outer one. Those of the former have a shaft that is nearly straight and the lateral teeth are directed outward (pl. 31, fig. 36) ; they are not at all plumelike, as in J. pennatus (above). Distribution.—Originally described from Valparaiso, Chile, J. armatus has since been recorded from other parts of western and southern South America, and from Gorgona Island, Panama (Monro, 1933, p. 1066). On the whole, its range appears to extend southward from that of J. pennatus. Its bathymetric range is intertidal to 20 fms. Idanthyrsus ornamentatus Chamberlin Plate 31, Fig. 34 Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 262-263, pl. 3, figs. 2-5. ?Sabellaria saxicava Baird, 1863, p. 109. Material examined.—Between Sitka and the Columbia River, in 66 fms, coll. by the steamer Albatross, station 2878, Sept. 25, 1888 (1); near Canoe Bay, Alaska, coll. by W. L. Schmitt, Sept. 1940 (several). The outer opercular paleae (pl. 31, fig. 34) distinguish this from the 2 species mentioned above. The inner row of paleae includes about 8 pairs; the outer row consists of about 34 pairs. Earlier (1938, p. 16) I accepted Berkeley’s (1930, p. 74) conclusion in referring this to J. johnstoni (McIntosh) from the Cape Verde Islands. However, there are differences in the outer opercular paleae, which may warrant the retention of Chamberlin’s name. Sadellaria saxt- cava Baird (1863, p. 109) from Vancouver may belong here, since its range approaches that of J. ornamentatus, but it remains too incompletely known to assign to any species. Distribution.—First described from Mendocino, California, it is be- lieved to range north to Alaska, in depths to 66 fms. Genus SABELLARIA Lamarck Type S. alveolata (Savigny) The operculum is provided with 3 apparent rows of paleae in which all are visible externally. (Actually the middle and inner rows probably represent a single series in which the middle paleae are directed outward 338 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 or anteriorly, the inner ones toward the center.) Nuchal hooks are absent. The thorax includes 2 anterior thoracic segments provided with only capillary setae, and 3 parathoracic segments provided with flattened paleae dorsally, and similar, though much smaller, setae ventrally. The abdomen consists of a variable number of segments; its notopodia are provided with tori bearing uncini and its neuropodia with fascicles of fine setae. The caudal tail (—cauda) is smooth, cylindrical, sharply set off from the abdomen. Oral tentacles are present, arranged in 7 to 11 ranks of transverse rows. [he paired palpi are simple, taper distally, and are usually more or less concealed from view by the oral tentacles. Species of the genus Sabellaria appear much alike in minute details save in characters of the operculum. The major differences are believed to be in the terminal portions of the opercular paleae, especially in those of the middle and inner series. The outer paleae are often distally serru- late, the middle portion more or less prolonged, sometimes as a spike, with or without surface ornamentation, or it may be more or less finely serrated. When uninjured, this character is usually highly diagnostic. Those of the middle row are even more specific; they may be of a single kind (pl. 32, fig. 51) or they may alternate long and short (pl. 31, figs. 37, 38). The paleae of the inner row are usually directed inward, toward the center of the disk; usually they terminate in a point (pl. 30, fig. 42), but in a few species they are distally serrated (pl. 31, fig. 40). This may be summarized as follows, for the species herein considered. Inner paleae distally serrated. Middle paleae all of the same length: S. dellis, S. moorei. Middle paleae alternate long and short: S. foridensis. Inner paleae distally entire. Middle paleae all of the same length. Outer paleae with bifurcated tip: S. fissidens. Outer paleae with simple spike: S. nanella. Outer paleae with penicillate spike: S. cementarium, S. vulgaris, and subsp. beaufortensis. Outer paleae with serrated tip: S. spinulosa, S. gracilis. Middle paleae alternate long and short: S. bella, S. alcocki. Other features concerning the thoracic and abdominal setae and hooks are usually too uniform from one species to the next for specific distinc- tion. Most, perhaps all, species of Sabellaria are colonial, construct tubes of cemented sand that adhere to one another; they sometimes make up masses of great extent. The size of sand particle used may have some significance. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 339 A considerable number of species from the Western Hemisphere have been described as Sabellaria (or one of its synonyms), but some have been, or are herein being, referred to other species or genera, indicated in brackets below. They are as follows: S. bella Grube. S. bellis Hansen (Augener, 1934, pp. 151-153, fig. 31) from Brazil (see key below). [S. californica Fewkes, see Phragmatopoma. | S. cementarium Moore. [S. falcigera Johansson, see 8. vulgaris. | S. fissidens Grube (Ehlers, 1901, pp. 196-199) from Chile (see key below). [Hermella macropalea Schmarda, see Idanthyrsus and Phragmatopoma. | S. nanella Chamberlin (1919, pp. 261-266) from California (see key below). [Hermella orbifera Ehlers, see Phragmatopoma. | S. pectinata moorei Monro (1933, pp. 1063-1064, fig. 12) from Balboa, Panama. (This comes close to S. bellis, see key below.) [Centrocorone spinifera Treadwell, see Phragmatopoma. | S. spinulosa Leuckart (Monro, 1933, pp. 1063-1064) from Balboa, Pan- ama. (‘This differs from typical S. spinulosa in its much smaller size, but was not described in other respects. ) [S. varians Webster, see S. vulgaris. | [Hermella varians Treadwell, see Lygdamis. | [S. virgini Ehlers, see Phragmatopoma. | S. vulgaris Verrill. In addition, S. spinulosa alcocki Gravier has been reported (Fauvel, 1919, pp. 477-478) from French Guiana, but differs from Gravier’s species in that the paleae of the middle opercular row do not alternate long and short, but are all of the same length. S. alcocki has been further reported from southern California (Berkeley, 1941, p. 51); it may be close to, if not identical with, S. bella Grube (below). Two species, S. floridensis and 8S. gracilis, and one subspecies, S. vulgaris beaufortensis, are newly described. Key To SPECIES OF SABELLARIA LAMARCK 1. Inner opercular paleae distally serrated (pl. 31, fig.40) . . . 2 1. Inner opercular paleae distally simple (pl. 32, fig. 42) . . . 3 2. Middle opercular paleae short, spoon-shaped (pl. 30, figs. 25, 28) . . . . . . S§. dbellis Hansen and S. moorei Monro® 8 The outer, middle, and inner paleae, as originally shown, are as in plate 30, figs. 27-29 for S. bellis, and as in plate 30, figs. 24-26 for S. moorez; the similarities are so striking that it is difficult to separate them. 340 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 2. Middle opercular paleae alternately long and short (pl. 31, figs. ST SS sie ctrties Ra SRR Moiese 3. Middle opercular pei i tterately lone and short (pl. 33, figs. DA DSO ess exsue te ay Se eeebella 3. Middle opercular ite eee one a eeeee eb + 4. Middle and inner opercular paleae resemble one another ee for longer or'shortendistalends . .. . 0. = USagracilis 4. Middle and inner opercular paleae differ more or less sharply fromone another . . 5 5. Outer opercular paleae eith A) age! peneileee ike (pl. 32, fe 49). 6 5. Outer opercular At om cathout icles one if 6. Middle opercular paleae distally blunt, recurved (pl. 32, ae 43), inner paleae elongate (pl. 32, fig. 42) . . = Oa) a. Outer paleae with many serrations distally (pl. 32, fe 44) S. vulgaris a One Aes ah fee serrations ictal (pl. 32, fig. 45) : S. vulgaris Pi Riis: ie One are Peas Sah smooth spike (pl. 30, fig. 18) ; middle and inner paleae as in plate 30, figs. 19,20 . . : . §.nanella Chasibeaia As Ole. beneire aioe Ae distal serrations . . 8 8. Longest part of outer opercular paleae with simple, pierce tip (pl. 30, fig. 21) ; middle and inner paleae as in plate 30, figs. DEL Neng TOE «ko eee UWS eftssidens, Grobe 8. Longest part of outer ioeereaLe paleae with prolonged, serrated HIPS Pod ved: Homie esac 2. Linen ncn Ohespinalosauiveuccant Sabellaria cementarium Moore Plate 32, Figs. 49-52 Moore, 1906, pp. 248-253, pl. 12, figs. 45-51. Collections.—610-37 (1); 886-38: (1); 891-38 (1); 901-38 (3); 972-39 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1210-40 (3); 1232-41 (2); 1274-41 (1); 1280-41 (3) ; 1283-41 (1); 1284-41 (several) ; 1410-41 (1); 1413-41 (4) ; 1415-41 (1); 1417-41 (2) ; 1418-41 (2) ; 1419-41 (1) ; southern California, shore (several). The opercular stalk is blotched with black, persists in alcohol. The opercular paleae are characteristic; the outer ones terminate in a long, slender spike, penicillate all around (pl. 32, figs. 49, 50); the middle paleae are prolonged distally to a tapering point (pl. 32, fig. 51); the No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 341 inner paleae are short, spoon shaped (pl. 32, fig. 52) ; under high magni- fication they appear minutely crenulate along their margins, because of their transversely striated structure; they show none of the dentation shown by Fauvel (1932, p. 34) for specimens so identified from India. Distribution —Lower California, north to Nanaimo, British Colum- bia (Berkeley, 1930) ; intertidal to 40 fms. Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill Plate 32, Figs. 42-44, 48 Verrill, 1873, p. 611, pl. 17, fig. 88; Andrews, 1891, p. 297; Sumner, 1913, p. 634; Waterman, 1934, pp. 97-114, 1 pl. S. varians Webster, 1879, pp. 259-260, pl. 9, figs. 133-136, pl. 10, figs. 137-139. S. falcigera Johansson, 1927, pp. 95-98, fig. 11. Materials examined. —Beaufort, North Carolina, outer end of Pivers Island, shore (1) ; eastern America, Massachusetts, south to South Caro- lina, collected by the SS Fish Hawk, now deposited in the U.S. National Museum (many). The opercular spines are pale straw-colored. The outer ones are distally serrated with a prolonged median portion, delicately pilose (pl. 32, fig. 44). Middle paleae are of one kind, with a blunt, digitate, slightly inwardly directed, distal portion (pl. 32, fig. 43); they are deeply channeled subdistally, into which the convex arm of the inner paleae slides. The inner paleae are deeply cuspidate, terminate distally in a slender point (pl. 32, fig. 42). Abdominal uncini are about 5-dentate (pl. 32, fig. 48). The type of S. varians Webster (1879, pp. 259-260) from Virginia has been compared with these specimens and found to agree in so far as comparison is possible. The type collection (USNM no. 489) contains 3 individuals, all with paleae considerably worn or broken off, the pilose tips not clearly visible now. The middle paleae are bluntly rounded and channeled, just as in S. vulgaris, and the inner paleae have identical structures. S. falcigera Johansson (1927, pp. 95-98) from Savannah, Georgia, has many similarities to S. vulgaris and is now believed to be identical, a view which the original describer suggested. Since, however, S. vulgaris has been too incompletely known from its description to permit com- parison, the identity could not be definitely established. The outer opercu- lar paleae are serrated in the same way, and the middle paleae terminate in a blunt, somewhat recurved tip. The pilose tip of the outer paleae was not described. 342 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 10 Distribution.—S. vulgaris is known to occur from New England, south to Georgia; its bathymetric range includes intertidal to several fathoms. It is usually attached to dead shell fragments, or stones. Sabellaria vulgaris beaufortensis, new subspecies Plate 32, Figs. 45-47 Collection.—Near Beaufort, North Carolina, dredged outside inlet, in about 10 fms (several, with tube mass on shell surfaces). Small tube masses, removed from the surfaces of dead shells, con- tained several specimens of a Sadellaria, that approach S. vulgaris in some respects, but differ as indicated below. The largest measure only 7 to 10 mm long. The opercular paleae are pale yellow; the opercular stalk is pale, with irregularly scattered black spots. Outer opercular paleae num- ber about 22 pairs; they terminate distally in 5 serrations, in addition to the median, longer spike (pl. 32, fig. 45). Median paleae are all of one kind, sharply recurved at their distal end, and more or less strongly trans- versely lined (pl. 32, fig. 46). Inner paleae are distally pointed, trans- versely lined (pl. 32, fig. 47). They differ most significantly from those of S. vulgaris in those of the middle series, since they are strongly re- curved, and the distal ends of the outer paleae have few serrations. Holotype-—AHF no. 57. Type locality.—Beaufort, North Carolina. Distribution.—North Carolina, in about 10 fms. Sabellaria bella Grube Plate 33, Figs. 53-65 Grube, 1870, p. 69; Augener, 1934, pp. 151-153, fig. 31. Collections.—Beaufort, North Carolina, in the sound, from red sponge (several) ; 832-38 (1). Other material examined.—At the U.S. Nat. Mus., from Beaufort, North Carolina, collected by E. A. Andrews, shore (3). This species is characterized in having the middle opercular paleae of 2 kinds, including a long (pl. 33, fig. 62) and a short (pl. 33, fig. 63), alternating with one another; the shorter ones are cuspidate on their inner side. Outer paleae are broad, with elongate, serrate edge at the distal end (pl. 33, fig. 56). Inner paleae are distally entire (pl. 33, fig. 55), intermediate in length between the long and short ones of the middle row. The opercular stalk (preserved) is marked with black, longitudinal stripes on the dorsal sides and more or less diffuse black pigment at the sides of the oral tentacles. Outer opercular paleae number about 24 on a NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 343 side, the middle row includes about 6 long ones on a side, alternating with 6 or 7 short paleae. There are about 16 pairs of papillae surrounding the outer base of the opercular spines; they increase in length going ventrally. Abdominal uncini have usually 6 (seldom 5) teeth (pl. 33, fig. 65) in a row, seen from the side. S. bella Grube was poorly known until it was re-examined by Augener (1934, p. 151) and the opercular paleae identified (pl. 33, figs. 57-60). The description, however, seems to include one misinterpretation, per- haps caused by the macerated condition of the type. Augener says, in part, ‘“Was die Kronenpaleen betrifft, so waren diese durcheinander gewirrt und die Paleenkrone drohte schon bei leichter Beriihrung ausein- ander zu fallen ... wahrend es unsicher ist, ob die 2te von mir mit Frag- ezeichen als Innenpalee angesprochene Form der Innenpaleen tatsachlich dem inneren Paleenkreise angehort.” I suggest that Augener’s fig. 31d (herewith pl. 33, fig. 59) is really an inner palea, but that his fig. 3lc (herewith pl. 33, fig. 60) is the alternating long form of the middle series; the short paleae are as in plate 33, fig. 58. If this be so, the ar- rangement and form agree very well with the specimens so designated herein. Another specimen from Peru (coll. 832-38) differs from the Atlantic form chiefly in that the distal end of the outer paleae (pl. 33, fig. 61) is more closely serrated; the middle (pl. 33, figs. 62, 63) and inner (pl. 33, fig. 64) paleae are much like those in the other specimens. The form of opercular paleae, especially the alternating long and short ones of the middle series, is reminiscent of the condition in S. alcocki Gravier (1909, p. 298) first described from India. Here, too, the middle opercular paleae alternate long and short, but in the latter the outer paleae are much more prolonged distally and provided with a very long, serrated barb. If this character is highly variable, as seems possible, it may be necessary to refer S. alcocki to the older S. bella Grube. The tube consists of thick walls of sand cemented together, forming masses; they are attached to the under sides of stones, shells, and other hard objects. Distribution—Beaufort, North Carolina, south to Desterro [Flori- anopolis], Brazil; ?Independencia Bay, Peru. Intertidal. Sabellaria gracilis, new species Plate 34, Figs. 66-72 Collections—901-38 (8); 906-38 (1); 1159-40 (many); 1437-41 (many) ; La Jolla, California, shore (several). 344 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 This is one of the smallest species of the genus. Length of a larger specimen, fixed in the tube, is 16.5 mm without, 20.8 mm with, caudal tail. ‘he average length is 15 to 20 mm. The entire body is pale or colorless save for a few, scattered, longitudinal, dark splashes on the opercular stalk and thoracic region. The opercular spines and other setal structures are pale amber in color. Some of the specimens show large, extruded eggs, indicating sexual maturity. The opercular disk is circular when fixed free from the tube, other- wise elongate or oval. Spines of the outer series are directed outward, in a uniformly long, continuous circle; those of middle and inner rows appear shorter but are actually about as long (pl. 34, figs. 66, 67, are companion paleae), or those of the middle row may be somewhat shorter and blunter (pl. 34, figs. 68, 69 are companion paleae from another indi- vidual). Those of the middle and inner rows resemble one another more closely than is usual in species of this genus. There are 17 or 18 pairs of short papillae in a single series around the outer base of the opercular crown; they are partly dark on the ventral side and almost entirely black on the dorsal side. Oral tentacles are arranged in 7 ranks on a side, consist of 6 or 7 in a row. Palpi are tapering, cirriform, exceed the oral tentacles in thickness but not in length; they are completely concealed from view by the over- hanging tentacles. The oral aperture is bounded posteriorly by the thick, glandular building organ, and immediately at the sides are the first pair of neuropodia, each provided with a thick ventral cirrus adjacent to the building organ; I am unable to find setae in it. The second anterior thoracic segment has its ventral cirrus nearly in contact with, but at the outer sides of, that of the first segment; it is similarly pointed triangular, resembles the dorsal cirrus in shape and size; its rami are provided with 7 to 10 simple, slender setae. A dorsal branchia arises from its upper side, resembles those farther back. The 3 parathoracic segments are longer and thicker than those in front. Paleae in each are arranged in a single row, increase slightly in size and length from the first to the third segments, and their number decreases gradually such that the first has 7 paleae on a side, the second has 6, and the third has only 5. They are somewhat spatulate in shape, with serrated edge (pl. 34, fig. 70). Abdominal segments number about 20; they decrease in width and length, from anterior to posterior direc- tions. Abdominal uncini have usually 5 teeth, seen from the side (pl. 34, fig. 71). No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 345 The outer opercular paleae number 25 to 30 on a side, the middle and inner ones number each about 15 on a side. The outer paleae are thin, translucent, the distal edge delicately serrulate when uninjured, and the middle, longest portion has lateral barbs (pl. 34, fig. 72). Middle (pl. 34, figs. 69, 66) and inner (pl. 34, figs. 68, 67) paleae resemble one another in general shape; each terminates distally in a point; they are closely, transversely striated, but translucent. In some specimens (from La Jolla, California) the middle paleae have a much longer point (pl. 34, fig. 69) than in others (sta. 1159-40) (pl. 34, fig. 66), but in other respects the individuals agree. ‘Tube masses are constructed of fine sand and are easily broken apart. They are attached to the under sides of rocks and other hard surfaces, sometimes occurring on the same surfaces with Phragmatopoma calli- fornica (below), but easily distinguished from the latter by much smaller size and more delicate pattern. S. gracilis differs from other species in having middle and inner opercular paleae very similar to one another; also, it is notably smaller than typical for others of the genus. Holotype-—AHF no. 58. Type locality—Pt. Fermin, California, shore (coll. 901-38). Distribution.—Southern California; intertidal to 25 fms. Sabellaria floridensis, new species Plate 31, Figs. 37-41 Collection—Lemon Bay, Englewood, Florida (2). A collection of 2 individuals, from Grove City Key, on Lemon Bay, depart so widely from other species of the genus that they are believed to represent an undescribed form. Length of the body is 12 mm without, 15.5 mm with, caudal tail. The opercular base is marked with closely spaced patches, oval in a transverse direction. The operculum is circular in shape, fixed out of the tube; it consists of about 22 pairs of paleae in the outer row; the middle row contains about 6 long and 6 short paleae on each side, and the inner row has about 11 pairs of them. There are 14 pairs of elongate papillae around the outer base of the crown. Oral ten- tacles are numerous, more or less tightly coiled, completely fill the area about the buccal cavity and conceal the tapering palpi; the latter are longer and thicker than the oral tentacles but not conspicuous. The outer opercular paleae are prolonged in their distal portions; they have 2 larger serrations on a side and a minute tooth at the outer base; the middle portion is drawn out as a great serrated membrane (pl. 346 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 31, fig. 39). Middle paleae are alternating long and short, the difference between the 2 especially conspicuous (pl. 31, figs. 37, 38) ; both are some- what excavate at their thickened part. Inner paleae are unique in that they terminate distally in a serrated edge (pl. 31, fig. 40), especially noticeable when the palea is seen from the back (pl. 31, fig. 41). I know of only 2 other species from the Western Hemisphere in which such a con- dition has been described; they are S. bellis Hansen, as redescribed by Augener (1934, p. 149) from Brazil, and S. moorei Monro (1933, p. 1064) from Balboa, Panama. In both of these the outer paleae terminate in comparatively blunt teeth (pl. 30, figs. 24, 27) and the median pro- longation is somewhat crenulate; middle paleae are short, excavate, all resembling one another (pl. 30, figs. 25, 28) and the inner paleae are distally serrate (pl. 30, figs. 26, 29). The two are hardly distinguishable from one another from their only known accounts; their identity seems not unlikely. S. floridensis differs from both S. bellis and S. moorei in having middle opercular paleae alternating long and short instead of a single kind, and outer paleae terminate in a long, serrated membrane. It is a pleasure to acknowledge thanks to the administration of the Bass Biological Laboratory, Englewood, Florida, for. making possible collection of this material. Holotype-—AHF no. 59. Type locality —Lemon Bay, Florida; intertidal. Distribution Lemon Bay, Florida. Genus PHRAGMATOPOMA Morch Type P. caudata (Kroyer) The type of the genus remains incompletely known. Moérch (1863, p. 442) erected the genus, based on ‘“‘Serpula caudata Kroyer,” from the West Indies, but it has never been adequately characterized. Ehlers (1901, p. 203) re-examined the type specimen in the museum at Copen- hagen and considered it close to P. virgini Kinberg; but, since Ehlers did not recognize the genus Phragmatopoma, he placed it in Sabellaria, saying that the species is readily distinguishable from P. virgini in its outer opercular paleae, “die am dorsalen Umfange der Krone mit einem langen, diinnen, rauhen Faden auslaufen, der schon dem unbewaffneten Auge auffallt, und die auf der Flache des Endblattes stark blattrig rauh sind.” This description applies very well to the condition in P. lapidosa (below) which Ehlers did not consider in his account. The 2 species are, moreover, possibly the same as already suggested by Johansson (1927, p. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 347 99); without additional information, however, the older name, P. caudata, remains a questionable synonym. Ehlers (loc. cit.) was unable to distinguish it from either P. /apidosa Kinberg or P. moerchi Kinberg, but the latter is a distinct species (see below). Species of the genus Phragmatopoma are not numerous. Most of them originate from intertidal zones of the eastern Pacific and West Indian waters, but they are most conspicuous from western South America. Only one species, P. californica (Fewkes), is known from the northeast Pacific. P. moerchi Kinberg is shown from the Hawaiian Islands and Chile; P. lapidosa Kinberg occurs on both sides of South America, through the West Indian region to southern Florida; P. virgini Kin- berg is from southernmost South America. In addition, 2 species from western South America are newly described below. Sabellaria castelnauti Grube (1870, p. 69), from New Zealand, was redescribed by Augener (1926, pp. 214-215) after re-examination of the original; Johansson (1927, p. 99) referred it to P. lapidosa Kinberg. Sabellaria antipoda Augener, from New Zealand, was referred to Phragmatopoma by Monro (1936, pp. 170-171), but its opercular paleae are unquestionably those of a Sabellaria. One other name merits consideration, since it differs from others named above; it was reported as Sabellaria (Phragmatopoma) virgini Monro (1933, pp. 1062-1063) from Perlas Islands, Panama, but differs from P. virgini Kinberg (below) and other known species of the genus in its outer opercular paleae; I am referring it to P. attenuata (below). Phragmatopoma is herein considered to include the following species ; 2 are described as new. 1. P. californica (Fewkes) 2. ?P. caudata (Kroyer) Mérch, questionably P. lapidosa 3. P.lapidosa Kinberg 4. P. moerchi Kinberg 5. P. virgini Kinberg 6. P. attenuata, new species 7. P. peruensis, new species Key To SPECIES OF PHRAGMATOPOMA MorcH 1. Outer opercular paleae with a long, spikelike plume . . . . 2 1. Outer opercular paleae with a flat, membranous appendage . . ors; Outer opercular paleae with distal membrane palmately fila- mentous (pl. 38; fig. 91) . . . «el oy ae attenuata 1. Outer opercular paleae without distal appendage (pl. 35, fig. 77) P. virgini 348 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 2. Distal spike pennate (pl. 35, fig. 73) . . =. « - P.lapidosa 2. Distal spike plumose (pl. 37, fig.87) . . . . P. californica 3. Larger; tubes coarse; opercular paleae with distal appendage frayed) (pli saa tien/O)h eens © 8 Wea SEA antoerncht 3. Tiny; tubes small, fine; opercular eave with distal appendage entizen (pl. Sines 8+). OS" Poh (bela he aR per renses: Phragmatopoma lapidosa Kinberg Plate 35, Figs. 73-75; Plate 36, Fig. 79; Plate 40, Figs. 102, 103 ?P. caudata (Kroyer) Morch, 1863, p. 442. Kinberg, 1867, p. 349. Sabellaria (Pallasia) castelnaui Grube, 1870, p. 69; Augener, 1926, pp. 214-216. Sabellaria fauveli Gravier, 1909, pp. 650-654, pl. 18, figs. 60-69. Johansson, 1926, p. 2; 1927, pp. 99-100. Centrocorone spinifera Treadwell, 1939, pp. 1-3, figs. 1-9; 1939, pp. 307- 309, fig. 118. Collections.—A 20-39 (3); A 25-39 (1). Other materials examined.—Type specimen, Swedish Museum (no. 921). The following at the U.S. National Museum: Itajahy, St. Catha- rina, Brazil, coll. H. Liiderwaldt in 1919 (6+) ; east of Gaullie, Florida, shore, coll. E. M. Kindle, Dec. 10, 1938 (10--) ; Miami Beach, Florida, shore, coll. Capt. Frank O. Bowman, July, 1936 (20+) ; ocean jetty near Norris Cut, connecting Biscayne Bay with Atlantic, about 314 mi. east of Miami, Florida, coll. E. Bursten Thomson (tube masses) ; from rocks near Praia, Sao Francisco, Brazil, shore, coll. W. L. Schmitt, Oct. 1926 (tube masses) ; Conto do Rio, Brazil, shore, coll. W. L. Schmitt, Avie. 1925 (1-): P. lapidosa has been redescribed by Johansson (1927, pp. 99-100) and clearly distinguished from other species. The opercular crown is more or less circular, flattened; outer paleae are characteristic, having a long, conspicuous, pinnate plume, arising some distance from the upper distal edge of the palea (pl. 35, fig. 73). The opercular crown and stalk, from the right side, are shown in pl. 36, fig. 79; from the front, the crown is more or less circular, flattened. There are about 10 rows of oral tentacles. Palpi are long, slender, tentacular. Abdominal tori, from about the fourteenth abdominal segment, are very long. Total number of abdominal segments is 32 or more. P. lapidosa may be an important agent in constructing sandy reefs in warmer parts of the west Atlantic; from Brazil, north to Miami, Florida, NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 349 it is known through large masses of concreted sandy tubes. It may be significant in preventing shifting of large sand masses along shore, or even in shore-building. Centrocorone spinifera Treadwell (1939, pp. 1-3, figs. 1-9) was recently newly described from Puerto Rico. Although Centrocorone Grube has long been considered a synonym of Sabellaria Lamarck, I believe that this species belongs not to the latter, but rather to Phragma- topoma, and that it is probably identical with P. lapidosa Kinberg. ‘The operculum was described as disk-shaped, dark brown, as typical of species of Phragmatopoma, but was said to have only 2 kinds of paleae. It seems likely that the innermost row, which is normally concealed and not visible save by dissection, might have been overlooked. The outer paleae are shown to have the long, slender plume, as in P. lapidosa. The given range (Puerto Rico) falls well within that of the older species. Johansson (1927, p. 99) has already identified both Sabellaria fauveli Gravier and S. castelnaui Grube, as redescribed by Augener (1926) to P. lapidosa. P. caudata, the type of the genus, is too inadequately known to permit comparison. Distribution—Brazil; West Indian seas, north to Miami, Florida; Peru. Phragmatopoma californica (Fewkes) Plate 29, Figs. 15-17; Plate 37, Figs. 86-89; Plate 41, Fig. 105 Sabellaria californica Fewkes, 1889, pp. 130-132, pl. 7, figs. 3, 4; Moore, 1909, pp. 293-294, fig. 6; Treadwell, 1914, p. 227; Chamberlin, 1918, p. 180; Hilton, 1918, p. 62; Chamberlin, 1919, p. 261; Berkeley, 1941, p. 50. Collections —901-38 (8) ; 904-38 (5) ; 912-39 (tubes) ; 913-39 (2) ; 1189-40 (tubes) ; 1193-40 (tubes) ; 1206-40 (tube) ; 1208-40 (many) ; 1209-40 (many); 1218-40 (many); 1221-40 (many); 1222-40 (2); 1284-41 (several) ; 1367-41 (several); 1370-41 (several); 1398-41 (many) ; 1406-41 (several) ; 1431-41 (2). Mature specimens are usually marked with considerable dark pig- ment. The opercular stalk may be heavily streaked with oblique black stripes but is never spotted as is Sabellaria cementarium (above), with which it sometimes occurs. Ripe females are purple in the ovigerous region, mature males are white. The outer opercular paleae are con- spicuously scabrous, covered on their upper side with minute scales; distally they terminate in a heavy recurved tooth on one side (toward the ventrum) and a frayed membrane on the other (toward the dorsum) ; 350 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 a heavy plume arises from a deep cleft between them (pl. 37, fig. 87). In lateral view the plume is seen to be directed nearly at right angles to the plane of the shaft (pl. 37, fig. 86). Middle opercular paleae (pl. 37, fig. 88) are also roughened on their outer surface; they are heavy, dark brown, with thick outer edge making up the outer part of the cone. Inner paleae, completely covered by the middle ones, are very much smaller, pale, the distal end thin and frayed out (pl. 37, fig. 89). P. californica constructs sandy reefs in intertidal zones along many parts of southern and central California; it is often associated with a reef-building vermetid mollusk, Aletes squamigerus Carpenter. When removed from their tubes, they are unable to reconstruct them, but are capable of repairing damaged ones. Typically, a single individual occupies one tube, but those of a colony are so closely intertwined that the limits of any one are difficult to discern. Distribution.—California, south to Ensenada, Lower California; intertidal to about 40 fms. Phragmatopoma moerchi Kinberg Plate 35, Fig. 76; Plate 36, Figs. 80-83; Plate 39, Figs. 97, 98 Kinberg, 1867, p. 349. Sabellaria virgini Ehlers, 1901, pp. 199-203, pl. 23, figs. 1-4, 7-12, pl. 24, figs. 1-5 (in part) (not Kinberg). ?Hermella orbifera Ehlers, 1901, p. 267. Johansson, 1926, pp. 4-5; 1927, pp. 101-102. Collections.—288-34 (many); 829-38 (1); 831-38 (4); 832-38 (1) ; 847-38 (1). Other materials examined.—Type specimen, Swedish Museum (no. 922, Hawaii). At the U.S. National Museum, coll. by W. L. Schmitt: Salaverry, Peru (1); Chafiaral, Chile, shore (5); Talcahuano, Chile C19). The following is based on the type specimen. The flat opercular crown is nearly circular, seen from the front. Middle paleal tips come together only slightly off center. Outer opercular paleae are largely covered by minute scales on the surface directed forward; the distal end has a characteristic thin, rectangular flange, arising from a crescentic notch ; its free end is more or less frayed (pl. 35, fig. 76). Middle paleae, making up the flat surface of the cone, are dark brown and transversely rugose, appear scabrous. Inner paleae are much smaller in size, com- pletely concealed from view by the middle paleae; they are also slightly roughened on their outer side. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 351 Collections from Chile and Peru compare favorably with the type from Hawaii. An anterior end, in right lateral view, is shown in pl. 36, fig. 80. Outer (pl. 36, fig. 81), middle (pl. 36, fig. 83), and inner (pl. 36, fig. 82) paleae are typical. Ehlers (1901, pp. 199-203, pls. 23, 24) described as P. virgini some specimens which are undoubtedly representatives of P. moerchi. The description, moreover, indicates that more than one species is involved, as may be seen by comparing the figures on his plate 23 (cf. figs. 3, 4, as against figs. 5, 6). The outer opercular paleae (Ehlers’ pl. 23, fig. 11) are seemingly those of P. moerchi, and obviously not P. virgini (below), since they have a terminal flange. Ehlers says, in part, of these paleae,— “Die messingelben ausseren Paleen tragen auf dem in der Haut stecken- den diinnen und schlanken Stiel eine im Winkel dazu nach aussen ge- bogene Endplatte, die etwa dreimal breiter als lang ist [This should probably read longer than broad], wie eine Wurfschaufel gehohlt, mit parallelen Seitenrandern, am Endrande mit einigen Seitenzahnen ver- sehen, die ein schmaleres vorspringendes rechteckiges Endblatt umgeben, das am freien Rande sageartig gezahnelt ist.”” In P. virgini there is no terminal plate (pl. 35, fig. 77) such as is present in P. moerchi (pl. 35, figs 76). Distribution.—P. moerchi ranges in tropical and subtropical eastern Pacific, from Peru to Chile, west to Hawaii. It is intertidal to 15 fms. Phragmatopoma virgini Kinberg Plate 35, Figs. 77, 78 Kinberg, 1867, p. 349; 1910, pp. 70-71, pl. 27, fig. 4. Johansson, 1926, p. 2; 1927, p. 100. Not Sabellaria virgini Ehlers, 1901, pp. 199-203, nor Monro, 1933, p. 1062. Material examined.—Type specimen, Swedish State Museum (no. 923), from southern Chile. The following comments are based on the type specimen, from south- ern Chile. Outer opercular paleae have only 2 main teeth along their outer, distal margin, without dentations or a flange between them (pl. 35, fig. 77). The concave edge between these 2 teeth is thin, membranous, with no indication that there ever was an attached flange or other struc- ture. The upper surface is weakly striated but not at all scabrous as in P. moerchi (above). Middle opercular paleae (pl. 35, fig. 78) are com- paratively smooth, much finer than comparable ones in P. moerchi. The opercular cone, seen from the top, is subcircular, but the middle paleal 352 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 tips come together somewhat off center. Abdominal uncini have typically 6 teeth, seen from the side. P. virgini was originally described from the Strait of Magellan. Later, Ehlers (1901, pp. 199-203) described at length some specimens which cannot be ascribed to P. virgini Kinberg, since the outer opercular paleae differ (see P. moerchi, above). Sabellaria (Phragmatopoma) virgini Monro (1933, pp. 1062-1063, fig. 11) is similarly not P. virgini Kinberg, but appears to differ from others; I am referring it herein to P. attenuata (below). Distribution.—P. virgini is known only from southern Chile, in the vicinity of the Strait of Magellan; it is intertidal. Phragmatopoma attenuata, new species Plate 38, Figs. 90-96; Plate 39, Figs. 100-101 ?Sabellaria virgini Ehlers, 1901, p. 199, pl. 23, figs. 5, 6 (in part). Sabellaria (Phragmatopoma) virgini Monro, 1933, pp. 1062-1063, fig. 11 (not Kinberg). Collections —10-33 (many) ; 15-33 (several) ; 229-34 (5) ; 403-35 (many). Other materials examined.—At the U.S. National Museum, collected by Dr. W. L. Schmitt: Salinas, Ecuador, shore (many) ; south side of St. Elena Point, Ecuador, shore (several). ‘The opercular crown is high, conical, asymmetrical in lateral view (pl. 38, fig. 90), the dorsal paleae directed toward the ventral side so that their free ends approach one another ventrally. Mature individuals attain a length of about 35 mm; body width is about 4 mm. The abdom- inal region is usually closely speckled with black spots. Opercular paleae in the outer row number about 22-25 or at most 38-40 pairs; those of the middle and inner rows number 12 to 19 pairs each. Oral tentacles are arranged in about 12 to 14 rows. There are 2 anterior thoracic and 3 parathoracic segments, as typical of the genus. Abdominal setigers number about 31. The caudal tail is smooth, cylindrical, about as long as the last 8 to 10 setigerous segments. Outer opercular paleae are unique in the character of their distal appendage; it consists of a palmately filamentous membrane, directed nearly at right angles to the main shaft (pl. 38, figs. 91, 92) ; the shaft itself has a strong, recurved tooth on the side facing ventral and is weakly scabrous on its upper surface (pl. 38, fig. 96). Middle opercular paleae are dark brown, resemble one another save that those on the dorsal side (pl. 38, fig. 93) are notably larger and stronger than those on the ventral No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 353 side (pl. 38, fig. 94). Inner paleae are pale, completely concealed from view by the middle paleae; they are thin, frayed out, at their distal ends (pl. 38, fig. 95). The opercular crown is externally bounded by 39 to 40 short, broad papillae, separated middorsally by a short space. The palpi are to be seen only by lifting the oral tentacles to one side; they are short, cirrate. The parathoracic segments are provided, on either side, with flattened paleae, numbering about 6, 6 and 7, proceeding from anterior to posterior regions; the first set is smaller than those following. ‘Tube masses are constructed of sand particles, shell, or other flattened fragments. The galleries are about 30 to 50 mm long, but irregular because of massing. The great extent of tube masses in intertidal zones may be seen by comparison of the photographs in plate 42. P. attenuata differs from other species of the genus in its slender, prolonged, opercular stalk and crown, in the obliquely disposed opercular paleae, and in the distal appendage of the outer paleae. Sabellaria virgini Ehlers (1901, p. 199, pl. 23, figs. 5, 6) may belong here. There are 2 statements in the text that appear to refer to these specimens: (1901, p. 199) “die Buccalstrecke . . . ausgedehnt dreimal linger als breit,”’ and on the next page, “diese Krone tragende Buccal- streck ist . . . bald langsgestreckt.”’ The long, attenuate shape of the opercular stalk is characteristic of P. attenuata. Sabellaria (Phragmato- poma) virgini Monro (1933, pp. 1062-1063, fig. 11) from Perlas Islands, Panama, probably also belongs here, since the outer opercular palea is said to have a pectinate plume and is shown with a long-toothed brush at the end. The distal end of the shaft, however, is shown merely rounded, without teeth, and no mention is made of the unique, high cone, formed by the paleae of the middle series. Holotype.-—AHF no. 60. Type locality—La Libertad, Ecuador (coll. 15-33). Distribution—Ecuador; Colombia; ?Pacific side of Panama. Inter- tidal. Phragmatopoma peruensis, new species Plate 37, Figs. 84, 85; Plate 39, Fig. 99; Plate 41, Fig. 104 Materials examined.—At the U.S. National Museum, collected by Dr. W. L. Schmitt: Salaverry, Peru, shore (tube masses). A fine, black, cindery mass, consisting of many tubes closely cemented together (pl. 41, fig. 104) with minute apertures over its surface, was found to contain minute specimens of a Phragmatopoma, believed new. The tiny, slender individuals are pale, with light brown crown. Total length (mature) is only 8 to 9.5 mm with caudal tail, measuring 1.5 mm long. Greatest width, in the thoracic region, is 0.75 mm (based on speci- 354 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 men killed in tube). The thorax consists of 2 anterior segments, in which the first seems to lack setae; the second is provided with capillary setae, as typical of the genus. The 3 parathoracic segments have paleae in notopodia and slender, though similar, setae in neuropodia. The abdomen consists of about 26 setigers. Uncinigerous tori of the first 10 pairs are broader than long; after that they are increasingly longer and narrower. The opercular crown is conical, asymmetrical, but less so than in P. attenuata (above). The outer row of paleae number about 25 on a side; the middle row consists of about 9 pairs, slightly transversely striated on the external surface; the inner, concealed paleae, numbering about the same as those of the middle row, are pale, inconspicuous. Outer paleae are unique in that the shaft is provided with terminal membrane that is long, spatulate, distally rounded (pl. 37, fig. 84), thin and smooth in texture; normally this appendage is curved inward so that it is directed toward the center of the cone on the exposed surface; in the figure it has been straightened out. The shaft itself terminates in a hard, strong tooth on one side (toward its ventral end) and a similar, though softer, tooth on the opposite side (pl. 37, fig. 84); the shaft is weakly striated and delicately toothed on one edge. Paleae of the middle series, forming the outer surface of the cone, are characteristic for having a long shoulder (pl. 37, fig. 85) making up the outer rim of the crown; the exposed surface is weakly striated. Inner paleae are similar to the outer ones, but are much weaker and smaller and are more or less frayed out at their distal end. The outer base of the opercular crown is surrounded by about 42 low papillae, forming a low fold that is more or less excavate in the middorsal line but continuous all around. Oral tentacles are present, arranged in 6 to 8 crowded rows on a side. Palpi are slender, inconspicuous, to be seen only by laying the oral tentacles to one side; they resemble the oral ten- tacles but are only about two thirds as long. Abdominal uncini, in lateral view, have 5 teeth, but in frontal view they are seen to occur in double rows, as typical of the genus. The tubes are constructed of fine, black sand, closely cemented together, the outlines of individuals not discernible. P. peruensis differs from other species of the genus in its extreme small size, adult individuals measuring less than 10 mm long; outer opercular paleae have an attached membrane that is broadly rounded, entire, and the middle paleae have a conspicuous shoulder at their external edge. Holotype.—U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 20561; paratype in AHF. Type locality.—Salaverry, Peru. Distribution —Peru. Intertidal. No. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 355. LITERATURE CITED ANNENKOVA, N. P. 1925. Beitrage zur Kenntnis die Polychaeten-Fauna Russlands. C.R. Acad. Sci. USSR Leningrad, vol. for 1925, pp. 125-126. 1934. Paraoniden der Meeren des fernen Ostens der USSR. Jbid., vol. for 1934, pp. 656-661, 3 figs. AUGENER, H. 1914. poenacte, 2. Sedentaria. Fauna Siidwest Australiens, vol. 5, pt. 1, pp. 1-170, 1 pl. 1926. Polychaeta. 3. Polychaeten von Neuseeland. Sedentaria. Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kjgbenhavn, vol. 81, pp. 157-294, 22 figs. 1934. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Leiden und Amsterdam. 4. Schluss. Zool. Meded. Leiden, vol. 17, pp. 67-160, 31 figs. 1936. Polychaeten aus den marinen Salinen von Bonaire und Curacao. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Okol. Geogr., vol. 67, pp. 337-352, 1 fig. BERKELEY, E. 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 3. Leodicidae to Spionidae. Contr. Can. Biol., n.s., vol. 3, pp. 405-422, 1 pl. 1930. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 5. Ammocharidae to Myzostomidae. [bid., vol. 6, pp. 65-77, 8 figs. CERRUTI, A. 1909. Contributo al l’Anatomia, biologia e sistematica delle Paraonidae (Levinsenidae) con particolare riguardo alle specie del golfo di Napoli. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Berlin, vol. 19, pp. 459-512, 2 pls. EHLERS, E. 1912. Die bodensdssigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. Tiefsee Exped. Valdivia, vol. 16, pp. 1-168, 23 pls. FAUVEL, P. 1914. Annélides polychétes non pélagiques provenant des campagnes de VHirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice (1885-1910). Res: camp. sci. Mon- aco, fasc. 46, pp. 1-432, 31 pls. 1927. Polychétes sédentaries. Faune de France, Paris, vol. 16, pp. 1-494, 152 figs. 1936. Polychétes. Expedition antarctique Belge. Resultats du Voyage de la Belgica en 1897-99 sous Ile commandement de A. de Gerlache de Gomery. 46 pp., 4 figs., 1 pl. GRAVIER, C. 1906. Contribution a l’étude des Annélides polychétes de la mer Rouge. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, vol. 8, pp. 123-236, 8 pls., textfigs. 286-409. 1909. Annélides polychétes recueillies 4 Payta (Pérou) par M. le Dr. Rivet. Arch zool. gén. exp. Paris, ser. 4, vol. 10, pp. 617-659, 3 pls. GRuBE, A. E. 1870. Ueber die Goldkrénchen (Sabellarien oder Hermellen). Jber. schles. Gesells. Breslau, vol. 47, pp. 69-70. 1872. Ueber ein paar neue Anneliden aus de Familie der Spiodeen. Ibid., vol. 50, pp. 57-59. 356 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 HARTMAN, O. 1939. The polychaetous annelids collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 98, pp. 1-22, 3 figs. 1941. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, pp. 289-323, 4 pls. 1942. Polychaetous Annelids from California. Jbid., vol. 10, no. 2. JOHANSSON, K. 1926. Bemerkungen tiber die Kinbergschen Arten der Familien Hermellidae und Sabellidae. Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vol. 18, pp. 1-28, 9 figs. 1927. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Polychaeten Familien Hermellidae, Sabel- lidae und Serpulidae. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 11, pp. 1-184, 5 pls., 15 figs. Jounson, H. P. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-437, 19 pls. MEYER, E. 1887. Studien tiber den K6rperbau der Anneliden. Mitt. zool. Stat. Neapel, Berlin, vol. 7, pp. 592-741, 6 pls., 3 figs. 1888. Studien tiber den Kérperbau der Anneliden. Idid., vol. 8, p. 462. Morcu, O. 1863. Revisio critica Serpulidarum. Et bidrag til rgrormenes Naturhistorie. Naturhistorisk Tidsskr. Kjgbenhavn, ser. 3, vol. 1, pp. 347-470, 1 pl. Monro, C. C. A. 1933. Polychaeta from Dry Tortugas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 12, pp. 244-269. 1933. ‘The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S. Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 2, pp. 1039-1092, 31 figs. 1939. Polychaeta. Antarctic Research Expedition, 1929-1931. Reports, Series B. Zoology and Botany. Adelaide. vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 89-156, 28 figs. Moorg, J. P. 1906. Additional new species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 58, pp. 217-260, 3 pls. 1907. Descriptions of new species of spioniform annelids. Ibid., vol. 59, pp. 195-207, 2 pls. MiuLter, F. 1858. Einiges tiber die Anneliden Fauna der Insel St. Catharina an der brasilianischen Kiiste. Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, vol. 24.1, pp. 211-220, 2 pls. OxupaA, S. 1937. Spioniform polychaetes from Japan. Journ. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Uniy., Sapporo, ser. 6, vol. 5, pp. 217-254, 27 figs. QUATREFAGES, A. DE 1848. Etudes sur les types inferieurs de l’embranchement des Annéles. Mémorie sur la famille des Hermelliens (Hermellea nob.) Ann. Sci. nat. Paris, ser. 3, vol. 9, pp. 5-58, 1 pl. 1866. Histoire naturelle des Annéles marins et d’eau douce. Annélides et Géphyriens. vol. 2. (Paris, Roret). NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS SO! Rioja, E. 1939. Estudios anelidologicos. 1. Observaciones acerca de varias formas larvarias y postlarvarias pelagicas de Spionidae, procedentes de Aca- pulco, con descripcion de una especie nueva del genero Polydora. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 10, pp. 297-300, 31 figs. SUMNER, F. S., et al 1913. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Dept. Comm. Lab. Bull. Bur. Fish., Washington, D.C., vol. 31, pp. 549-794. TREADWELL, A. L. 1902. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., vol. 20 (for 1900), pt. 2, pp. 181-210, 81 figs. 1939. New polychaetous annelids from New England, Texas and Puerte Rico. Amer. Mus. Nov. N.Y., no. 1023, pp. 1-7, 25 figs. VERRILL, A. E. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and _ the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. Washington, D.C., for 1871-72, pp. 295-778. WATERMAN, A. J. 1934. Observations on reproduction, prematuration and fertilization in Sabel- laria vulgaris. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 67, pp. 97-114, 4 figs. WEBSTER, H. E. 1879. Annelida chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 9, pp. 202-269, 11 pls. WesstTEeR, H. E. AND J. E. BENEDICT 1887. The Annelida chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. Washington, D.C., for 1885, pp. 707-755, 8 pls. Witson, D. P. 1929. The larvae of the British Sabellarians. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. Plymouth, n.s., vol. 16, pp. 221-268, 9 pls., 5 figs. 558 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 IPILANIPIS; 27) Figures 1-3, Longosoma catalinensis: Fig. 1, anterior end, in dorso- lateral view, with tentacles from right side removed, proboscis everted, x 12; Fig. 2, anterior end, including first setigerous segment, in dorsal view, to same magnification; Fig. 3a, one of heavy, curved hooks from first neuropodium, greatly enlarged; Fig. 3b, tip of a pointed seta from same fascicle, to same magni- fication. Figures 4, 5, Aricidea fragilis: Fig. 4, anterior end in dorsal view, enlarged; Fig. 5, thirty-second parapodium with branchia, dorsal cirrus, and postsetal neuropodial lobe, x 58. Figures 6, 7, Ctenodrilus serratus: Fig. 6, entire animal, in right lateral view, x 126; Fig. 7, seta from a postmedian segment, greatly enlarged. Figures 8, 9, dricidea pacifica: Fig. 8, seventeenth parapodium in anterior view, setae indicated, x 58; Fig. 9a, limbate notoseta from same parapodium, x 241; Fig. 9b, neuroseta from same parapodium, to same magnification. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Page ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. PLATE 28 Figures 10-14, Magelona californica: Fig. 10 (903-38) anterior end, in dorsal view, including first 11 segments, x 30; Fig. 11, poste- rior end from same specimen, showing last 2 segments, anal ring with paired cirri and aperture, x 30; Fig. 12, ninth para- podium in posterior view, lamellae and position of setae indi- cated, x 30; Fig. 13, nineteenth parapodium with interramal lamellae and position of uncini indicated, x 30; Fig. 14, hooded hooks from same segment, showing relations of main and acces- sory teeth, x 957. 10 NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PVA 29 Figures 15-17, Phragmatopoma californica: Fig. 15, 3-day-old larva, showing distribution of pigmentation, setal sacks, ciliated ali- mentary tract, and swimming setae; Fig. 16, tip of larval, swim- ming seta; Fig. 17, metamorphosing larva, in dorsal view, with setal sacks permanently pushed forward, all but one larval seta replaced by opercular paleae, but with a pair of transitional spinous setae in the last thoracic segment, and with 3 abdominal segments preceding the thick caudal region. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS pL. 29 364 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PEA E, 30 Figures 18-20, Sabellaria nanella (after Hartman, 1938): Fig. 18, outer opercular palea; Fig. 19, middle opercular palea; Fig. 20, inner opercular palea. Figures 21-23, Sabellaria fisstdens (after Ehlers, 1901): Fig. 21, outer opercular palea; Fig. 22, middle opercular palea; Fig. 23, inner opercular palea. Figures 24-26, Sabellaria moorei (after Monro, 1933): Fig. 24, outer opercular palea; Fig. 25, middle opercular palea; Fig. 26, inner opercular palea. Figures 27-29, Sabellaria bellis (after Augener, 1934): Fig. 27, outer opercular palea; Fig. 28, middle opercular palea; Fig. 29, inner opercular palea. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 30) \ 169 25 366 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 31 Figures 30-33, Lygdamis asteriformis: Fig. 30, outer palea from type of Hermella varians from Hawaii; Fig. 31, same, from specimen from Puerto Rico; Fig. 32, thoracic palea from the first; Fig. 33, thoracic palea from the second. Figure 34, Idanthyrsus ornamentatus: opercular palea. Figure 35, [danthyrsus pennatus: opercular palea. Figure 36, Jdanthyrsus armatus: opercular palea. Figures 37-41, Sabellaria floridensis: Fig. 37, long palea from middle of opercular series; Fig. 38, its alternating short palea; Fig. 39, distal part of outer opercular palea from upper side; Fig. 40, inner palea from side; Fig. 41, tip of inner palea from upper side (figs. 37-41 to same magnification). HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Pre on io) NO. aruutl a AA oa oa po ee ae al Ww fom) 30 368 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLO PLATE 32 Figures 42-44, 48, Sabellaria vulgaris: Fig. 42, inner opercular palea; Fig. 43, middle opercular palea; Fig. 44, distal end of outer opercular palea, showing serrated edge and _ penicillate spike; Fig. 48, abdominal uncinus from the side. Figures 45-47, Sabellaria vulgaris beaufortensis: Fig. 45, outer opercular palea from the top; Fig. 46, middle opercular palea; Fig. 47, inner opercular palea (figs. 45-47 to same magnification). Figures 49-52, Sabellaria cementarium: Fig. 49, distal end of outer opercular palea, showing penicillate spike; Fig. 50, outer oper- cular palea from side, showing insertion of spike; Fig. 51, middle opercular palea; Fig. 52, inner opercular palea (figs. 49-52 to same magnification). NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Biba oy 50 foie wy 370 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 33 Figures 53-65, Sabellaria bella (Figs. 53-56 based on specimen from Beaufort; Figs. 57-60 from Augener, based on type from Brazil; Figs. 61-65 based on individual from Peru): Fig. 53, short middle opercular palea; Fig. 54, alternating long middle oper- cular palea; Fig. 55, inner opercular palea; Fig. 56, outer oper- cular palea (figs. 53-56 to same magnification) ; Fig. 57, outer opercular palea; Fig. 58, short middle opercular palea; Fig. 59, inner opercular palea; Fig. 60, alternating long middle oper- cular palea; Fig. 61, outer opercular palea; Fig. 62, long middle opercular palea; Fig. 63, short middle opercular palea; Fig. 64, inner opercular palea (figs. 61-64 from same individual to same magnification) ; Fig. 65, abdominal uncinus from side, greatly enlarged. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Pls 33 372 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 34 Figures 66-72, Sabellaria gracilis: Fig. 66, middle opercular palea with blunt tip; Fig. 67, inner opercular palea from same indi- vidual and position; Fig. 68, inner opercular palea from another, larger individual; Fig. 69, its corresponding middle palea (figs. 66-69 to same magnification) ; Fig. 70, thoracic palea; Fig. 71, abdominal uncinus, greatly enlarged; Fig. 72, outer opercular palea from a larger individual, enlarged as for Fig. 68. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 374 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 124 bX IDE, 355 (Figures 73 to 78 made from types in the Swedish State Museum.) Figures 73-75, Phragmatopoma lapidosa: Fig. 73, outer opercular palea; Fig. 74, same, from side; Fig. 75, abdominal uncinus. Figure 76, Phragmatopoma moerchi: outer opercular palea. Figures 77, 78, Phragmatopoma virgini: Fig. 77, outer opercular palea; Fig. 78, middle opercular palea. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 35 \ \\yi r \\ — Vi | rg Mill ( Vege le hee 4 1] } ‘ \) | ' 1 | 376 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 TAL SAWIP ID, SH Figure 79, Phragmatopoma lapidosa: anterior end, from right side. Figures 80-83, Phragmatopoma moerchi: Fig. 80, anterior end, from right side; Fig. 81, outer opercular palea; Fig. 82, inner oper- cular palea; Fig. 83, middle opercular palea. a, NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Pl30 378 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 BPIVAGHE 37 Figures 84, 85, Phragmatopoma peruensis: Fig. 84, outer opercular palea, the distal flange straightened out from a recurved posi- tion; Fig. 85, middle opercular palea. Figures 86-89, Phragmatopoma californica: Fig. 86, outer opercular palea from the side, with appendage in normal position; Fig. 87, distal end of outer palea with plumose appendage, showing scabrous upper surface; Fig. 88, middle opercular palea; Fig. 89, its companion inner palea. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Pheow 380 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PAGES 38 Figures 90-95, Phragmatopoma attenuata: Vig. 90, anterior end, from right side, showing high, conical operculum; Fig 91, outer oper- cular palea with appendage, seen from the top; Fig. 92, same, from side, showing normal position of appendage; Fig. 93, middle opercular palea from dorsal end of series; Fig. 94, same, from ventral end of series; Fig. 95, inner opercular palea (figs. 91- 95 from same individual, to same magnification) ; Fig. 96, distal end of outer opercular palea, showing major tooth on one side, enlarged. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 38 382 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. PLATE 39 (Photographs by the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.) Figures 97, 98, Phragmatopoma moerchi: Fig. 97, entire individual, from the right side, x 3; Fig. 98, portion of tube mass, x 1. Figure 99, Phragmatopoma peruensis: entire individual, from the right side, x 3. Figures 100, 101, Phragmatopoma attenuata: Fig. 100, entire indi- vidual, from the right side, x 3; Fig. 101, small portion of tube mass, showing oral apertures, x 1. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 39 97 98 os) 100 101 384 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 40 (Photographs by the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.) Figure 102, Phragmatopoma lapidosa: tube mass from Florida, x 1. Figure 103, Phragmatopoma lapidosa: tube mass from Brazil, x 1. PL. 40 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 3 102 103 386 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. PLATE 41 (Photograph in Fig. 104 by the U.S. National Museum, Washington, DIES) Figure 104, Phragmatopoma peruensis: tube mass, from Salaverry, IPSieaul, 3 I Figure 105, Phragmatopoma californica: tube mass from southern California (coll. 1218-40), x 1. 10 HARTMAD) : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 41 388 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 42 (Photographs by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, at Salinas, Ecuador.) Figure 106, Phragmatopoma attenuata: tube masses exposed at low tide, looking toward the sea; the lower left-hand corner indicates the barnacle zone. Figure 107, same, more highly magnified, showing the interlacing of tubes and oral apertures; the upper left-hand corner marks the barnacle zone. NO. 3 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 42 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, IN 1940, AND IN 1941. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART VII. CAPITELLIDAE (PiaTes 43-58, 1 CHART) By OLGA HARTMAN THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HAncock PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLUME 10, NUMBERS 4 AND 5 IssuED APRIL 28, 1947 Price $2.50 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part VII. CAPpITELLIDAE (PLATES 43-58, 1 CHART) By Otca HARTMAN This constitutes one of the oldest known groups of polychaetous anne- lids; it was already known in the late seventeen hundreds through the species Capitella capitata (Fabricius). ‘The affinities of the group with other polychaetous annelids, however, were not clarified until detailed anatomical studies of organ systems had verified and proved their true relations. ‘They had been variously considered as oligochaetes, repre- sentatives of Maldanidae, Arenicolidae, and Serpuliformia even as late as 1865 (see Eisig, 1887, pp. 1-10, for detailed history). The family name was first erected as the Capitellacea by Grube (1862) when Notomastus, Dasybranchus, and Capitella were correctly grouped together. A year later the family name, Halelminthea Carus, was proposed for Capitella, but this author considered it in the Oligo- chaeta together with an opheliid, Polyophthalmus,; the name Halelmin- thea now has only historical interest. “Today the various genera and species of Capitellidae (see below) are indisputably considered distinct, forming a closely related family; their affinities are with other sedentary chaetopods. Externally and grossly considered, many capitellids resemble ter- restrial oligochaetes because of their plain, unadorned exterior. In details, however, the body is seen to consist of a distinct prostomial lobe, a thorax with a limited number, and an abdomen with a variable number of segments. The thorax and abdomen, though distinct from each other, are sometimes indivisible in external view or are separate from each other by transitional segments (pl. 58, fig. 1). The prostomium is a plain, short, rounded (pl. 55, fig. 1) or elongated (pl. 47, fig. 4) lobe, without eyes (pl. 50, fig. 4) or with a pair of pigmented areas (pl. 47, fig. 4) at the sides. A pair of eversible nuchal organs or ciliated mounds, homo- logous with the lateral organs farther back, is more or less conspicuous at the posterior margin of the prostomium, or may be reduced nearly to dis- b49n] 392 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 appearance. When retracted these organs appear externally as elongate slits (pl. 47, fig. 4) ; when everted they are sacklike, ciliated mounds. The proboscis is a soft, eversible part of the anterior end of the ali- mentary tract. When everted it is globular to somewhat lobed (pl. 50, fig. 1); its surface may be smooth to more or less strongly papillated, especially in its proximal part; the separation between the 2 regions is sometimes abrupt. The proboscis functions in locomotion and for food ingestion. The thorax consists of a definite number of segments, ranging from only 9 (Capitella, see below) to as many as 19 or 20 (Anotomastus, new genus, see below). The first visible segment or peristomium may be achaetous and apodous (Notomastus) or it may resemble those farther back (Capitella). ‘The first setigerous segment may be complete with both notopodia and neuropodia (Heteromastus) or neuropodia may be absent (Leiocapitella, new genus); all other parapodia are biramous. Thoracic parapodia are provided with only simple pointed setae (Notomastus), or also hooded hooks (Heteromastus), or also specialized genital hooks (Capitella). Abdominal parapodia are provided with only simple hooded hooks (Notomastus), or also slender pointed setae (Proto- capitella), or also specialized spines (Scyphoproctus and Pulliella). Branchiae are absent (Capitella), or present on the abdomen as non- eversible modifications of notopodia or neuropodia (some species of Notomastus and Heteromastus), or they may be eversible sacks or lobes from either notopodia (Heteromastus magnus, new species) or neuro- podia (Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube). Lateral sense organs (pl. 50, fig. 1) are seemingly absent (pl. 45, fig. 1) in some (Capitita, new genus), or limited to thoracic and anterior abdominal segments (Heteromastus), or present throughout (Dasy- branchus). On the thorax they are eversible, on the abdomen stationary, papillae. “They are usually to be found on, or near, or along the para- podial ridge located between notopodia and neuropodia. Like the nuchal organs, they are ciliated mounds without aperture but provided with neural innervation and muscular connections. ‘They probably function in sensory detection. Nephridia, sometimes though perhaps incorrectly called segmental organs (since they do not occur on all segments), open externally by a pore and internally through a nephrostome into the coelomic cavity. Their presence or stage of development in immature through adult stages is usually variable since the constituent parts change during ontogeny. In No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 393 some species nephridia may be present in young individuals and later undergo retrogression to disappearance in certain segments. Furthermore, they may be present on some abdominal segments or some thoracic seg- ments, or some segments in both thorax and abdomen. When immature or only partly developed, they are sometimes distinguished with difficulty. On the other hand, in sexually mature individuals, where they come to be modified as genital pores, they may be very conspicuous (pl. 50, fig. 5). On the thorax the nephridial pore is often in the segmental groove at the sides of the body (pl. 47, fig. 1) ; on the abdomen it takes various positions depending on the species, but it is usually in the vicinity of parapodia or lateral organs, when present. In some species (Capitella) nephridia are polymeric on some abdominal segments; the apertures are in the epithe- lium and not easily visible in external view (see Eisig, 1887, p. 272). A closed circulatory system is absent in the capitellids. “The ventral chamber of the coelom substitutes as a haemocoel. “The various parts otf the coelom (visceral, branchial, and gonadial chambers) are in com- munication with one another through definite openings. “The circulatory fluid moves in the coelom with the lymph and is freely mixed with the gonadial products, but rhythmic contraction insures that the blood cir- culates in the branchiae, prostomium, and other terminal parts (see also Haffner, 1930, p. 136). ‘The circulatory fluid is red owing to the pres- ence of corpuscles. Modifications of body parts are less marked in the capitellids than in most chaetopods. The prostomium, peristomium, and thorax are typically plain. Parapodial ridges or parts of the surface epithelium may be modi- fied as special structures to function for respiration and for glandular secretion. In some species there are extensile, filamentous (pl. 51, fig. 4) or tufted (pl. 50, fig. 6) prolongations functioning as branchiae; they may be stationary (pl. 58, fig. 6) or retractile (pl. 55, fig. 4) and are usually near the parapodial ridges on some abdominal segments. In some others the pygidium may be modified as a caudal appendage (pl. 45, fig. 4) presumably for respiration, reminiscent of a similar structure in some aquatic oligochaetes. The specific character of the hooded hooks or uncini is of particular significance because of the repetition of these parts through most body segments and their striking constancy throughout the segments of an individual and among the individuals of a species. In all instances where these details have herein been carefully worked out, it is found that these hooks are not only highly specific (contrary to the opinions of some 394 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 previous statements) but so different extra-specifically as to be one of the finest means of speciation that has been discovered. ‘This specificity is to be noted not only in the arrangement of the crest and fang, but also in the structure of the hyaline sheath or hood and the details of the shaft (see below). At this point it is expedient to discuss the conclusions of the only exhaustive study that has yet been made of these hooded hooks and their microscopic structure. Eisig (1887, pp. 104-106) using Notomastus (Clistomastus) lineatus (see below) and generalizing on several other species, stated in part: “nicht nur sind die Haken der verschiedenen K6rperregionen einer gegebenen Species unter sich von grdsster Aehnlichkeit, sondern auch die Unterschiede derselben in den verschiedenen Species sind iiberaus gering- fiigig [?]. Hierzu kommt noch, dass die Hakenképfe [beaks] beziig- lich der Zahl, Form und Gréosse ihrer Zahnchen in allen Individuen eine gewisse Variabilitat zeigen [?], und endlich hat man mit dem Factum zu rechnen, dass in Folge der S-férmigen Kriimmung, sowie des prismatis- chen Querschnitts der Haken, selten Bilder von genau gleich orientirten Exemplaren zu Gesicht kommen [very true].”’ Furthermore, “Die Haken . stellen sich in der Profilansicht als rundliche, in der Mitte leicht angeschwollene Stabe dar [the shaft with node], deren Basis sichel- formig und deren freies Ende vogelkopfartig gekriimmt endet [the beak with major fang and crescent of teeth]; dem letzteren Ende sitzen iiberdies mehrere, meist drei, spitze Zinken auf, von denen der unterste [fang] der grésste zu sein pflegt. Untersucht man die Haken. . . auch in der Flachenansicht, so findet man, dass den erwahnten drei iibereinander geordneten Zinken in Wirklichkeit drei Reihen [but see below] solcher entsprechen . . . Jede dieser Reihen enthalt 7-10 Zinken, so dass deren in Ganzen etwa 20-30 vorhanden sein mégen [?]. An Stelle der bei den Pfriemen vorhandenen Saume werden die Haken, und zwar deren K6pfe, von diinnhautigen, an ihrer concaven Seite gedffneten Hauben [hoods] umhiillt, welche Gebilde wahrscheinlich nur beim Druchbrechen der Hypodermis eine Rolle spielen [?], indem sie bei den ausgebildeten Haken haufig fehlen, oder doch nur unvollkommen erhalten sind [but see below] . . . Man findet sie bald fest mit dem Hakenkopfe verwachsen, bald weit von ihm abstehend; in den meisten Fallen ist ihr Rand glatt, zuweilen aber erscheint er auch mit einer dhnlichen Ziahnchenreihe besetzt, wie der Hakenkopf selbst deren mehrere besitzt.” No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 395 Contrary to the view expressed above, regarding the function of the hood (that is, that it probably protects the teeth and fang as the newly developed hook emerges from the hypodermis of the parapodium and that it is thereafter more or less completely shed), it now seems more likely that the functioning may be somewhat as follows. “The hood (when present) probably persists normally throughout the existence of the hook. It is composed of a resilient membrane in one piece with distal aperture and a long slit along the distal end of the hooked side (pl. 43, figs. 1, 2). The distal oval aperture is more or less delicately serrated at its margin and is capable of being somewhat compressed in line with the cleft, when the hooks of a series are withdrawn into the parapodium so that the beak is covered. On the other hand, when the parapodium is extended and the uncinal torus is pushed outward, the separate hooks are pushed apart, allowing the tension on the hood to be released and the distal aperture to be spread apart, exposing fang and crest. ‘The hooks function, perhaps, to gain traction as the individual moves up and down in the tube or bur- row. When the parapodium is retracted, the protecting hood is drawn firmly about the beak. Foreign particles, such as silt and fine sand grains, are seldom seen in the hood; it may be assumed that another tunction of the hood, by reason of its flexibility and structure, is to keep the parts of the hook free from debris. Only one species has been found in which a hood is totally lacking, both in immature, embedded hooks and in fully formed functioning hooks (pl. 57, fig. 4), but this species, Protocapitella simplex (see below), is unusual in other respects also. Fundamentally, the structure of the hooks is as stated by Eisig. How- ever, no instance has been found, among the hooded hooks examined, in which there are actually several rows of teeth, with as many as 7 in each; in a few instances there is a tendency for the teeth in a single row to pile on one another (pl. 52, fig. 1) ; rarely they are in several rows (pl. 58, fig. 3). Most commonly they are in a single transverse row that may be slightly arched or crescentic. When the hooks are examined for their true 3-dimensional relations, great care must be used in properly orienting them since the usual posi- tion assumed when a series is dissected away from the body is for the individual hooks to lie in partial three-fourths view. ‘This is so not only because they are connected with one another by common membranes, but also because the shaft and beak are usually so constructed that lateral and frontal views are seldom seen. Furthermore, the high magnifications 396 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 (usually oil immersion) required to discern these 3-dimensional objects implies that usually only thin optical sections are seen at any one time. A single, long, curved tooth can thus be made to resemble several teeth in ascending series by merely changing the depth of focus. Also, since the hooks are highly translucent, any superimposed or underlying objects can further distort the true outlines. The minuteness of these structures enhances the possibility of aberration or misinterpretation. “The smallest species discussed below, (Capitita ambiseta, new species), has hooks in which the beak is only about 2 micra across; a single tooth, of which there are 3 in a row, thus measures less than one micron across. The microscopic details of these hooks have been carefully worked out and illustrated for 19 species (see below). ‘The parts of a hook are herein designated as follows (pl. 43, figs. 1, 2). The long embedded stem is the shaft with the node near its middle length. It extends distally, often forming a thickened shoulder with a slender neck and terminates distally in a hooked beak provided with a larger fang surmounted by a crescent composed of smaller teeth or denticles. ‘The beak is more or less loosely vested with a hyaline hood or sheath (rarely absent, in Protocapitella) ; this is capelike, with an oval aperture distally to allow for the protrusion of the teeth; the aperture is continued basally as a cleft that extends nearly to the basal end of the hood. ‘The hooks are translucent yellow to slightly brownish, and the hood is translucent yellow in all instances where these parts have been examined. The slender pointed setae are provided with a pair of limbate wings at their end. ‘These wings are probably homologous with the hyaline hood of the uncini (see also Eisig, 1887, p. 105). ‘The modified genital hooks of Capitella and the terminal acicular spines of Scyphoproctus are perhaps transformed pointed setae rather than hooks. Specialized setae or hooks may function as holdfast organs (Scyphoproctus and Pulliella) or for reproduction (Capitella). Some of the terminal segments may be modified to form an anal plaque or funnel (Heteromastides and Scyphoproctus). Sexes are separate, but sexual dimorphism is not conspicuous. In a few cases (Capitella) the presence of specialized spines in posterior thoracic segments distinguishes the two sexes. Copulation is known to occur (Capitella and Notomastus), but artificial fertilization is possible (see Wilson, 1935, p. 512). In some species ova are extruded through modified nephridial apertures (Dasybranchus). On the other hand, in some other species (Clistomastus) it is likely that autotomy of posterior No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 397 abdominal segments is the only means for release of ova and sperm, since nephridial apertures are either absent or restricted to a few anterior seg- ments (see also Eisig, 1887, pp. 794-795). Little is known of normal development except for two species, Capitella capitata (Eisig, 1898) and Notomastus latericeus (Wilson, 1933). In the first of these the adult exercises brood care until the young larvae swim away. In both species the young pelagic trochophore develops into a typical polytrochal larva and passes through the meta- morphosing, settling stage into a sedentary, limicoline adult. Most capitellids are stenohaline, limited more or less strictly to marine habitats. A few are euryhaline; Capitella capitata (Fabricius) and Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis, new combination (see below), are common in estuaries and can withstand flooding by rains. Freshwater inhabitants occur rarely, as Eisigella ouanaryensis Gravier from French Guiana. In their known bathymetric ranges capitellids are unique; they occur most commonly in intertidal and littoral zones, especially in mud flats, but their vertical distribution extends through neritic zones to abys- sal depths; the deepest known record is that of Notomastus agassizt (McIntosh, 1885, p. 389) dredged off New York in 1,340 fms. The phylogenetic affinities of the Capitellidae are obscure. System- atically they are generally considered between the Opheliidae and Areni- colidae (Eisig, 1887, p. 891 and Fauvel, 1927, p. 139), but in the struc- ture of the characteristic hooded hooks they are likewise allied to the Maldanidae. There are no known living representatives of capitellids that readily ally them to one or the other of these related families. Inter se they are a distinct group, with a characteristic combination of parts, including the short, plain, prostomial lobe, the eversible, sacklike proboscis, the inflated thorax that is more or less sharply set off from the abdomen, the characteristic parapodia with their unique hooks ; additional features include the absence of a closed circulatory system and the almost universal presence of lateral organs. Distribution—The rare occurrence of capitellids in large collec- tions is noteworthy and has been commented on by others (see also McIntosh, 1885, p. 388). The Challenger Expedition, on its voyage around the world (1871-73), reported 2 species and 2 unidentified frag- ments. Chamberlin (1919a) recorded a fragment from the various collections of the U.S.S. Albatross during four extensive voyages (1884- 1909) in various parts of the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Ehlers (1887) described one species in the collections of the Blake from the 398 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 West Indian region. Augener (1927) recorded one species from southern and southeastern Australia. On the other hand, Fauvel (1927) described 13 species in 9 genera in the fauna for western and southern France; Fauvel again (1932, pp. 192-198) reported 7 species in 6 genera from India; and Annenkova (1938, p. 89) reported 5 species in 3 genera from the Japanese Sea. Furthermore, the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern California include representa- tives of 18 species in 10 genera of which 14 species originate from Cali- fornia and Lower California, one from Oregon, 3 from eastern United States, and one from England. In addition, Notomastus luridus Verrill has been made available from Yale University. The total number of species consulted numbers 19 and 4 others are reviewed (see the follow- ing list). It is largely to the credit of the facilities and the operations of the Velero IIT under the able command of Captain Allan Hancock that these valuable materials have been obtained. It is a pleasure and privilege to acknowledge thanks and support to the Administration of The Uni- versity of Southern California and the Direction of the Allan Hancock Foundation for permission to study these unusual and _ interesting materials. I wish to express thanks also to the personnel of the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, for the loan of valuable materials. The preparation of the plates for the capitellids has been unusually well performed by the staff artist, Mr. Anker Petersen, whose skill and workmanship have resulted in careful delineation of characters such as has never been attempted heretofore for this difficult and little-known group. The highly magnified details of significant setal structures have been worked out with great patience and accuracy in their true 3 dimen- sional relations resulting in discoveries that had not been surmised previ- ously. ‘These characters are amplified under each species discussed. To Miss Dolores Hahn I extend thanks for aid in typing copy. List oF SPECIES (Those preceded by an asterisk could not be examined for this report.) Capitella capitata (Fabricius) Capitella dizonata Johnson Capitella ovincola, new species Mediomastus californiensis Hartman Ba cree No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 399 5. Capitita ambiseta, new genus, new species *6. Notomastus giganteus Moore 7. Notomastus magnus, new species 8. Notomastus lobatus, new species 9. Notomastus (Clistomastus) lineatus Claparéde 10. Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis Moore 11. Notomastus (Clistomastus) luridus Vernill 12. Notomastus (Clistomastus) hemipodus, new species 13. Heteromastus filiformis (Claparéde) 14. Heteromastus filobranchus Berkeley *15. Leiochrides pallidior (Chamberlin), new combination 16. Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube 17. Dasybranchus lunulatus Ehlers 18. Dasybranchus glabrus Moore 19. Dasybranchus platyceps, new species 20. Leiocapitella glabra, new genus, new species 21. Protocapitella simplex Berkeley 22. Anotomastus gordiodes (Mcore), new genus, new combination *23. Eunotomastus grubei McIntosh All of the collections including holotypes and paratypes are deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern California. The number of known genera of Capitellidae is 21; in addition, 3 are newly erected herein, bringing the total to 24. Among these only 7, or less than one-third, were treated in a voluminous monograph of the family (Eisig, 1887, pp. 1-906), but this study was concerned with only 10 species in 6 genera from the Mediterranean Sea. Most of the other species and genera have since been newly described and many remain known only through original accounts scattered in many articles and journals. Furthermore, 17 of the 24 genera are monospecific, so that the total number of species for the family is still small (only about 49 species are generally recognized). One genus, Eunotomastus McIntosh (1885) is too incompletely known to incorporate in the chart. The known genera with species and approximate distribution are listed below, in alphabetical order. Barantolla Southern (1921) with one species, B. sculpta Southern from India. Branchiocapitella Fauvel (1932) with one species, B. singularis Fauvel from India. 400 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Capitella Blainville (1828), with 2 species. Capitellethus Chamberlin (1919) with one species, C. dispar (Ehlers) from the Indo-Pacific. Capitellides Mesnil (1897) with one species, C. giardi Mesnil from France, and another, C. teres Treadwell (1930) from Texas, of doubtful systematic position. Capitomastus Eisig (1887) with one species, C. minimus (Langerhans) from Europe. Dasybranchus Grube (1850) with about 8 species. Dasybranchethus Monro (1931) with one species, D. fauveli Monro from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Eunotomastus McIntosh (1885) with one species. Heteromastides Augener (1914) with one species, H. bifidus Augener from southwestern Australia. Heteromastus Eisig (1887) with 3 species. Leiochrides Augener (1914) with 3 species. Leiochrus Ehlers (1912) with one species, L. alutaceus Ehlers from off Sumatra. Mastobranchus Eisig (1887) with 3 species, M. dollfusi Fauvel (1936) from Maroc, M. indicus Southern (1921) from India, and M. trinchesti Eisig (1887) from the Mediterranean Sea. Mediomastus Hartman (1944) with one species. Notomastus Sars (1851) with 3 (possibly 2) subgenera and about 17 species, including: Clistomastus Eisig (1887) with 2 species. Eisigella Gravier (1901) with one species, E. ouanaryensts Gravier from French Guiana. [This may be the same as Clistomastus]. Notomastus with about 14 species. Parheteromastus Monro (1937) with one species, P. tenuis Monro from Burma. Protocapitella Berkeley (1932) with one species. Pseudocapitella Fauvel (1913) with one species, P. incerta Fauvel from Europe. Pulliella Fauvel (1929) with one species, P. armata Fauve! from the Gulf of Manaar, India. Scyphoproctus Gravier (1904) with 2 species, S. djiboutiensis Gravier from the Red Sea, and S. gravieri Okuda (1940) from Japan. [Isomastus Gravier (1911, p. 312) is here regarded the same as Capi- tella, as already suggested by Augener (1932), p. 44.] No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 401 In addition, new species are described as follows; one in Capitella and 3 in Notomastus ; also 2 new species in 2 new genera are erected, and a new generic name is proposed for a previously described species. ‘These are: Capitella ovincola, new species Capitita ambiseta, new genus and species Notomastus magnus, new species Notomastus lobatus, new species Notomastus hemipodus, new species Leiocapitella glabra, new genus and species Dasybranchus platyceps, new species Anotomastus, new genus for Eunotomastus gordiodes Moore The total number of genera is 24. Seventeen are known for a single species only; they are Anotomastus, Barantolla, Branchiocapitella, Capi- tellethus, Capitita, Capitomastus, Dasybranchethus, Eunotomastus, Heteromastides, Leiocapitella, Leiochrus, Mediomastus, Parheteromas- tus, Protocapitella, Pseudocapitella, Pulliella, and possibly also Capi- tellides. A chart has been used instead of a key for the Capitellidae to facili- tate the identification of the various genera. For this purpose the follow- ing scheme is inserted. ‘The outlines represent anterior ends of capitellids that are schematically shown in left lateral view with the prostomium at the left end. Grouping is by number of segments in the thorax, ranging from 9 in the first to 20 in the last. The letter § represents long pointed setae, [7 represents long-handled hooks, and G represents genital hooks. In 2 genera, Capitella and Capitomastus, the arrangement of these parts differs slightly in the 2 sexes, as indicated. In Anotomastus, on the other hand, the first appearance of hooks varies slightly between indi- viduals, regardless of sex. In Capitellethus the presence of setae in the peristomium is not certain, hence the S is preceded by a question mark. In Capitita, a middle abdominal region is characterized by the reappear- ance of setae with hooks, and far posterior segments have only single long setae in notopodia. The presence or absence of branchiae is shbwn where known, but this character may have little generic significance. ‘The separation between thorax and abdomen, if distinct, is indicated by a heavy vertical line; if weak or transitional, a wavy line is used. The specific characters are taken up in greater detail for the species concerned. jpipodojyou avi younag mindalalelalelstelelstslél TS — enoyueseg [piped band o)yaunag EVs Ts ELETEETELELLS smysewo.iaqay 2 eee ee We eee ere aed SLE LETS LETTS TET TEL DS snysueaqoyseyy TERE EEREREEEEILILS § snisewozon MELEE EELS «86 end minds ela stsTs[s] [TS snyseworpayy ee roma SUE RIES esr entnonenaes ee en a A ee 2 Sour eH Megs © © oe '3piyaunug oN nlalsistsisisistsislel S B12111Md an/younig oN niMfoloisteletsisislsl S sapijayideg ASA RRRBRBES e[/apidesoiyouesg ee a ae eee pee yer ee ee SS SE Ne = voL. 10 porpodnund apdiyououg aDIYIUDAG JNOYIIM sO YI! f ao pele av /Yyouvag on ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS IDIYIUDAG UAOLI AMID JOSAtop GDI I LUVHO 403 aeplyTajideg jo erauay euy jO uworTjejuasotday 9d fpeumerselq syjny jesdop ev aniyououg tsi sislslslsielsislelelsisielsisisie| J > s]4n} josaop aan aviyourag flares] slslilelelelselsisislsielelsi | peg ee eee | Sibel ees rebels SMUNenee a ioe( ee ee ee eels elas eepeticeoniend GE eee Poleelcl orale edie es elleleeseenecd: | Waas SIpUPaG ON TERELRELEEE REELS enaydercs7 | ree el lelelerele eles Ss = asnsqooiag sy PREEEREEEEEEEET Ls snysuesqiseg J ssuide pine lop _ Hee RRA SERBREREE snjooAdoyddag eels eleleletelels | |S sepiuoeray | — SnyYSeUojouy Usas JOU adIYyrUbuAg SPIN] jesAtop 24Av evDIYIUDAG aVIYIUDAG ON ig @DIYIUDUG ON HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS a}./Sodtuios 4O a/AULIS aDIYIUDAG H ee uads JOU avDIYdsuUDUg H S | vA a)Djd /DUD YIM H epiyIuvig of H mLilwlalelalelelebs|sislel |S sepasewos2jay 404 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Genus CAPITELLA Blainville Type C. capitata (Fabricius) The thorax consists of 9 segments, of which the first 7 have pointed setae; hooded hooks are present in posterior thoracic segments, some- times accompanied by pointed setae or completely replacing them. Acicu- lar genital hooks replace the hooded hooks in the eighth and ninth noto- podia of male individuals. Rarely there are also a few pointed setae in the eighth segment but their appearance may be irregular. Abdominal parapodia are provided with only hooded hooks. ‘The prostomium is an inconspicuous lobe that lacks eyes; the nuchal slits are weakly developed. Lateral organs are absent and genital apertures are limited to the last few thoracic segments. ‘There are no specialized branchiae. Nephridia are polymeric in some abdominal segments; they open into the epithelium and have no distinct external aperture. Two species have been reported from the Western Hemisphere: they are the cosmopolitan species, C. capitata (Fabricius) and C. dizonata Johnson, from Washington (see below). A third species, C. ovincola, is herein described as new. Isomastus Gravier (1911) is perhaps only a subgenus of Capitella (see Augener, 1932, p. 44) if not congeneric; it is distinguished from Capitella only in that setae as well as hooks may be present in the eighth or also the ninth segment. Key To SPECIES 1. Notopodia of eighth and ninth segments lack setae or hooks in female individuals . : é : : . C. dizonata Notopodia of all segments ae ouniel with setae or hooks . ae Notopodia and neuropodia of sixth and seventh segments or already neuropodia of fifth segment with both capillary setae and hooded hooks; abdominal segments long, length equals nearly 3 times width; abdominal parapodial ridges elevated (pl 44 che: 6) oa ¢ ss | we Gurovincela 2. Parapodia of sixth or also seventh ares with Dae setae only ; abdominal parapodial ridges much less elevated. C. capitata lia Capitella capitata (Fabricius) Plate 43, Figs. 1,2 Fauvel, 1927, pp. 154-155, fig. 55; Berkeley, 1929, p. 312; MacGinitie, 1935, p. 693. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 405 Collections —Many individuals come from Oregon south to southern California from intertidal zones; others are from San Francisco and Mission Bays, California. The details of the hooded hooks in abdominal segments are shown in plate 43, figs. 1 and 2. Node, shoulder, and neck are easily distinguished. The fang is surmounted by a crest of 3 teeth in a straight row; the teeth are well separated from one another. Distribution.—This species is common in black sandy beaches in quiet water; it sometimes occupies beds of considerable extent, especially in estuarine or also brackish water. “Che surface mark of the vertical bur- row is a tiny black cinder cone. Sexually mature individuals are sur- rounded by a debris-covered tube in which the eggs are laid and early development occurs. Capitella ovincola, new species Plate 44, Figs. 1-6 Collection Monterey Bay, California, in 30 to 40 fms, from squid egg mass, June 8, 1931 (many), collected by Mr. G. E. MacGinitie. The general form is slender, elongate; total length of a larger and perhaps mature individual is about 60 mm. In individuals of both sexes the first 4 segments are smooth except for shallow longitudinal wrinkles ; they resemble those farther back. Segments 5 to 9 have a longitudinal groove midventrally and lesser furrows at the sides. Abdominal segments are long and have raised, glandular parapodia. The prostomium is a depressed conical lobe that is longer than wide; it lacks eyespots and the nuchal slits are inconspicuous. The first segment has spreading fascicles of capillary setae in both notopodia and neuro- podia; the next 4 segments are similar or the fifth segment has some hooks in the neuropodia. From the sixth segment the 2 superiormost setae in notopodia and the 4 inferiormost ones in neuropodia may be replaced by hooded hooks that resemble those farther back; they are accompanied by 16 to 20 pointed setae. The seventh segment is similar to the sixth one except that there may be an even greater replacement of hooks for pointed setae especially in the neuropodia. In female individuals the eighth and ninth segments are provided with long-handled, hooded hooks only ; they are arranged in a single row in each fascicle. “Che ninth segment has about 18 hooks in each neuropodium. In male individuals notopodia in the eighth and ninth segments are replaced by specialized genital hooks; the eighth segment has 4 or 5 pairs, the ninth has 3 or 4 406 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 pairs. ‘These hooks are deep yellow, somewhat flattened and slightly falcate distally; they show very few indications of cross striations and notably less than those in C. capitata (Fabricius). ‘Those in the eighth segment are slenderer than those in the ninth one. Anterior abdominal segments are biannulate and longer than wide; at the eighth one they are nearly 3 times as long as wide and they continue proportionately long to the posterior end of the body. Interparapodial nodes are transversely wrinkled as though capable of great extension in life. Abdominal parapodia are located near the posterior margin of the segment. Notopodia and neuropodia are well separated from each other; the neuropodial ridge is typically the longer. ‘These ridges are thick, glandular and opaque white; the posterior portion is thicker and more elevated than the anterior one. In segments far back the posterior flange forms a neat, thick crescent behind and around the uncinal ridge. Genital pores resemble those in C. capitata (Fabricius) ; in the fe- male they form a pair of elongate, oval, opaque white areas at the sides of the body and they are located on the seventh and eighth segments. Abdominal hooks are long shafted and terminate in a beak that is covered over with a delicate hood. The major fang is long and nearly at right angles to the shaft; it is surmounted by 4 (or rarely 5) fine teeth in a transverse row. ‘The hyaline hood extends only slightly beyond the distal teeth. The shaft has a conspicuous asymmetrical node. The fibril- lations extend basally to the end but distally only to the neck. Shoulder and neck regions are clearly marked. The posterior end tapers to a narrow ring and ends in a small collar- like pygidium with a mid-dorsal notch; there are seemingly no terminal appendages. C. ovincola is known to occur only in the gelatinous lobed egg masses of squid; it forms compact clumps in the egg jelly; in June various stages of development to maturity are present. Individuals are irregularly intertwined with one another but each is sheathed in a thin, flexible, chitinous layer; there is no distinct tube or burrow. C. ovincola differs from C. capitata grossly in being noticeably larger and having greatly prolonged abdominal segments. Abdominal para- podia are thicker and larger than those in C. capitata. Hooded hooks May accompany setae in the sixth and seventh setigerous segments or be present already in the fifth one. Genital hooks number 4 or 5 pairs in the eighth segment and 3 or 4 pairs in the ninth one. Abdominal hooks have 4 or 5 teeth above the fang instead of only 3. The 2 species differ No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 407 widely in the nature of their habitat; C. ovincola is known only from squid egg masses whereas C. capitata inhabits fine black silt in littoral Zones. I am indebted to Mr. and Mrs. G. E. MacGinitie for the collection on which this species is based. Holotype-—AHF no. 118; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Founda- tion. Type locality—Monterey Bay, California, in 30 to 40 fms, in gel- atinous masses of squid eggs. Distribution—Monterey Bay, California. Capitella dizonata Johnson Johnson, 1901, pp. 415-416, pl. 11, figs. 119-121. No collections are available, and the type and only known specimen is not known to exist. The species was described from a single, incom- plete individual, presumably an immature female that was collected from intertidal zones at Port Orchard, Washington. The original and only account (Johnson, 1901, pp. 415-416, pl. 11, figs. 119-121) is not clear on all points. ‘The first 7 segments have pointed setae only, and such setae are continued posteriorly in notopodia through at least the first abdominal segment but are thereafter replaced by hooks. However, ac- cording to the account “‘dorsal setae of the eighth and ninth somites appear to be entirely wanting.” ‘There are thus 7 segments with setae above and below, followed by 2 segments lacking notopodia but having hooks in neuropodia; the first abdominal segment has setae in notopodia and hooks in neuropodia. If these stated characters are typical, C. dizonata is at once distinct from other species of the genus even though additional details are lack- ing. It may be suggested, however, that if the description was actually based on an immature male individual in which the modified genital hooks of the eighth and ninth segments either had not yet developed or had been retracted, the species may prove to be conspecific with another known form, possibly Capitella capitata (see above). ‘The uncertainty seems difficult to clarify unless the holotype or topotypes can be examined. Genus MEDIOMASTUS Hartman Type M. californiensis Hartman The thorax consists of 11 segments, of which the first lacks parapodial parts; segments 2 to 5 have pointed setae only and segments 6 to 11 are 408 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 provided with hooded hooks only. The abdominal segments have only hooded hooks throughout. Special branchiae are wanting. Lateral organs are present from the first setigerous segment and probably con- tinued throughout. Nephridial apertures are few, limited to posterior thoracic segments. ‘The proboscis is epithelial, it is papillated on its proximal! portion and smooth distally. A single species is known. Mediomastus californiensis Hartman Plate 46, Figs. 3, 4 Hartman, 1944, p. 264. Collections—Numerous individuals come from central California and Oregon, in intertidal zones. Lateral organs are present from the first setigerous segment and are continued throughout the thorax; they are located between notopodia and neuropodia and slightly nearer the former. hey are continued through abdominal segments in a similar position, but are sometimes difficult to distinguish because of their small size. Nephridial apertures number only 3 pairs; they are first present in the segmental groove between the seventh and eighth, and are continued back to the ninth and tenth, setiger- ous segments. None have been identified in the abdomen. Genital aper- tures are seemingly absent. Hooded hooks have a closely fitting hood with a small aperture. ‘The shaft is thick and compact with a gently sloping node. Shoulder and neck regions are well defined. On the beak the fang is thick, strong, and surmounted by 3 well-separated teeth arranged in a triangle as seen in frontal view. ‘The fibrillations of the core extend from the base dis- tally to the beak. Distribution —This is known to occur commonly in intertidal, estuarine zones from Oregon south to central California. It inhabits muddy sand that is fairly compact and fine in composition. Genus CAPITITA, new genus Type C. ambiseta, new species Pointed setae and hooded hooks are present in both thorax and ab- domen. ‘The first segment is apodous and achaetous; the second to fifth segments are provided with only pointed setae in both notopodia and neuropodia. ‘The sixth to tenth segments have only hooded hooks that resemble those farther back. “The eleventh segment is transitional; its parapodia are provided with only hooks. In the abdomen the first 8 to 16 No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 409 segments are provided with hooded hooks only; thereafter neuropodia have hooks only but the notopodia have both pointed setae and hooks; far posterior notopodia have pointed setae only. ‘There are no visible branchiae, lateral organs or nephridial apertures. “The posterior end terminates in a long caudal tail. Capitita differs from nearly related genera in that median and pos- terior notopodia are provided with both hooks and pointed setae (pl. 45, fig. 4). Capitita ambiseta, new species Plate 45, Figs. 1-4 Collections —1442-41 (about 6); 1445-42 (many); 1451-42 (4). There are numerous tiny, adult or mature individuals; the general form is minute, threadlike, the entire length is only 12 to 15 mm and width is about 0.5 mm. ‘otal number of segments is about 70. In life the body is purplish red as in most other capitellids; preserved it is pale. ‘The surface epithelium is smooth except for segmental grooves (pl. 45, fig. 1). Separation between the thorax and abdomen is not sharp, but the abdomen is slightly wider than the thorax in its posterior portion and the alimentary tract widens in the latter region (to be seen in translucent individuals in life). The prostomium is slightly flattened and tapers anteriorly to a short palpode; it lacks visible pigment or eyespots. Nuchal slits have not been identified. ‘The partly everted proboscis is globular, its surface covered with low papillae. ‘The first segment or peristomium is smooth and longer than those following. Segments 2 to 5 are provided with noto- podial and neuropodial fascicles of pointed setae. “The first setigerous segment has 4 or 5 setae above, 3 to 5 below; the second has 5 or 6 setae above and about the same number below; the third has 6 above and about 5 below; the fourth has as many or more. ‘The next 5 segments are pro- vided with only long-handled, hooded hooks in both notopodia and neuro- podia; they number 6 to 11 in a fascicle and resemble those in the abdomen. ‘The eleventh segment seems to be transitional in that in its length it compares with those in front, but in the position of its parapodia it is like those in back. In the abdomen, anterior notopodia through 8 to 16 segments are provided with only hooded hooks; thereafter, the superiormost hook in a fascicle is replaced by 1 or 2 slender, pointed setae. In about the last 25 notopodia hooks are seemingly absent; a single, longer slightly curved seta 410 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 projects from the fascicle. Abdominal neuropodia are similar throughout in that they are provided with only hooded hooks; the ridges in anterior and median segments are longer and less conspicuously raised than those farther back, but the change is gradual. There are no special parapodial respiratory organs, but in life the blood may be observed passing in and out of the long caudal appendage; respiration may be partly accomplished in this way. ‘The body tapers gradually and terminates in 2 smooth rings that lack setae; they are followed by the caudal ring and ventral appendage. ‘The anal aperture is dorsoposterior and immediately above the base of the thick, digitate tail. When completely retracted, the tail has the appearance shown in plate 45, fig. 4; in life it is capable of great extension such that its length may exceed that of the last 10 segments. Abdominal hooded hooks are unique in having a slender shaft proxi- mal to the node; they increase in thickness abruptly at the node and again in the hooded portion. The hood is voluminous and has a large aperture. The fang is long, curved, and surmounted by 3 well-separated teeth in a straight transverse series. Capitita ambiseta inhabits soft silty mud flats in estuaries where it forms beds. Individuals are surrounded by closely fitting tubes of fine debris and mucus; the tubes are arranged more or less vertically in the upper layers of the silt. In life the individual usually lies head down with tail directed upward; the long caudal appendage projects above the sub- stratum, moving back and forth, presumably for aeration. C. ambiseta is associated with several other small annelids, notably Streblospio benedicti Webster, Spiophanes missionensis Hartman, and a tiny undescribed sabellid. From each of these, C. ambiseta can be dis- tinguished in the field by its tube, its characteristic capitellid movements, and its color. The generic name refers to the minuteness in size as compared with other known capitellids and the specific name to the dual appearance of pointed setae in both thorax and abdomen. Holotype-—AHF no. 119; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Founda- tion. Type locality—Newport Bay, California; in sandy mud _ banks exposed at low tide line. Distribution Southern California; intertidal. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 411 Genus NOTOMASTUS Sars Key To SUBGENERA 1. Nephridial apertures reduced to a few on the thorax, or absent; hood of abdominal hooks not voluminous, beak usually with 5 subequal teeth (pl. 47, fig. 2) . : ' : . Clistomastus 1. Nephridial apertures on the abdomen only or also on the thorax; hood of abdominal hooks greatly eae (pl. 50, fig. 3), beak variously formed . : ; ; ‘ . Notomastus Subgenus NOTOMASTYUS Eisig Type N. latericeus Sars The thorax consists of 12 segments; the second to twelfth are pro- vided with only pointed setae in notopodia and neuropodia. ‘The ab- domen is provided with only hooded hooks. Branchiae are absent or present as eversible filaments or as noneversible vesicular pouches located on or near some abdominal ridges. Nephridia are present on some or all abdominal segments or also on some thoracic segments. Abdominal hooks are unusual in the only 2 species available for study in that the hood is greatly enlarged (pl. 50, fig. 3 and pl. 51, fig. 2) ; in one of them the beak is also unique (pl. 50, fig. 3). Eight species have been described or recorded from the Western Hemisphere, but 2 (N. luridus Verrill and N. tenuis Moore) are here referred to Clistomastus (see below) and another (N. gracilis Verrill) is discussed under the genus Heteromastus. Some of the remaining 5 species are incompletely known. They are: 1. N. agassizi McIntosh (1885, p. 389) off New York in 1,340 fms. This remains incompletely known. See also Eisig, 1887, p. 868. 2. N. brasiliensis Grube (1868, p. 27) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. This is incompletely known. See also Eisig, 1887, p. 867. 3. N. giganteus Moore, p. 227. 4. N. latericeus Sars. ‘This has been reported from the northeast coast of North America. See Eisig, 1887, pp. 861-863. 5. N. parvus Berkeley (1929, p. 312) from British Columbia. Extra-American species are N. eisigi Benham (1916, p. 148) from south Australia; also N. exsertilis St. Joseph, N. formianus Eisig, and N. profundus Eisig from western Europe (see Fauvel, 1927, p. 147), 412 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 N. sinuosus Grube (1877) from China, N. zeylanica Willey (1905, p. 287) from the Gulf of Manaar, and N. annenkowae Zachs (1933, p. 130) from the North Japan Sea. Key TO SPECIES 1. Abdominal hooks supposedly lack a hyaline hood. .. N. sa 1. Abdominal hooks have a hood . : ‘ 2 2. Branchiae retractile, forming full bifurcated ee ee emerge from the posterior face of notopodia (pl. 50, fig. 6) present in median and posterior abdominal segments . : . N. magnus 2. Branchiae not retractile, consist of long filamentous structures (pl. 51, fig. 4) that arise from median and posterior abdominal neuropodia . ; 5 : . : ; , . N. lobatus Notomastus magnus, new species Plate 50, Figs. 1-6 Dasybranchus giganteus Moore, 1909, p. 279, not Moore, 1906, p. 227 (see below). Notomastus giganteus Berkeley, 1941, pp. 48-49. Collections.—905-38 (posterior end); 1032-40 (6), 1130-40 (1); 1133-40 (fragment) ; 1142-40 (2); 1211-40 (many); 1252-41 (1); 1254-41 (1) ; 1265-41 (1) ; 1293-41 (1) ; 1294-41 (fragment) ; 1387-41 (1); 1441-41 (1) ; 1442-41 (3) ; 1457-42 (1); many others come from northern, central, and southern California, from shore stations especially in mud flat areas. Mature individuals are large and robust; the total length approaches 30 cm (preserved) for larger specimens. In the thorax the body is about 7mm wide. ‘The thoracic epithelium is areolated throughout but decreas- ingly so in its posterior part (pl. 50, fig. 1). Lateral organs are present on all thoracic and abdominal segments; they are conspicuous in both regions, but in the thorax they may be more or less withdrawn since they are somewhat retractile as typical for these parts. “They are located at the sides of the body, between notopodial and neuropodial ridges and slightly nearer the former. The prostomium is a short, flattened lobe with subglobular palpode at its anterior end; it lacks eyespots but the nuchal slits are clearly visible near the posterior margin. ‘The proboscis is coarsely papillated on its No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 413 proximal part, smooth and epithelial distally, but the two regions are not sharply separated from each other. The thorax consists of 12 segments; each is biannulate and the 2 rings are nearly equal. The first one (peristomium) is apodous and achaetous. The second to twelfth segments have notopodial and neuropodial fascicles each provided with slender, pointed setae. “The first fascicles are slightly smaller than those farther back but similar in other respects. Abdominal parapodia are provided with hooded hooks only. ‘They are arranged in single series, in ridges that are shorter in notopodia, longer in neuropodia. Notopodial tori in anterior, median and posterior abdominal segments do not differ from one another except that there is a gradual decrease in length posteriorly with diminishing width of body. Branchiae are conspicuous, tufted, retractile lobes, in median and posterior abdominal segments; they are already present from about the twenty-sixth abdominal segment, or on the second segment after the dis- appearance of the genital pores. ‘The first few pairs are small and consist of a few eversible lobes; they are located immediately behind the outer posterior side of the notopodium (pl. 50, fig. 6). Where best developed, they gradually come to consist of a double tuft of about 40 or more vesicular filaments; they gradually diminish in size and number of branches in posterior segments. Nephridial pores have not been found on the thorax. ‘They are first present from the first abdominal segment and are probably continued posteriorly to the end. ‘The external aperture is in a transverse groove, immediately behind the lateral organ, between notopodial and neuro- podial ridges. In mature individuals, the first 20 to 24 pairs are modified as genital pores. “These are conspicuous in female individuals, present from the first to about the twenty-fourth abdominal segment but they are abruptly absent thereafter. Abdominal hooded hooks are long handled with shaft slightly twisted. “The shoulder and neck are slender and continuous. ‘The beak is sharply curved to form a large rounded crescent and a fang that is pro- portionately smaller than usual; it is flattened and terminates in a small boss. ‘The crest is a closely fitting cap, smooth on its side except for’a short tranverse row of 4 small teeth above; on its inner concave side it is neatly sculptured with longitudinal crenulate ridges that number about 15 to 20; they terminate in short denticles. These crenulations probably correspond to the teeth of other species. “The secondary short row has 4 teeth that alternate with 5 of the crenulations in the major row. ‘The 414 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 condition of both fang and teeth is unique to this species. The hood likewise departs widely from that in other species in that it is high, voluminous, and has a large aperture that perhaps leaves much of the beak exposed even when the hooks are retracted in the paranedium; its distal free edge is finely serrated. ‘The cleft is short. The shaft is finely and closely fibrillated into the beaked end. ‘The great distance between the node and base of the hood is noticeable in this species. Its large hood is to be compared only with that in N. Jobatus (see below). The posterior end of the body tapers and terminates in a simple, collarlike ring without caudal appendages. Color in life is deep reddish brown; branchiae are dark red. Notomastus magnus is characterized in having an areolated thorax with conspicuous lateral organs on all segments. Abdominal neuropodial tori are long and the 2 of a pair approach each other midventrally. Nephridial apertures are present only in the abdomen. Genital apertures in mature individuals are large and well developed on the first 20 to 24 abdominal segments. Retractile branchiae are bushy tufts; they arise from the posteroectal margin of the notopodial tori; they are present from about the twenty-sixth abdominal segment and continued posteriorly perhaps to the end. Hooded hooks are unique in that the lower main tooth is comparatively small and flat and partly surmounted by a double caplike structure, with a short transverse row of teeth on its outer side and sculptured with 18 to 22 crenulate ridges on its inner surface. It differs from other species of Notomastus particularly in the character of the branchiae and the distal ends of the hooded hooks. These numerous individuals are believed to be conspecific with a col- lection of 6 individuals that originated from intertidal zones in San Diego Bay, California, reported as Dasybranchus giganteus (Moore, 1909, p. 279). Although actual comparison of individuals has not been possible, they are believed to be different from the Alaskan, deep-water species, Notomastus giganteus Moore (1906, p. 227). ‘The former were described as follows: the protruded proboscis is subglobular, with 8 sul- cated, radiating lobes and a closely granulated basal ring; thoracic seg- ments are areolated on the surface; abdominal segments have neuro- podial tori with extensive low ridges that become more elevated dorsally and end abruptly in a prominence; above them is the small but distinctly rounded, ovoid lateral organ. The very small notopodial tori are dorsal and connected across the dorsum by a low transverse fold; posteriorly they become very obscure. Branchiae are conspicuous bushy tufts of 20 to 30 SS SS ESSE No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 415 filaments ; they arise from the posterior end of the notopodial torus. How- ever, abdominal lateral organs were described as distinct only posteriorly where the tori become widely separated; thoracic lateral organs and genital pores were not observed. Except for these differences there is remarkable agreement. Since the ecological and geographical distribu- tions are the same, I suggest that these individuals are actually conspecific with those described as N. magnus but that they are probably not the same as N. giganteus Moore from deep water off Alaska. N. giganteus Berkeley (1941, p. 48) from Anaheim Slough, California, may also belong here. Notomastus giganteus Fauvel (1932, p. 194) from off Ceylon and Orissa is perhaps some other species, since only the first 9 (instead of 20 to 24) pairs of genital pores are conspicuous and the abdominal notopodia are obsolete to vestigial ; also the branchiae consist of a transverse row of small filiform papillae instead of a dual branched structure as in N. magnus (pl. 51, fig. 6). Holotype—AHF no. 120; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Founda- tion. Type locality—Tomales Bay, California; intertidal. Distribution.—This species occupies an extensive geographic area, in intertidal or littoral zones, from northern California south at least to San Diego, California. It occurs in sandy mud flats that have daily exchange of tidal currents and especially in zones that are covered over by narrow-leaved eelgrass (Phyllospadix). Notomastus lobatus, new species Plate 51, Figs. 1-5 Collections —1107-40 (1); 1069-40 (about 60 anterior ends). The longest and largest individual (station 1107-40) consists of thorax and 47 abdominal segments (posteriorly incomplete) and measures about 60 mm long and 5.5 mm wide in the thorax. Segments are strongly biannulate in the thorax and the epithelium is finely areolated in a longitudinal direction. The biannulation of abdominal segments is somewhat obscured by 3 to 5 additional shallow grooves between suc- cessive parapodial ridges. The proboscis (not everted in any individual) is papillated on its proximal part and perhaps over much of its surface (observed by dis- section). ‘The prostomium is a plain, triangular, slightly depressed lobe, without eyespots but with a pair of nuchal slits at its posterior margin. 416 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 The first segment is achaetous and apodous. Segments 2 to 12 are pro- vided with notopodial and neuropodial fascicles, the first pair already well developed. Lateral organs are small but present from the first setigerous segment; they are located between notopodia and neuropodia and slightly nearer the former. In the abdomen the ventrum is flat, solelike and the dorsum is increas- ingly arched upward in posterior segments. Neuropodial tori are long in a tranverse direction; they extend ventrally so that the 2 of a segment approach each other midventrally (pl. 51, fig. 4). The superior portion of the ridge is highly vesicular and branchial, already from the first; by the thirteenth or fourteenth abdominal segment it comes to be a long simple lobe which continues so through at least 18 segments (a posterior portion is lacking). ‘These branchiae are not retractile; they are merely prolongations of the superior part of the neuropodial torus. Lateral organs in the abdomen are low, ovoid papillae located just above the inflated neuropodial lobe; they are visible in this position through the known length (about 47 abdominal segments). Notopodial tori are seemingly absent from the abdomen. Instead, the epithelium is thin, inflated and the longitudinal muscles are visible through the body wall around the dorsal and lateral portions of the body: Nephridial apertures are present in the thorax and abdomen. In the former they are to be found in the segmental grooves, between the seventh and eighth setigerous segments, about half way between notopodia and neuropodia and are continued posteriorly to between the eleventh and twelfth segments. In the abdomen they are on the first 3 segments, im- mediately in front of the lateral organ. Hooded hooks are long handled; the shaft is coarsely and distinctly fibrillated. ‘The distal end terminates in a bifid beak with a voluminous hood that fits loosely about the beak. ‘The fang is strong, large and directed slightly downward. It is surmounted by 3 or 4 teeth in a single row; the fourth tooth may be lacking and if present is usually a smaller one at the end of the series. ‘The large hood is more nearly like that in N. magnus (see above) than in any other species examined. N. lobatus is characterized by its peculiar simple, lobed, nonretractile branchiae that are prolongations of the superior neuropodial ridge; they are present from about the fourteenth abdominal segment and continued posteriorly. Notopodial abdominal tori are believed to be absent. Hooded hooks have a large, loosely fitting hood; the crest consists of a transverse row of 3 or 4 small teeth. Lateral organs are visible on all known seg- No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 417 ments. Nephridial pores are present on posterior thoracic and abdominal segments located in the segmental grooves. Holotype-—AHF no. 121; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foun- dation. Type loaclity—Sta. 1107-40, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia in 29-35 fms. Distribution.—N. lobatus is known only from the upper end of the Gulf of California at Consag Rock and south to Espiritu Santo Island, in 21 to 35 fms on a muddy bottom. Notomastus giganteus Moore Moore, 1906, pp. 227-228, pl. 11, figs. 24, 25. Not Dasybranchus gigant- eus Moore, 1909 (see above, underNotomastus magnus) It has not been possible to examine any authentically labelled speci- mens of this species nor any from near the type locality. “The holotype is deposited in the U.S. National Museum. ‘The species was originally described from Chatham Strait, Alaska in 282-293 fms (Moore, 1906, pp. 227-228) based on a single individual that was not very well pre- served; additional individuals attributed to the same species originated in the Gulf of Georgia in only 31 to 90 fms. ‘The following characters are those of the holotype as first recorded. Total length is about 6 inches. The protruded proboscis (collapsed) is discoid and wrinkled, hence presumably not papillated at the base. The prostomium is a small, rounded lobe with a minute conical palpode. No mention is made of eyes or nuchal slits. “The thoracic segments are strongly biannulate, the anterior ring the shorter. Each ring is marked out in irregular areas [areolated] one series to each ring, but setigerous segments 3 to 6 are irregularly arranged in 2 series. From the seventh setigerous segment the rings are smooth, more glandular than those anterior, and they decrease in length but the last one is about one and one-half times as long as the first abdominal segment. No lateral sense organs or genital pores could be detected in surface view. [Hence this is at once different from N. magnus, see above, in which both lateral organs and nephridial apertures are conspicuous, pl. 50 fig. 1.] Abdominal segments are very short and have shallow, ill-defined fur- rows. They are either simple rings or in the anterior region they are obscurely biannulate. The surface is smooth, the integument provided with a thick, glandular coat anteriorly. ‘The neuropodial [originally called notopodial] tori are very long, not elevated above the surface. 418 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Notopodial tori are much more elevated and prominent, especially in posterior segments, but they are much shorter than the neuropodial ones and contain a much smaller number of uncini. Branchiae were described as low, rather long, inconspicuous folds. Abdominal hooks are shown with a strong fang, nearly at a right angle to the main stem and surmounted by a semicircle of 8 or 9 small teeth above, designated a depressed hood (crest as herein used). A hyaline sheath or hood is presumably absent. In several important respects this individual is thus strikingly dif- ferent from N. magnus (see above). The pattern of the proboscis, thoracic epithelium and abdominal parapodia are notably different. Hooded hooks of the abdomen are distally provided with a main fang overarched by only 8 or 9 denticles. Even if the branchiae were com- pletely retracted in this individual, which is not unlikely, and were thus not described, there are still other significant differences between N. giganteus and N. magnus, especially in the lateral organs and neph- ridia, the segmental grooves of the abdomen, the proboscis and the ab- dominal hooks (see above). A more complete knowledge of the species, N. giganteus, depends therefore either on reexamination of the holotype specimen or a redescrip- tion based on collections from the type locality. Subgenus CLISTOMASTUS Eisig Type Notomastus (C.) lineatus Claparéde This agrees with Notomastus (sensu stricto) in many respects except that nephridial apertures are limited to a few posterior thoracic segments, or are reduced or even absent. Abdominal hooks are hooded; the fang is straight and slender or somewhat recurved and surmounted by a crest of 5 (rarely 6) teeth in a single or alternating transverse row. ‘The shaft is fibrillated throughout its length except for a soft, slightly granu- lar base. Only one species, N. (C.) lineatus (see below) has heretofore been referred to this genus. “Iwo others, N. tenuis Moore and N. luridus Verrill are newly ascribed to it and a fourth, N. hemipodus, is newly described. A fifth species, known as Eisigella ouanaryensis Gravier (1902, p. 266) may also belong here. The genus Eisigella Gravier is known through this single species and is said to differ from Notomastus only in that nephridial pores are either absent or rudimentary. ‘This No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 419 character may have only specific significance or even be at least partly dependent on the age of the individual. Key To SPECIES 1. Abdominal neuropodia enlarged, branchial; the first setigerous segment complete with notopodia and neuropodia. é 3 : 2 : ING (Ge) re 1. Abdominal enrages not so AN ep first setigerous segment with notopodia but not neuropodia . : ; ' 2 ee Prostomium with eyes : . : ; wes Prostomium without eyes (pl. 49, fig. 2). .N. (C.) luridus Prostomial eyes consist of oval patches of 15 to 20 each (pl. 47, fig. 4) posterior notopodia somewhat prolonged (pl. 47, fig. 5) 2 : : z i : . .N. (C.) tenuis SP eee | eyes consist of a Pee pair of small spots (pl. 48, fig. 3) ; posterior notopodia not so prolonged (pl. 48, fig. 2) . ‘ é ei : 5 is : j i .N. (C.) hemipodus WINN Notomastus (Clistomastus) lineatus (Claparéde) Plate 46, Figs. 1, 2 Notomastus lineatus Fauvel, 1927, pp. 145-146, fig. 51; Berkeley, 1932, pp. 674-675. Collection—1457-42 (2 anterior ends). Two small, short anterior fragments are referred to this species. They consist of the thorax and 5 abdominal segments and measure only 14mm long. The thorax is much inflated at the fourth to sixth setigerous segments. Its surface is strongly areolated through the first 6 segments. Notopodial and neuropodial setal fascicles are well developed through the second to twelfth thoracic segments. Nephridial pores are visible between the eighth/ninth, ninth/tenth, and tenth/eleventh thoracic setigerous segments; they number only 3 pairs. In the abdomen the thoracic uncinigerous tori are short and approach each other mid-dorsally. The superior edge of the neuropodium is in- flated and branchial. Neuropcodial tori are long and largely ventral in position ; the two of a segment approach each other midventrally. Lateral organs are visible on all segments; they are in the usual position between notopodia and neuropodia. ‘The prostomium is conical and has a short palpode. ‘There are 2 elongate patches or pigmented eyespots at the dorsolateral posterior margin and in front of the nuchal slits. 420 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Hooded hooks are angled proximally, the shaft turned abruptly back near the base. On the back of the hook the node is sharp. “The hood is short but spacious. ‘The beak is long, slender and surmounted by 5 well separated teeth in a slightly crescentic row (pl. 46, fig. 1). The fibrillations of the core are widely spaced and extend to the base of the hook. Distribution —Notomastus (Clistomastus) lineatus has been previ- ously recorded from British Columbia (Berkeley, 1932, p. 675). The present record is from Newport Bay, southern California, from muddy flats at low tide line. ‘These are the only known records from the Western Hemisphere. Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis Moore Plate 47, Figs. 1-5 Notomastus tenuis Moore, 1909, pp. 277-278, pl. 9, fig. 55. Notomastus angulatus Chamberlain, 1919b, pp. 16-17; Berkeley, 1929, p. 312; MacGinitie, 1935, p. 694. Eisigella tenuis Berkeley, 1942, p. 198. Collections —903-38 (7) ; 905-38 (5); 1211-40 (2); 1368-41 (1); 1441-41 (many) ; 1443-41 (3); 1445-42 (1); 1447-42 (many) ; 1450- 42 (6); 1451-42 (2); 1457-42 (several) ; 1472-42 (1); 1492-42 (5); many others from central and southern California from intertidal areas. The body is long, slender and appears nodular in its posterior ex- tremity because of the elevated notopodia (pl. 47, fig. 5). The thorax is weakly areolated through its anterior half but smooth thereafter. A shallow longitudinal groove extends along the sides of the thorax (pl. 47, fig. 1). The prostomium is depressed conical; it has a pair of elongate, pigmented ocular areas at the posterior margin in front of the nuchal slits ; each area consists of 15 to 20 spots. The proboscis is coarsely papil- lated proximally but smooth and epithelial distally. The first visible segment is apodous and achaetous; it is about one and one-third times as long as the next segment (pl. 47, fig. 1). The first setigerous segment has notopodia but neuropodia are absent. The next 10 segments have notosetal and neurosetal fascicles of slender, pointed setae. ‘The peristomial ring and the next 7 segments are weakly areolated (pl. 47, fig. 1). Lateral organs are small; each is visible as a tiny papilla between the parts of a parapodium but nearer the notopodium; they are present throughout thoracic and abdominal segments. ‘There are no branchiae No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 421 or other special parapodial structures that function as such but in a far posterior region both rami of the parapodia come to be somewhat elevated to form vesicular lobes (pl. 47, fig. 3). Abdominal parapodia are well separated from one another. In median segments the ridges are only slightly elevated but farther back the notopodia are progressively longer and directed posteriorly. Uncini in a series are few, those in the notopodia less numerous. Median seg- ments have only 4 or 5 in the dorsal ramus and 6 to 10 in the ventral one. Farther back the notopodium may have only 1 or 2 inconspicuous hooks that are easily overlooked and the neuropodium may have 4 or 5. Hooded hooks are characteristic. [he distal end is hooked and covered with a hood that extends only slightly beyond the beaked end; it has a restricted oval aperture. The hook has a thickened shoulder ana slender neck and terminates in a long fang surmounted by a crescentic row of 4 or 5 short teeth. In lateral view the crescentic row gives the impression of only 2 small teeth. Nephridial apertures are present on the thorax, in the segmental grooves at the sides of the body; the first are between the seventh and eighth, the last between the tenth and eleventh, setigerous segments ; they number 4 pairs (pl. 47, fig. 1). This species is herein newly referred to the subgenus Clistomasrus because nephridial pores, though small, are present on some thoracic seg- ments. ‘There are no specialized branchiae but in median and posterior abdominal segments the parapodial ridges may be branchial in function. Abdominal hooded hooks have a transverse row of 4 or 5 teeth above the fang. Notomastus angulatus Chamberlain is now believed to be conspecific with N. (C.) tenuis since the slight differences that have been used to separate them (relative thickness of thorax and abdomen and rugosity of posterior segments) are characters that are believed to intergrade among individuals of a species. N. tenuis Moore (1909, p. 277) was originally described from San Diego, California; it was based on a single macerated individual. N. angulatus Chamberlin (1919b, p. 16) was also described from southern California at Laguna Beach. It was separated from the first for having a more angulate thoracic cross section but no distinct morphological differences have been found between them. I agree with Berkeley (1942, p. 198) that branchiae and genital pores are absent; however, nephridial pores have been found in posterior thor- acic segments in individuals from California and Oregon; the species is 422 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 therefore referred to Clistomastus instead. Furthermore, as suggested in the generic diagnosis above, Eisigella may prove to be congeneric with Clistomastus. Distribution.—Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis is common in inter- tidal zones of California from San Diego north to northern California and Oregon. As Eisigella tenuis (Moore) it has been reported from British Columbia in intertidal zones (Berkeley, 1929, p. 312). Notomastus (Clistomastus) luridus Verrill Plate 49, Figs. 1-5 Notomastus luridus Verrill, 1873, p. 610; Hartman, 1942, pp. 68-69. Material examined.—Barnstable, Massachusetts, August 30, 1875 (4 specimens from Verrill’s collection at Yale University). Total length exceeds 80 mm (preserved) but none of the individuals is entire. The prostomium is depressed, approximately triangular, about as long as wide or slightly longer; it has a slenderer anterior prolongation corresponding to a palpode; there are no visible eyespots; the nuchal slits occupy the usual position at the posterior margin. ‘The proboscis, everted more or less completely in 3 individuals, is sacklike, coarsely papillated on its proximal portion but smooth and glistening distally; separation be- tween the 2 regions is abrupt. When the proboscis is completely everted the papillar region is hardly visible. The entire thoracic region is areolated but most conspicuously in the first 6 segments and decreasingly thereafter. “The abdominal region is smooth except for transverse and oblique folds and wrinkles. Separation between thorax and abdomen is more or less distinct because of the change in parapodial parts from setae to hooks and because the body tends to be abruptly wider in the abdomen than in the last thoracic seg- ment. Most of the thoracic length is marked by a broad, shallow ventral groove and lesser furrows at the sides between the notopodial and neuro- podial parts. The first segment or peristomium is apodous and achaetous; it is entire or weakly biannulate on its ventral side; its iength is about that of the next segment. ‘The second, or first setigerous, segment is wider and provided with an inconspicuous notopodial fascicle and a small laterat organ on either side; these parts may be more or less withdrawn so as to be hardly visible. “The second setigerous segment is similar but the noto- podium is slightly larger and a minute neuropodial fascicle can be dis- tinguished. By the third setigerous segment the setal fascicles are still NO. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 423 small but by the fourth they are much larger and have the characteristic fan-shaped fascicles as those farther back. Lateral organs increase in size to the middle of the thoracic region but they tend to be somewhat con- cealed by the shallow lateral groove and by a superior raised portion of the neuropodia; they are located between the parts of the parapodia but nearer the dorsal branch. Nephridial pores have not been distinguished in any part of the thorax or abdomen but whether they are present during a stage in the ontogeny of this species cannot be determined from the single collection available. The last 3 or 4 segments of the thorax are longer and slenderer than those farther in front; the length is nearly twice the width at its greatest development; the setal fascicles are at the anterior end of the posterior half but the last thoracic segment is again shorter and its parapodia are located near the posterior end of the segment. Abdominal segments are noticeably shorter and wider than the pos- teriormost thoracic segment. A sharp, narrow groove extends length- wise along the middorsum. Parapodial ridges are located on the pos- terior third and move gradually farther back toward the segmental groove. By the eighth or ninth segment there is an anterior, inflated portion and a constricted posterior third on which are located the un- cinigerous tori. When individuals are strongly contracted through pres- ervation, the inflated region may have the appearance of being strongly wrinkled in a transverse direction. Notopodial ridges are shorter than the neuropodial ones and dorsal in position but the 2 of a pair are separated by a narrow space and by the narrow longitudinal furrow. Neuropodial ridges are ventrolateral in position and the 2 of a pair are separated by a broad space that extends nearly across the width of the body. Neuropodial uncini are in longer rows, bounded by a raised membrane that is prolonged dorsally so as to extend nearly to the notopodium but the 2 are separated by a depression in which the papillar lateral organ is located (pl. 49, fig. 1). This arrangement continues posteriorly through at least 60 abdominal seg- ments. No branchiae or nephridial pores have been distinguished. The hooded hooks of the abdomen have a shaft with distinct but short shoulder and neck regions. The hood is short and extends distally only slightly beyond the crest. The margin of the aperture appears smooth but may be vaguely dentate. The beak terminates in a long fang sur- mounted by a crest with 5 teeth arranged in 2 rows in which 3 teeth below alternate with 2 above (pl. 49, fig. 5). The base of the shaft is only slightly curved backward. 424 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 According to Verrill (1873) color in life is dark purplish brown with a bluish iridescence anteriorly and a darker median dorsal line posteriorly ; the surface is strewn with minute white spots. This species is herewith referred to the subgenus Clistomastus because nephridia are seemingly either vestigial or absent; abdominal hooded hooks are similar to those in the other species of Clistomastus that have been examined but in this species the hooks are unique in that the 5 teeth in the crest are not in a straight row but 2 have been displaced upward to form a second, alternating row. I am indebted to Dr. Stanley Ball of the Peabody Museum of Natural History at Yale University for the loan of materials on which this redescription is based. Distribution —Notomastus (Clistomastus) luridus is known from localities in New England south to New Jersey, from intertidal zones. Notomastus (Clistomastus) hemipodus, new species Plate 48, Figs. 1-5 Collections—Numerous individuals come from the vicinity of Beau- fort, North Carolina; some were dredged from shallow waters in Bogue Sound, others come from muddy sand shoals exposed at low water near the mouth of the Newport River and from Bird Shoal. In size this species is intermediate between the other capitellids with which it occurs, including the smaller Heteromastus filiformis (Clapa- réde) and the larger Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube. Length of 52 segments (posteriorly somewhat incomplete) is about 30 mm; the maxi- mum width in the thorax is 1.5 to 1.7 mm. The epithelium of the thorax is somewhat areolated through only the first 5 segments; the last 7 seg- ments are increasingly smoother. The body is slightly arched upward in its anterior portion as in other capitellids. “The abdomen is nearly smooth except for the glandular ridges and transverse wrinkles of con- traction. The prostomium is an elongate, triangular, somewhat depressed lobe; its anterior end is prolonged in a slender palpode. Its dorsal surface near the posterior margin has 2 minute, dark red eyespots and a pair ot nuchal slits that are to be seen only by pushing back the peristomial fold. The proboscis, everted in some individuals, is closely papillated on its proximal half but the distal part is smooth and covered with a thin membrane. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 425 The thorax consists of 12 segments; each is more or less clearly bian- nulate. The first or peristomial segment is achaetous and apodous. The second one has a dorsal fascicle of capillary setae but no visible neuro- podium (hence the specific name). From the third segment, notopodia and neuropodia are present; the 2 branches are widely separated from each other. This arrangement continues through the last 10 thoracic segments. Lateral organs, as typical for the genus are present on all thoracic and abdominal setigerous segments; they are located nearly mid- way between notopodia and neuropodia but slightly nearer the former. Those in abdominal segments are noticeably the larger. “There are 4 pairs of nephridial pores at the sides of the body, along a lateral depres- sion and in the grooves that separate segments 8/9, 9/10, 10 i. 11 and 11/12 but they are inconspicuous and can be seen only by pushing the segments apart. None have been found on the abdomen; this species is therefore referred to the subgenus Clistomastus. The first abdominal segment is slightly thicker than, and about as thick as, the last thoracic one. It has transverse wrinkles of contraction. Both notopodial and neuropodial tori are provided with only simple hooded hooks, disposed in single rows. Abdominal notopodia of a pair approach each other at the middorsum so that their glandular ridges are adjacent. Neuropodia, however, are lateral to ventrolateral in position and have longer glandular ridges and tori. In anterior abdominal seg- ments the superior edge of neuropodia is slightly elevated to form a small papilla; this is less conspicuous farther back. Hooded hooks have a long, straight shaft except for the thick node near the middle. ‘The fang is strong and sharply curved downward; it is surmounted distally by a row of 5 or 6 fine teeth. “The hood neatly sur- rounds the beak; its aperture is small and oval. No distinct branchial structures or genital pores have been identified ; they are believed to be absent. Respiration is perhaps accomplished only through the surface epithelium. Gonadial products may be released from the body only by autotomy or rupture of certain segments. Notomastus (Clistomastus) hemipodus is characterized in having the thorax areolated through only the first 5 segments; the first setigerous segment lacks neuropodia. Lateral organs are present throughout. Nephridial apertures number only 4 pairs and are present in posterior thoracic segments. Prestomial eyes consist of a single pair of spots in front of the nuchal slits. Hooded hooks terminate in a strong, recurved fang surmounted by 5 or 6 teeth in a single transverse row; the hood is 426 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 closely sheathing and has a small aperture. It differs from other species of the subgenus as indicated in the key above. Holotype-—AHF no. 78; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foun- dation. Type locality Beaufort, North Carolina. Distribution.—Beaufort, North Carolina, from intertidal zones to a few fathoms, on muddy bottoms. Genus HETEROMASTYUS Eisig Type H. filiformis (Claparéde) The thorax consists of 12 segments of which 11 are setigerous; the second to sixth segments are provided with only pointed setae, the seventh to twelfth segments have only long-handled, hooded hooks. ‘The abdomen is provided with only hooded hooks in notopodia and neuro- podia. Branchiae are either filamentous prolongations or vesicular modi- fications of parapodial parts. Genital apertures are limited to the thorax; lateral organs are present on the thorax and anterior abdominal segments. The long handled hooks of this genus are of considerable interest because those of the thorax and abdomen, though at first seemingly different from each other, are essentially alike in their principal parts. Each consists of a long shaft with node, shoulder, neck and beak sur- rounded by a hyaline hood, but in thoracic hooks these parts are almost imperceptible except by actual measurement. It seems possible that these thoracic hooks represent primitive forerunners of the more compact, modified hooks farther back. Three species of Heteromastus have been described or reported from the Western Hemisphere; they include H. filiformis (Claparéde), Hi. filobranchus Berkeley and H. similis Southern. A fourth species described as Notomastus gracilis Verrill (1880, p. 180) may also belong to the genus since it has both hooks and setae in the thorax; however, 6 (instead of 5) anterior segments were said to have pointed setae. I have seen no individuals from England or vicinity that fulfill this description (see also Hartman, 1942, p. 11). The first 2 species are present in the collections (see below). ‘The third, originally described from a brackish lake in India (Southern, 1921, pp. 640-642) has been reported from fresh water in Uruguay (Monro, 1937, p. 249). In addition, H. gigan- teus Zachs (1933, p. 131) comes from the North Japan Sea. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 427 Key To SPECIES 1. Without filamentous branchiae . : Pe 1. With palmately arranged, filamentous edtipsnd shies ‘tie thirtieth abdominal segment . ; : . H. filobranchus 2. Inhabiting freshwater . : 5 : : H . similis Southern 2. In marine habitats . : : : : ; . H. filiformis Heteromastus filiformis (Claparéde) Plate 52, Figs. 1-4 Notomastus filiformis Verrill, 1873, p. 611. Areniella filiformis Verrill, 1874, pp. 386-387. Ancistria capillaris Verrill, 1874, pp. 385-386. Ancistria minima Webster, 1879, p. 258. Notomastus laevis Webster, 1886, p. 152. Eisig, 1887, pp. 839-846, pl. 1, fig. 4, pl. 27, figs. 15-21, pl. 28 figs. 1-17, pl. 32, figs. 15-18; Fauvel, 1927, pp. 150-152, fig. 53; Hartman, 1942, p. 70. Collections—Numerous individuals come from central California, Florida, North Carolina and Massachusetts; all are from intertidal zones. In its grosser details this species is well known through numerous accounts. ‘The details of the hooded hooks in the thorax and abdomen are shown in plate 52, figs. 1-4. “Thoracic hooks measure about 0.3 mm long and 0.005 mm wide; the width/length ratio is thus approximately 1/60. Similar proportions of abdominal hooks are about 1/15. The thoracic hooks are thus proportionately far longer than are the abdominal hooks, but in the details of their structure they are similar. Both have the characteristic parts consisting of shaft with node, shoulder, neck, beak with crest and fang and overhanging hood. In the thoracic hooks the node, shoulder, neck and hood are diffused over a far greater length than in abdominal hooks; it is only by microscopic measurement that neck, shoulder and node can be detected. By careful measurement of thickness along the shaft from tip to base one encounters a slender por- tion below the beak (—neck) followed by a thicker region (shoulder) continuing into a region which is again slender and then a thicker region (=node) embedded in the tissue of the parapodium; the basal end term- inates in a gradually tapering, slender end. 428 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 The distal end of the thoracic hooks terminates in a thick fang with a crest of 6 well separated teeth in a single, slightly curved row. The hood is long and slender but fits well over the beak; it has a small aper- ture and long slit (pl. 52, fig. 3). The distal end of abdominal hooks terminates in a long, thick fang and 3 teeth, the middle one slightly higher than the others. It may be supposed that the 6 terminal teeth in thoracic hooks represents a more primitive condition in which they subse- quently fused by twos; this fusion might result in a tridentate hook. The same pattern is to be observed in H. filobranchus (see below) and may represent a character of generic significance. The extensive synonymy of this species is recorded elsewhere (Lisig, 1887, p. 839). Distribution —H. filiformis is widely distributed in Western and Eastern Hemispheres; it is common along the eastern shores of North America from New England south at least to Florida; it occurs especially in mud flat areas. It has been found also in San Francisco Bay, California where 4 individuals were collected in July, 1936; in so far as I know this constitutes the first record from the western shores of the Americas. Heteromastus filobranchus Berkeley Plate 53, Figs. 1-4 Berkeley, 1932, pp. 671-674, figs. 5-7. Collections—Monterey Bay, California in 37 fms (many); San Francisco Bay, California in 5% fms (8). Lateral organs are present on the sides of the thorax between the notopodium and neuropodium but nearer the former. Nephridial aper- tures are visible in intersegmental grooves, the first betwen setigerous segments 6 and 7, the last between 10 and 11; they number 5 pairs. There are no visible lateral organs or nephridial pores on the abdomen. The characteristic palmately divided filamentous branchiae in the abdo- men clearly distinguish this species from the nearly related H. filiformis (see above). Hooded hooks in the thorax and abdomen are distinct from those in H. filiformis. In the first the crest consists of only 3 teeth in a straight transverse row (pl. 53, fig. 4) instead of 6 teeth. In abdominal hooks the shoulder is thick and rounded, the neck is slender; the crest consists of a single, straight row of 3 teeth. Distribution —H. filobranchus has remained unreported except through the original description (Berkeley, 1932) based on a collection No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 429 from the east coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia in 15-20 fms and from Rosario Inlet, Washington in 5-6 fms. The present collections were made by the U.S.S. Albatross, station 3133, Monterey Bay, California in 37 fms, March 14, 1890 from a bot- tom of brown mud and from station D5744, San Francisco Bay, Cali- fornia in 5%4 fms, March 18, 1912. Genus LEIOCHRIDES Augener Type L. australis Augener The thorax consists of 13 segments; the first or peristomium is achae- tous, the second to twelfth segments are provided with notopodia and neuropodia in which all setae are slender and pointed. The abdomen is provided with only long-handled, hooded hooks. ‘The prostomium has eyespots. “The surface epithelium is not areolated. Branchiae have not been described and may be absent. The pygidium is terminal and lacks modified papillae or other special structures. Leiochrides was erected for a single species, L. australis Augener (1914, p. 60) from Australia. A second species, L. africanus Augener (1918, pp. 472-474) from west Africa, was later referred to it. A third species, Notomastus pallidior Chamberlin (see below) is believed to be congeneric. Leiochrides pallidior (Chamberlin) , new combination Notomastus pallidior Chamberlin, 1918, p. 179; Berkeley, 1942, p. 198. There are no representatives available for study. “The species is known through an original, unillustrated account that is incomplete in some important details. Since it was originally referred to the genus Notomastus, it is presumed that all thoracic segments have pointed setae only and that the abdominal parapodia have hooks only. None of the specimens described were complete posteriorly; the pygidial structures therefore remain unknown. Color in life is yellow. The thorax consists of 12 setigerous segments; it is thus not a Noto- mastus. Only 3 genera of Capitellidae are known in which the thorax consists of an achaetous peristomium and 12 setigerous segments. “They are Heteromastides, Leiochrides and Scyphoproctus. ‘The first of these differs in that it has thoracic hooks as well as setae. The last has an anal funnel and acicular spines. The second, Leiochrides, is thus the only remaining genus to which Notomastus pallidior can be referred, in so far as the species is known. 430 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 L. pallidior was originally compared with Notomastus tenuis and Notomastus angulatus (see Clistomastus tenuis), hence is believed to lack special branchiae. The arrangement of parapodial parts, the struc- ture of hooks, the distribution of lateral organs, nephridia or genital pores, are not known. Without more information about the species, comparison with others is not possible. Distribution Originally described from Pacific Grove, California, this has been reported also from Vancouver Island, British Columbia, in 89 meters (Berkeley, 1942, p. 198). Genus Dasybranchus Grube Type D. caducus (Grube) The thorax consists of 14 segments of which the second to fourteenth are setigerous and provided with only pointed setae in notopodia and neuropodia. The abdomen is provided with only hooded hooks. Branchiae are either retractile or stationary; they are simple lobes or progressively lobed to form composite tufts. ‘They arise from the epithe- lium near the superior and posterior edge of abdominal neuropodia. Lat- eral organs are more or less conspicuous; they are sometimes difficult to distinguish in external view but are probably present in both thorax and abdomen. Genital apertures are present on some abdominal segments. Nephridial pores occur on the thorax and abdomen. The abdominal hooded hooks of the various species of the genus show interesting similarities. The typical arrangement is for the large fang to be surmounted by a single row of 3 teeth. In D. lumbricoides the teeth are low, well separated from each other, in D. glabrus they are partly fused and in D. lunulatus they are more or less completely fused for their entire length. In D. platyceps there is an additional feature in that the basal fang is seemingly divided into a larger lower, and a much smaller, upper portion (pl. 55, fig. 3). Eight species of Dasybranchus may be recognized but some are poorly and incompletely known. Five have been described or reported from the Western Hemisphere; they include D. caducus (Grube) from the West Indies (see Monro, 1933, p. 1059) and western Mexico (Rioja, 1941, p. 730), D. glabrus, D. lumbricoides, D. lunulatus and D. rectus Tread- well (1901, p. 207) from the West Indies (see below). The last named is incompletely known; even its generic status must be regarded doubtful for it has since been redesignated Scyphoproctus (Treadwell, 1939, No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 431 p. 290) but no description given of an anal funnel such as characterizes that genus (see chart). ‘Three other species of the genus have been described from extra- American localities; they include D. carneus Grube (1870) from the Red Sea, D. gajolae Eisig (1887) from the Gulf of Naples, and D. microchaetus (Schmarda) (1861) from Ceylon. Another species, D. platyceps is newly described below. Key To SPECIES 1. Retractile branchiae consist of dendritically branched tufts . a es 1. Retractile branchiae consist of only a few filaments each . free 2. Prostomium with a pair of pigmented areas or eyespots . - - : : ; : : : : : . D. lunulatus 2. Prostomium without eyespots . : : ‘ . D. glabrus 3. Abdominal parapodial ridges low and glandular but not inflated ; hooded hooks terminate in a primary and secondary fang sur- mounted by 3 small denticles (pl. 55, fig. 3) . . D. platyceps 3. Abdominal neuropodial ridges elevated or inflated above the branchial pores; hooded hooks lack secondary fang (pl. 56, C9 ee aa + 4. Anterior abdominal bee a ial eee Res fens me vite . D. caducus (Grube) 4, teria beget er petinal to each other, nearly merging middorsally . ; : : ‘ . D. lumbricoides Dasybranchus lumbricoides Grube Plate 56, Figs. 3, 4 D. caducus lumbricoides Monro, 1933, pp. 1059-1060; Berkeley, 1941, p. 49. Collections—903-38 (2) ; 905-38 (3); 1045-40 (2); 1450-42 (1); 1451-42 (1); numerous others come from intertidal areas of southern California, Lower California and other parts of western Mexico; also Lemon Bay, southwestern Florida and Beaufort, North Carolina. Anterior abdominal notopodial tori of a pair are proximal to each other and after the first few segments nearly merge so that those of a pair appear to be continuous across the middorsum. ‘This character dis- tinguishes the species from D. caducus (Grube) with which it might be confused. Branchiae are retractile; where best developed, in median and posterior abdominal segments, they consist of 30 or more filaments each; 432 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 they emerge from the superior end of the neuropodial tori. In addition, in prebranchial segments the superior part of the neuropodial lobes is vesicular and inflated; it appears somewhat transversely ridged or wrinkled when preserved in alcohol. The thoracic epithelium is distinctly areolated. Abdominal hooded hooks are uniformly similar throughout, as typical of other species of the family where they have been examined. The shaft has a gently sloping, dispersed node. The hood is spacious, with fine denticulated edge; this is somewhat overhanging and is so close to the crest that the serrated edge sometimes distorts the appearance of the teeth in the crest, leading to an erroneous impression that there are several rows of teeth in the crest. “The fang is strong and slightly curved, crowned by a transverse row of 3 small, well separated teeth (pl. 56, fig. 4). D. lumbricoides has sometimes been referred to the older D. caducus (Grube) (see Eisig, 1887, p. 823 and Fauvel, 1927, p. 148) or has been considered at most as a variety of the stem species (see synonymy above). I have no specimens of D. caducus, hence cannot make comparison, but according to published accounts the 2 species seem to be separable in that the anterior abdominal notopodia are widely separated from each other in D. caducus and are proximal to each other in D. lumbricoides. All of the specimens enumerated above are of the latter kind. Distribution.—D. lumbricoides has been widely reported from cosmo- politan areas. It is represented in the collections by individuals from California, western Mexico, southwestern Florida and Beaufort, North Carolina, all from shore stations. Dasybranchus lunulatus Ehlers Plate 56, Figs. 1, 2 Ehlers, 1887, pp. 174-177, pl. 45, figs. 5-9. Collections—lLemon Bay, southwestern Florida, in muddy shoals; Thornton Island, near Englewood, Florida, in muddy sand (7). The prostomium is largely concealed by the overhanging, collarlike peristomium; when the latter is pushed back the prostomium is seen as a thick, short lobe, broadly rounded anteriorly or with a slight median emargination. There are 2 conspicuous patches of reddish brown eyespots at the sides located in front of the nuchal slits. The first segment or peris- tomium is nearly 2% times as long as the following one. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 433 The epithelium of the thorax is smooth except for fine wrinkles of contraction. Ihe segments are only partly biannulate, a transverse groove crosses the segments dorsally and at the sides between notopodia and neu- ropodia; there is also a longitudinal groove middorsally through the first 7 setigerous segments. “The ventrum is neatly biannulate and the rings are smooth. Separation between the thorax and abdomen is externally unmarked except for the change in parapodia of setae to hooks. Lateral organs, present from the first thoracic setigerous segment, are small, partly retrac- ted papillae in the short, transverse groove between notopodia and neuro- podia but nearer the former; they are continued posteriorly but are nowhere conspicuous. Nephridial pores, also inconspicuous, are present in intersegmental grooves nearer the dorsal side; the first are present between setigerous segments 11 and 12; they are continued posteriorly through at least the first few abdominal segments. ‘They are not clearly marked, perhaps because none of the individuals seem to be mature; genital apertures have not been distinguished, possibly for the same reason. Branchiae are retracted on all parapodia except a few in one indi- vidual but their approximate distribution can be determined by the pres- ence of a small pore at the superior edge on median and posterior abdominal segment and they are continued posteriorly through a long region. Uncinal ridges are provided with many hooks in a row, as originally described. ‘The hooks are similar to one another throughout. ‘Their inter- esting details have been worked out based on neuropodia from a median region but others have been checked for the same details and found to agree. The most conspicuous feature is the nearly complete coalescence of the 3 teeth in the crest so that they can be hardly distinguished unless sharp focus is brought to bear on their tips (pl. 56, fig. 2) ; otherwise the crest resembles a heavy transverse ridge elevated above the fang. The hood is short but spacious (pl. 56, fig. 1) and has a finely serrated edge. The node is abrupt but shoulder and neck are less developed than in other species of Dasybranchus (compare pl. 56, figs. 1, 3; pl. 57, fig. 2). D. lunulatus inhabits muddy sand shoals in marine or estuarine localities. In life it is deep blood red. It autotomizes readily. The collections listed above were obtained through the courtesy of the directors of the Bass Biological Laboratory, Englewood, Florida, and the U.S. Fisheries Laboratory, Pivers Island, Beaufort, North Carolina 434 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 while the author was a guest at these stations. ‘They are now deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Distribution.—D. lunulatus was originally described from Key West, Florida (Ehlers, 1887, p. 174) from 1-2 fms, and later recorded from Puerto Rico by Treadwell (1901, p. 206). The present records include Lemon Bay, Florida, and Beaufort, North Carolina, in intertidal areas. Dasybranchus glabrus Moore Plate 57, Figs. 1, 2 Moore, 1909, pp. 280-281, pl. 9, fig. 58; Treadwell, 1914, p. 212. Collections —1025-39 (1); 1040-40 (1); 1193-40 (1); 1264-41 (1); 1297-41 (1); 1299-41 (1); others come from various parts of California including Half Moon Bay south to Ensenada, Lower Cali- fornia (about 12 individuals). D. glabrus is at once distinguished from other species with which it may occur for having a thoracic region that is smooth except for wrinkles of contraction between the segmental grooves. “The branchiae are limited to a posterior abdominal region; they are retractile and emerge from a pore just above the neuropodium; they consist of 2 or 3 short, thick fila- ments. In this respect, as also in the texture of the thoracic epithelium, the species resembles D. lunulatus (see above). ‘The prostomium is broadly rounded at its anterior end much as in D. platyceps (pl. 55, fig. 1) and lacks visible eyespots; the nuchal slits are in the usual position at the posterior margin of the prostomium. Color in life is pale red. Abdominal hooks have a large, translucent hood that fits loosely about the beak; its free margin around the aperture is delicately toothed. ‘The shaft resembles that in other species of the genus; the shoulder is thick and the neck slender. ‘The heavy fang is surmounted by a crest of 3 partly fused teeth with a broad, common base (pl. 57, fig. 1, 2). The shaft is penetrated by fine fibrillae that extend from the base distally to the neck and end abruptly. D. glabrus is clearly separable from D. lunulatus since the first lacks pigmented prostomial eyespots. D. glabrus has been collected from interstices in a vermetid colony, under stones and from black shales; it may thus be associated normally, with rocky areas rather than soft muds. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 435 Distribution—Central California south to Guaymas, Mexico; also San Clemente and Santa Cruz Islands off southern California and Cedros Island off Lower California. Its bathymetric range is low intertidal to 65-80 fms. Dasybranchus platyceps, new species Plate 55, Figs. 1-5 Collection—Sonora, Mexico in the Gulf of California, shore (3). There are fragments of 3 large individuals though none is apparently complete. ‘The pieces are much twisted and turned so that measurements of lengths are only approximate. A long, posterior, tapering end measures 10 cm long for 180 segments. A larger anterior end with thorax and 70 abdominal segments measures 14 mm to the end of the thorax and 43 mm long through 83 segments. Greatest width is about 8 mm in the posterior thoracic region. ‘The segments throughout are very short and broad as though much contracted from preservation. ‘Total number of segments may be well over 200 and the entire length (preserved) may be 6 inches or more. The thoracic segments are distinctly biannulate, the 2 rings about equally long; parapodial fascicles arise from the posterior ring. The first few abdominal parapodia are likewise biannulate and resemble those in the last thoracic region but farther back in front of the origin of the branchiae, the segments come to be gradually smoother and uniannulate except for short transverse grooves at the sides of the body. In a post- median region the segments are again more or less sharply biannulate and faintly longitudinally ridged. Separation between thorax and abdomen is not distinct in external view except for the obvious change in parapodia from setal fascicles to long uncinal ridges. ‘There are 13 setigerous segments; each is provided with only pointed setae in both notopodia and neuropodia. The prostomium is a depressed, broadly rounded lobe; it lacks a pal- pode and visible eyespots but the nuchal slits may be seen by pushing back the peristomial fold. ‘The peristomium is a long, biannulate ring that is nearly 3 times as long as the first setigerous segment. “The proboscis is not everted in any specimen but by dissection it is seen to be coarsely and closely papillated on its proximal half and smooth distally ; the separation between the 2 regions is abrupt. 436 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 The first setigerous segment is complete with notopodia and neuro- podia; a retracted lateral organ is visible between the 2 rami, in a depres- sion and slightly nearer the notopodium. Farther back the parapodial fascicles increase in size and come to be farther apart as the circumference of the thorax increases. Lateral organs are nowhere conspicuous but are larger on the thorax than on the abdomen; they have been located on all segments, between notopodia and neuropodia. In the thorax they are somewhat concealed by folds because they are retracted ; in the abdomen, where they are non-retractile, they are visible as transversely elongated papillae in a similar position as in the thorax but slightly behind the uncinal ridge. Nephridial apertures number about 15 pairs; they are in the seg- mental grooves about midway between notopodia and neuropodia. The first is present between thoracic setigerous segments 9/10; they are con- tinued posteriorly through anterior abdominal segments at least through the eleventh one. ‘They are subcircular, opaque white patches on the anterior face of segments (pl. 55, fig. 5) ; it seems likely that they change in character with age or maturity of individuals. Abdominal notopodia are well separated from each other. Already from the first one they are separated by a distance about half as great as the length of the long notopodial ridge. ‘The distance between the 2 of a pair increases farther back so that the tori are dorsolateral in position. Far back, where the body diminishes in width, the tori come to be shorter but the dorsal ones are still wide apart. Neuropodia are at first very long but well separated from each other midventrally; they are ventrolateral in position. In a far posterior region they also decrease in length and the 2 of a pair approach each other medially. ‘The ridges are only slightly raised above the surface of the body, but are not inflated as in D. lum- bricoides (see above). Branchiae are retractile, branched structures. “They are first present from the thirteenth segment and continued posteriorly nearly to the end but on the last few slender segments where parapodia are hardly visible, they have not been distinguished. ‘They emerge from a pore immediately above the neuropodial ridge and come to be large, dendritically branched ; the first division is dichotomous, resulting in a pair of short main stems; subsequent branching is irregular. Where best developed there may be 30 or more distal filaments. Abdomnial hooded hooks have a thick node and a long slender shaft between it and the base of the hood. Neck and shoulder regions are well NO. 4 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 437 defined in lateral view; the beak consists of a larger basal fang with a smaller secondary fang above it; this is surmounted by a transverse ridge terminating in 3 short denticles (pl. 55, fig. 3). The hood is voluminous and has a large aperture; its margin is only slightly toothed. ‘The pygidium is a large dorsal aperture at the end of the body; it lacks appendages. D. platyceps is characterized in having branchiae that are dendriti- cally branched and emerge from a pore above abdominal neuropodia; they are continued through a long region, present already from the thirteenth and continued nearly to the end of abdominal segments. ‘The thoracic epithelium is only slightly areolated; the surface epithelium throughout appears nearly smooth under low magnification. Lateral organs are present on all segments. Nephridial apertures number about 15 pairs and are present in posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal seg- ments. Abdominal uncinal ridges are well separated from one another throughout. Hooded hooks have a beak with primary and secondary fangs crowned by a crest of 3 short denticles on a transverse ridge. D. platyceps is separable from other species of the genus as indicated in the key above. The single collection on which this species is based was made by Mr. Steve A. Glassell in May 1941, to whom thanks are hereby extended. Holotype-—AHF no. 122. Type locality —Sonora, Gulf of California, Mexico; intertidal. Distribution Gulf of California, Mexico. Genus LEIOCAPITELLA, new genus Type L. glabra, new species The thorax and abdomen are not distinctly separable in external view. The thorax consists of 14 or 15 segments, the peristomium or first seg- ment is achaetous and apodous. The second segment has notopodia only; the third to fourteenth segments are provided with fascicles of pointed setae in both notopodia and neuropodia; the fifteenth segment has pointed setae dorsally and long-handled hooks ventrally; thereafter at least to the fifteenth segment parapodia have only long-handled hooks in both rami of parapodia or the superior part of the fifteenth notopodium may continue to have a few pointed setae accompanied by a ridge of hooks. Lateral organs are present on all known segments, located between noto- podia and neuropodia; on the thorax they are retractile, on the abdomen 438 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 10 they are stationary, papillae. Nephridial apertures are visible on pos- terior thoracic segments; they have not been located on abdominal seg- ments. The proboscis has coarse papillae on its proximal half and is smooth distally. Abdominal hooks are hooded; the beak has a major fang with a crest of 3 teeth. Leiocapitella may be considered intermediate between Leiochrus Ehlers and Pseudocapitella Fauvel, hence the generic name (see chart). In Leiochrus the first setigerous segment is complete with notopodia and neuropodia but the fourteenth segment has both setae and hooks in both rami of parapodia. In Pseudocapitella a neuropodium is lacking on the first setigerous segment but pointed setae are continued posteriorly in notopodia through 17 segments. All 3 genera are believed to be abranchiate. Leiocapitella glabra, new species Plate 54, Figs. 1-3 Collections.—1107-40 (1); 1265-41 (1). The general shape of the body is linear and cylindrical except that the anterior thoracic region is somewhat enlarged. One anterior fragment (1265-41) with thorax and 16 abdominal segments measures 20 mm; another (1107-40) with thorax and 36 abdominal segments measures 51 mm long but it is somewhat macerated. ‘The thoracic epithelium is smooth except for fine striations and wrinkles of contraction but there is no areolation. The prostomium is small, nearly hemispherical; it is rounded at its anterior end and lacks a palpode. A few small, indistinct and deeply embedded specks on either side and in front of the nuchal slits may repre- sent ocular areas. “The nuchal slits have the usual position at the pos- terior margin of the prostomium. ‘The peristomium or first segment is apodous and about 1% times as long as the next segment. On the pro- boscis the separation is abrupt between the proximal papillated region and the smooth epithelial distal one. The first setigerous segment is provided with notopodia only; they resemble those in the next 13 segments but the size of the fascicles increases gradually, going posteriorly to the middle thoracic region. Neuropodial fascicles are present from the third segment and continued posteriorly through only 12 segments. In one individual (1107-40) the sixteenth segment is provided with only hooded hooks in both notopodia and neuropodia but in the other (1265-41) the notopodium has also a No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 439 few pointed setae in the superior part of the fascicle; in other respects the 2 individuals are alike. Abdominal segments are unmarked except for the segmental grooves and the low parapodial ridges. Lateral organs are visible on both thoracic and abdominal setigerous segments, located between notopodia and neuropodia but slightly nearer the former; they are small, papillar and resemble one another in anterior and posterior regions. Nephridial pores are distinguishable only on the thorax; they occupy a position in the segmental grooves; the first 1s present between setigerous segments 7 and 8, the last between setigerous segments 14 and 15; they number 8 pairs. None have been distinguished in other parts of the body. No branchial structures have been identified. In anterior abdominal segments the notopodial tori are short and dorsal in position; they are well separated from each other middorsally and farther back they continue much the same but come to be shorter. Neuropodial tori in the same segments are somewhat longer and ventro- lateral in position. Farther back the tori increase in length so that the 2 of a pair approach each other midventrally. Hooded hooks are similar throughout. The hood is basally attached in the region of the shoulder; its distal aperture is smooth and the margin appears entire. The node is thick and abrupt especially on the back side. The beak has a strong fang and is crowned by 3 well separated teeth arranged in a triangle (pl. 54, fig. 3). The fibrilations of the core are coarse. Holotype —AHF no. 123. Type locality —1 mile northwest of San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, Mexico in 20-35 fms, in mud. © Distribution —Gulf of California and Cedros Island, western side of Lower California in 29-55 fms. Genus PROTOCAPITELLA Berkeley Type P. simplex Berkeley The thorax and abdomen are indistinctly separable but the separation may be at about the fourteenth or fifteenth segment. Notopodia through- out are provided with only pointed setae; neuropodia have long handled hooks. The prostomium is a plain, rounded lobe with weakly developed eyespots and a pair of nuchal slits at its posterior margin. Branchiae are present as simple, palmately branched filaments in a posterior abdominal region, they originate from the surface epithelium adjacent to the noto- podia. Lateral organs are seemingly absent. Nephridia are limited to 2 440 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 pairs in the thorax. Abdominal hooks are unusual in that they lack a hood and the crest has several rows of transverse teeth (pl. 57, fig. 4). The proboscis is a voluminous sack that appears to be thin and epithelial throughout. The pygidium lacks appendages. This genus remains known through a single species (see below) ; its phylogenetic relations with other genera are doubtful since it departs widely from other capitellid genera in several important respects. Protocapitella simplex Berkeley Plate 57, Figs. 3, 4 Berkeley, 1932, pp. 669-670, figs. 1-4. Collections —1477-42 (1), 1491-42 (1), 1492-42 (1). Only 3 individuals are in the collections; one is complete and the others are nearly so; they have large eggs in the body cavity hence are perhaps nearly mature. ‘Total length is only 20 mm as originally described ; the number of segments is 63; next to Capitita ambiseta (see above) this is one of the smallest of known capitellids. ‘The general appearance is slender and cylindrical; it is translucent to pale (pre- served ). The prostomial lobe resembles that of a lumbrinerid more nearly than that of a capitellid since it is broadly conical and not covered by the peris- tomium; the nuchal slits are inconspicuous at its posterior margin. There are 4 eyes in trapezoidal arrangement in front of the nuchal slits. Each consists of a minute, embedded dark speck; the anterior pair is slightly larger and a little farther apart than the posterior pair. “They may be seen by slightly depressing the prostomial lobe. The peristomium is unusually prolonged as first described ; its surface is smooth and it lacks parapodial parts. The proboscis is not everted in any individual. By dissection it is seen to consist of a spacious, wrinkled sack with epithelial walls. “The thin-walled oesophagus seems to extend through about 14 segments, thus marking the possible separation between thorax and abdomen. The second (first setigerous) segment is complete with notopodial fascicles and neuropodial uncinigerous ridges; this arrangement continues throughout the body. Notopodia are dorsolateral to lateral in position ; the 2 of a pair are widely separated from each other middorsally. Neuro- podia are lateral to ventrolateral in position and only a short distance from their respective notopodia. No lateral organs have been dis- tinguished on any segments. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 441 Branchiae are first present from the thirty-second setigerous segment and continued posteriorly to the fourth last segment. “They arise from the surface epithelium, within and in front of the notopodial fascicles; they consist of slender, digitate processes at most 3 or 4 lobed and are probably not retractile. Nephridia may number only 2 pairs; they lie in setigerous segments 5 to 7; the external aperture of the first pair appears to be associated with the fifth, the second pair with the sixth, neuropodium; the external apertures in these individuals are not enlarged as originally described (Berkeley, 1932, p. 669) ; they may function as genital pores and enlarge only at sexual maturity. Large elongated eggs can be seen through the body wall from the sixth or eighth setigerous segment to the midbranchial region. The neuropodial hooks are remarkable in several respects when com- pared with similar structures in other members of this family. “There is no indication of a hyaline hood nor place of its attachment. ‘The shaft is short and strong with a conspicuous node (pl. 57, figs. 3, 4) and terminates in a short distal portion surmounted by a long fang and several series of transverse teeth. ‘There are no shoulder and neck as in other species examined. ‘The crest consists of 4 rows of teeth but the uppermost series is to be seen only in lateral view (pl. 57, fig. 3) or by examining the hook from its distal end. ‘The fibrillations are coarse and continued conspicuously through the shaft and into the beak. The body terminates posteriorly in a slightly depressed, broadly rounded lobe above which the anal aperture opens; there are no caudal appendages. Distribution —The 3 individuals on which the above account is based were collected at Agate Beach, under Yaquina Head light, along a rocky beach, and at Lighthouse Beach reef and bight, Coos County, Oregon, among eelgrass root masses in June, 1942. The previous record is Wreck Bay, west side of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, among roots of eelgrass (Berkeley, 1932). Genus ANOTOMASTUS, new genus Type A. gordiodes (Moore) The body is long, slender and linear. It consists of the thorax of 18 or 19 segments and a longer abdominal region wtih many segments. “The first segment or peristomium is achaetous. “The second or first setigerous, segment is provided with notopodia only. “The third to seventeenth or 442 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 eighteenth segments have only pointed setae in notopodia and neuropodia. The next segment is transitional; its notopodium is provided with only pointed setae but its neuropodium has only long-handled hooks or also a few pointed setae (pl. 58, fig. 1) (see chart). Abdominal segments are provided with only long-handled hooded hooks of a single kind. Bran- chiae are present in far posterior segments and consist of a few palmately divided filaments that arise from the posterior rim of the notopodium; they are seemingly non-retractile. Lateral organs are present on all thoracic setigerous segments and perhaps on all abdominal segments; they occupy a position nearly midway between the dorsal and ventral branches of parapodia. Nephridial papillae are present in some thoracic segments and occupy a position in the segmental furrow; they have not been detected in abdominal segments. Anotomastus is characterized by its high thoracic segmental count; pointed setae are continued posteriorly through 17 or 18 segments; it has notopodial, branched branchiae in far posterior segments. A single species is known (see below). Anotomastus gordiodes (Moore), new combination Plate 58, Figs. 1-6 Eunotomastus gordiodes Moore, 1909, pp. 278-279, pl. 9, fig. 56. Collections.—1450-42 (6); 1451-42 (2); others from Mission and Newport Bays and Anaheim Slough, southern California and question- ably some from Bodega Bay, central California; intertidal. ‘The prostomium is elongate and broadly rounded in front; it lacks a true palpode such as is present in some capitellids. ‘The posterior margin shows a pair of distinct nuchal slits. Each side has an oval, oculate area that is more or less faded in some individuals; it consists of 6 to 15 reddish brown specks of irregular sizes in front of the nuchal slits. The pro- boscis, everted in some individuals, is a subglobular sack that is smooth on its distal half but has coarse papillae on its proximal half; when seen in profile each papilla is seen to terminate distally in a posteriorly directed, hyaline hook. The epithelium of the thorax is nearly smooth except for transverse wrinkles of contraction; there are no areolations. The abdominal region is similarly smooth except for the glandular, parapodial tori and the branchiae in a far posterior region. Lateral organs are small but can be seen already from the first setiger- ous segment. ‘They are located nearly midway between notopodia and No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 443 neuropodia but slightly nearer the former; in abdominal segments they are somewhat larger but they continue to occupy a position between the dorsal and ventral branches of the parapodia. Parapodia are inconspicuous in the thorax except for the spreading setal fascicles; in the abdomen they are conspicuous largely because of their swollen glandular bases. In the anterior half of the thorax they are about midway along the segmental length; farther back they move progressively back so that they come to lie on the posterior third of the segmental length. In branchial segments the tori are located just in front of the segmental grooves. The second, or first setigerous, segment is provided with a pair of small notopodial fascicles; the next 15 or 16 segments are complete with both notopodia and neuropodia. ‘The following one is transitional in that the neuropodium is slightly glandular and contains both pointed setae and long-handled hooks or only hooded hooks, resembling those farther back. This difference between individuals is not correlated with sex or with locality since in some instances (station 1450-42) individuals of both kinds occur in a single collection. ‘The pointed setae in this transitional segment number only 2 or 3; they are located in the superior part of the fascicle (see chart). Nephridial apertures are not conspicuous but can be distinguished in the segmental furrows, already present between the seventh and eighth segment; they are continued posteriorly through segments 19 and 20, or after the transitional one; they number 12 or 13 pairs. In some indi- viduals the external pore is not visible before the eighth segment so that the total number may be diminished by one. Nephridia have not been distinguished in the abdomen. Abdominal tori are comparatively conspicuous largely because of their thickened, glandular ridges. ‘The first few pairs of notopodial tori are separated from each other middorsally but by the fourth or fifth pairs they appear to meet each other middorsally. ‘They are well developed throughout the middle and posterior segments but far back they decrease in length and size and are more or less restricted to the dorsoectal portion of the segment. Neuropodial tori are similarly well developed, their length even greater than that of the notopodial ones; midventrally the 2 of a pair are separated by a smooth space. Branchiae are limited to posterior segments and are continued to he posterior end. They consist of tufts of 6 to 12 palmately divided fila- ments and arise from the posterior flange of the notopodial ridge. The 444 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 posterior end of the body terminates in a characteristic pygidium, with a pair of thicker, longer filaments ventrally and 4 or 5 slenderer, shorter filaments at the sides. Hooded hooks are disposed in single series of 8 to 15 where best developed. Individually they are unique for their short, thick stalk and compact beaked end and they have a broad, though short, hood. ‘The distal end terminates in a strong fang that is crowned by a single large tooth over which there are 5 smaller teeth arranged in 2 rows of 2 each and a smaller one at the outer edge. The tube is thin and consists of a mucoid membrane externally covered with fine sand grains. It adheres closely to the body of the inhabitant and is perhaps readily reconstructed when removed from the living individual. A. gordiodes was originally, though with some doubt, assigned to the genus Eunotomastus McIntosh (Moore, 1909, p. 278). The status of the genus Eunotomastus remains in doubt (see below) but since the fragmentary description states that ‘“‘the dorsal bristles are continued (in four segments) after the commencement of hooks,”’ it is clearly separable from the species described above. ‘The original and only known account of 4. gordiodes was based on a collection from San Diego, California. Although there are some variations between it and the above account, the differences may be due to interpretations rather than actual differences. The prostomium was described as a minute blunt palpode with a pair of nuchal organs. The presence of eyes was not mentioned but they might have been faded. Eyes have been distinguished in all the individuals examined but are darker in some individuals than in others. The thorax was described with 17 setigerous segments and all were said to have both notopodia and neuropodia. I have been unable to locate a neuropodium on the first setigerous segment; also, the eighteenth or also the nineteenth segment has setae but in the last of these the neuropodium is uncinigerous, partaking in its character of abdominal tori. Hooded hooks were first shown with a thick shoulder terminating in a thick fang and 3 super- imposed teeth surrounded by a short, inflated hood. I believe, however, that the details, shown in plate 57, figs. 2 and 3, are not at variance with those in the original account but merely amplify the known facts. Anotomastus gordiodes inhabits mud flats in low, intertidal zones. Distribution.—This has been taken in Mission and Newport Bays, and Anaheim Slough in southern California; another record, Bodega Bay, central California is questionable. ‘The only other known record is San Diego, California (Moore, 1909). It is intertidal. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 445 Genus EUNOTOMASTUS McIntosh Type E. grubei McIntosh This genus has remained unknown except through a brief original description based on a collection off Bermuda in 435 fms (McIntosh, 1885, p. 388). The description is brief and obscure in some respects. Regarding the anterior region, it is said that “a few of the anterior bristle tufts [fascicles of pointed setae?] are absent, but about 16 pairs appear to have been present.”’ Also, “the dorsal bristles are continued (in 4 segments) after the commencement of the hooks . . . The second region of the body abdomen is not differentiated . . . as in the ordinary form.” From the foregoing it seems that the type of the genus is char- acterized in having 16 segments with pointed setae and 4 segments in which notopodia are provided with both hooks and setae. The details of the prostomium, accurate distribution of setae and hooks, lateral organs and nephridia are not known. Eisig (1887, p. 873) considered the genus doubtful since it is incompletely known. Until topotypes can be examined it may be desirable to regard the genus and species questionable. 446 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 LITERATURE CITED ANNENKOVA, N. 1938. Polychaeta of the North Japan Sea and their horizontal and vertical distribution. Trudy Hydrobiological Expedition of S.S.S.R. in 1934 to the Japanese Sea. D.-V. Filial Akademii Nauk., pp. 81-230, 16 figs. [In Russian.] AUGENER, H. 1914. Polychaeta II. Sedentaria. Die Fauna Siidwest Australiens, vol. 5, pp. 1-170, 19 figs., 1 pl. 1918. Polychaeta. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Herausgegeben von W. Michaelson, vol. 2, Lief. 2, pp. 67-625, 6 pls. 1927. Die Polychaeten der Sammlung Thilenius von Neuseeland und Samoa. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 13, pp. 338-363, 5 figs. 1932. Antarktische und Antiboreale Polychaeten nebst einer Hirudinee. Scientific Results of the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition 1927-28. Norske Videnskaps Akademi, Oslo, pp. 1-86, 1 plate. BENHAM, W. B. 1916. Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F. I. S. Endeavour on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Part 2. (Sydney, H. C. Dannevig), vol. 4, pts. 2 and 3, pp. 125-162, pls. 46-48. BERKELEY, E. 1929. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo District. Part 4. Chaetopteri- dae to Maldanidae. Contr. Canad. Biol. Fish. Toronto, (new series) vol. 4, pp. 305-316, 1 pl. BERKELEY, E. AND C. 1932. Some Capitellidae (Polychaeta) from the N.E. Pacific: with a descrip- tion of a new genus. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. for 1932, pp. 669- 675, 7 figs. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pt. 1, pp. 16-60, 18 figs. 1942. North Pacific Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Vancouver Island, Alaska, and Bering Sea. Canad. J. Research, vol. 20, pp. 183- 208, figs. 1-6. CHAMBERLIN, R. 1918. Polychaetes from Monterey Bay. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 31, pp. 173-180. 1919a. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. 48, 514 pp., 80 pls. 1919b. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. J. Ent. Zool., Pomona College, vol. 11, pp. 1-23. EHLERS, E. 1887. Reports on the results of dredging, under the direction of L. F. Pour- talés, during the years 1868-1870, and of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-1878), and in the Caribbean Sea (1878-1879), in the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake. Report on the Annelids. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. 15, 333 pp., 60 pls. 1912. Die bodensdssigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutchen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen ‘Tiefsee-Expedition “Valdivia” 1898-1899, vol. 16, pp. 1-167, 23 pls. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 447 Esic, H. 1887. Die Capitelliden des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna u. Flora Golfes Neapel, vol. 16, 906 pp., 37 pls. 1898. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Capitelliden. Mitt. Stat. Neapel, vol. 13, pp. 1-292, pls. 1-9, 2 figs. FAvvVEL, P. 1913. Quatriéme note preliminaire sur les Polychétes provenant des campag- nées de |’ Hirondelle et de la Princess-Alice, on deposées dans le Musée Océanographique de Monaco. Bull. Inst. Océan. Monaco, no. 270, pp. 1-80, 13 figs. in text. 1927. Polychétes sedentaires. Faune de France, Paris, vol. 16, pp. 1-494, 152 figs. 1929. Polychétes nouvelles du golfe de Manaar (Inde.). Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. vol. 54, pp. 180-186, 3 figs. 1932. Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Museum, vol. 12, pp. 1-262, 9 pls., 40 figs. 1936. Contribution a la faune des Annélides polychétes du Maroc. Mém. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc, vol. 43, pp. 1-143, 14 figs. GRAVIER, C. 1901. Sur un Capitellien d’eau douce (Eisigella n.g. Ouanaryensis n. sp.), Bull. Mus. Paris, vol. 7, pp. 402-404. 1902. Contribution a l’étude des Annélides Polychétes de la Mer Rouge. Arch. Mus. Paris, sér. 4, vol. 3, pp. 147-268, figs. 160-285, pls. 7-10. 1904. Sur un type nouveau de la famille des Capitelliens: Scyphoproctus nov. gen. djiboutiensis nov. sp. Bull. Mus. Paris, vol. 10, pp. 557-561, 7 figs. 1911. Especes nouvelles d’Annélides polychétes (Expedition antarctique francaise du Pourquoi-Pas dirigée par le Dr. J. Charcot 1908-1910). Bull. Mus. Paris, vol. for 1911, pp. 310-316. GruBE, E. 1850. Die Familien der Anneliden. Arch. Naturges. Berlin, vol. 16.1, pp. 249-364. 1862. Noch ein Wort iiber die Capitellen und ihre Stelle im Systeme der Anneliden. (Bonn, Carl Georgi), pp. 365-378. 1868. Reise der Oéesterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in der Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859. Zool. Theil, vol. 2 Abt. 3. Anneliden, Wien, pp. 1-48, 4 pls. 1870. Beschreibungen neuer oder weniger bekannter von Hr. Ehrenberg ges- ammelten Anneliden des Rothen Meeres. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, vol. for 1869, pp. 484-521. 1877. Ueber eine Sammlung von wirbellosen Seethieren, welche Herr Dr. Eugen Reimann dem hiesigen zoologischen Museum zum Geschenk gemacht. Jber. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. Breslau, vol. 54, pp. 48-51. HAFFNER, K. 1930. Die Blutbewegung der gefasslosen Capitelliden. Zeits. wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 136, pp. 108-139, 14 figs. HARTMAN, O. : 1942. A review of the types of polychaetous annelids at the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. Bull. Bingham Oceanographic Coll., vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 1-98, 161 figs. 1944. Polychaetous annelids from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, pp. 239-310, pls. 19-26. 448 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Jounson, H. 1901. The polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-437, 19 pls. MacGiniTiz, G. 1935. Ecological aspects of a California marine estuary. Amer. Midl. Nat. Notre Dame, vol. 16, pp. 629-765, 21 figs. McIntTosu, W. C. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, Zool., vol. 12, xxxvi-+554 pp., 94 pls., map. MeESNIL, F. 1897. Note sur un Capitellien nouveau (Capitellides n. gen. giardi n. sp.). Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 20, pp. 441-443. Monro, C. 1931. Polychaeta, Oligochaeta, Echiuroidea, and Sipunculoidea. Great Barrier Reef (Queensland) Expedition 1928-29. Sci. Rep. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) vol. 4 (1), pp. 1-37, 15 figs. 1933. ‘The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Coldn, in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S. Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. for 1933, pt. 4, pp. 1039-1092, 31 figs. 1937a. Polychaeta, ‘The John Murray Expedition, 1933-1934. Scientific Reports, vol. 4, no. 8, pp. 243-321, 28 figs. 1937b. On two new polychaetes from the Indian Ocean. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 19, pp. 531-538, 11 figs. Moorg, J. 1906. Additional new species of Polychaeta from the north Pacific. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 58, pp. 217-260, pls. 10-12. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 61, pp. 235-295, 3 pls. OxupaA, S. 1940. Polychaetous annelids of the Ryukyu Islands. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 1-24, 9 figs. Rioja, E. 1941. Estudios Anelidologicos. III. Datos para el conocimiento de las costas del Pacifico de Mexico. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 12, pp. 669-746, 9 pls. Sars, M. 1851. Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Loften og Fimmarken. Nyt. Mag. Nat., vol. 6, pp. 121-211. SCHMARDA, L. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853-57, vol. 1, Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden, pt. 2, 164 pp., 22 pls., text figs. SOUTHERN, R. 1921. Polychaeta of the Chilka Lake and also of fresh and brackish waters in other parts of India. Mem. Indian Mus. Calcutta, vol. 5, pp. 563-659, pls. 19-31, 18 figs. in text. No. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 449 TREADWELL, A. 1901. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., vol. 20, pt. 2, pp. 181-210, 81 figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collection of the zoolo- gical museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pls. 1939. New polychaetous annelids from New England, Texas and Puerto Rico. Amer. Mus. Nov. N.Y., no. 1023, pp. 1-7, 25 figs. VERRILL, A. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Fish Com. Washington, vol. for 1871-72, pp. 295-778. 1874. Explorations of Casco Bay of the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1873. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. Salem, Mass., vol. 22, pp. 340-395, 6 pls. 1880. Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata, of the north- eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. Pt. I. Annelida, Gephyrea, Nemertina, Nematoda, Polyzoa, Tunicata, Mollusca, Anthozoa, Echinodermata, Porifera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 2, pp. 165-205. WesstER, H. E. 1879. Annelida chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Rept. U.S. Fish Com. Wash., vol. for 1885, pp. 707-755, 8 pls. 1886. Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. 39th Annual Report of the New York State Museum of Natural History, pp. 128-259, pls. 4-10. WILiey, A. 1905. Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Suppl. Rep., no. 30, pp. 243- 324, 8 pls. Wi1s0n, D. 1933. The Larval Stages of Notomastus latericeus Sars. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. Plymouth, n. s. vol. 18, pp. 511-518, 1 plate. Zacus, I. 1933. Polychaeten vom Nordjapanischen Meer (Bucht Peter der Grosse). Inst. Hydrobiol. Explor. Mers U.R.S.S., vol. 19, pp. 125-137. [In Russian with German summary. ] 450 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 43 Figures 1-2. Capitella capitata: Fig. 1, hooded hook in lateral view, with names of parts, x1890; Fig. 2, hooded hook in frontal view, with names of parts, x1890. PL. 43 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS perture of Hood oth rest Fang Neck Q Cleft A re Hood Aperture of Hood Tooth Crest Hood Shoulder Shoulder Shaft Node Shaft Node SRNR ALLA nA, AN AANA Pen z Maemans Amy ns ANAM AR pnmmrwns sy to tornsrassssare 452 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 44 Figures 1-6, Capitella ovincola, new species: Fig. 1, last 4 thoracic and first 2 abdominal segments of male individual, in dorsal view, x 16; Fig. 2, genital hook from eighth segment, x 100; Fig. 3, genital hook from ninth segment from same individual, | x 100; Fig. 4, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1250; Fig. 5, | abdominal hook in lateral view, x1250; Fig. 6, twenty-first and twenty-second segments in right dorsolateral view, x 18. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN 454 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 45 Figures 1-4, Capitita ambiseta, new genus and species: Fig. 1, an- terior end including thorax and some abdominal segments, in right lateral view, x 66; Fig. 2, hooded hook from abdomen, in lateral view, x 2947; Fig. 3, hooded hook in frontal view, x 2947; Fig. 4, posterior end with caudal appendage, in right lateral view, x 170. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 456 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 46 Figures 1-2, Notomastus (Clistomastus) lineatus: Fig. 1, hooded hook in frontal view, x 2353; Fig. 2, hooded hook in lateral view, x2353: Figures 3-4, Mediomastus californiensis: Fig. 3, hooded hook in lat- eral view, x 2800; Fig. 4, hooded hook in frontal view, x 2800. PL. 46 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS No. 4 458 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 t PLATE 47 Figures 1-5, Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis: Fig. 1, anterior end in right lateral view, x 14; Fig. 2, hooded hook from anterior abdominal segment in frontal view, x1700; Fig. 3, hooded hook in lateral view, x1700; Fig. 4, prostomium with eyespots and nuchal slits, in dorsal view, x 56; Fig. 5, four abdominal seg- ments in right ventrolateral view, x 31. PL. 47 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 4 460 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 48 Figures 1-5, Notomastus (Clistomastus) hemipodus, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end including thorax and first 2 abdominal seg- ments, in right lateral view, proboscis partly everted, x 15; Fig. 2, median abdominal segments in dorsal view, x 29; Fig. 3, prostomium and peristomium, in dorsal view, showing eyespots and nuchal slits, x 34; Fig. 4, hooded hook from median abdom- inal segment, in lateral view, x 1631; Fig. 5, hooded hook in frontal view, x 1631. PL. 48 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 4 462 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 49 Figures 1-5, Notomastus (Clistomastus) luridus: Fig. 1, last 2 thor- acic and first 2 abdominal segments in right lateral view, x 20; Fig. 2, prostomium in dorsal view, showing palpode and nuchal slits, x 110; Fig. 3, median abdominal segments in dorsal view, x 22; Fig. 4, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1350; Fig. 5, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1350. PL. 49 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 464 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 50 Figures 1-6, Notomastus magnus, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end of mature female, including thorax and 2 abdominal segments, in lateral view, proboscis partly everted, x 2.7; Fig. 2, hooded hook from a posterior segment in lateral view, x 900; Fig. 3, hooded hook in frontal view, x 900; Fig. 4, prostomium and part of peristomium in dorsal view, showing palpode and nuchal slits, x 12; Fig. 5, fourth and fifth abdominal segments of mature female individual showing large genital apertures posterior to the papillar lateral organs, in dorsal view, x 6.3; Fig. 6, three far posterior segments, in dorsolateral view, branchiae everted, x 6.3. ‘ ‘ 4 NO. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 466 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 PLATE 51 Figures 1-5, Notomastus lobatus, new species: Fig. 1, last 3 thoracic and first 7 abdominal segments, in right lateral view, x 4.6; Fig. 2, abdominal hooded hook in lateral view, x 1570; Fig. 3, abdominal hooded hook in frontal view, x 1570; Fig. 4, abdom- inal segments 41 to 48 in ventrolateral view, x 12.8; Fig. 5, pros- tomial lobe in dorsal view, x 12.8. No.4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PLAO 468 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 PLATE 52 Figures 1-4, Heteromastus filiformis: Fig. 1, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 2546; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 2546; Fig. 3, distal end of long-handled, thoracic hook, in frontal view, x 1533; Fig. 4, distal end of long-handled, thor- acic hook, in lateral view, x 1533. PLN 52 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 4 TEPENREST 2 By ee Serena = a Arete nese ates #AARAPATAAS ELAN" AM AEE A @eeAE rE Aa® rrr etttnnemee MATA AT ans mses Sit MNORIERIT OO Sra ROTTER LUE cer rmmmnnt 0 meer 470 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 53 Figures 1-4, Heteromastus filobranchus: Fig. 1, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1540; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1540; Fig. 3, distal end of long-handled, thoracic hook, in lateral view, x 1264; Fig. 4, distal end of long-handled, thoracic hook, in frontal view, x 1264. PEAS HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS No. 4 NOH Bev tne AN Anan Sate ene 472 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 54 Figures 1-3, Leiocapitella glabra, new genus and species: Fig. 1, tenth to eighteenth segments, showing posterior thoracic transitional fifteenth, and anterior abdominal segments, in right lateral view, x 23; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 2385; Fig. 3, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 2385. PL. 54 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 4 Be : Meta ssa ‘ SAT TOTSSE oR wera rras ENTE Er AAA LE At CAMERA Te rarer asec’ Aemmee aan TTA Re Aron teee ems see 474 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 55 Figures 1-5, Dasybranchus platyceps, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end including prostomium, peristomium and 4 thoracic setigerous segments, in dorsal view, x 9; Fig. 2, hooded hook in lateral view, x 931; Fig. 3, hooded hook in frontal view, x 931; Fig. 4, anterior branchial region from right side, in three-quarter view, branchiae wholly to partly everted, the row of papillar lateral organs marks the right lateral line, x 8; Fig. 5, last 5 thoracic and first 7 abdominal segments, in left lateral view, x 7.5. NO. 4 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PIA D9 476 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 56 Figures 1-2, Dasybranchus lunulatus: Fig. 1, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1916; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1916. Figures 3-4, Dasybranchus lumbricoides: Fig. 3, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1543; Fig. 4, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1543. ee ee ee a. a ———————eEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEe—eee—ee—EeEeeeeeeeeeee PL. 56 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN No. 4 +e memernmmnnivery.., 478 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 57 Figures 1-2, Dasybranchus glabrus: Fig. 1, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1188; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1188. Figures 3-4, Protocapitella simplex: Fig. 3, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 2592; Fig. 4, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 5184. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 4 appewganinren™ ata stodipaatedd Unsoelinh WALI A athe 480 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS | voL. 10 PLATE 58 Figures 1-6, Anotomastus gordiodes (Moore), new combination: Fig. 1, last 3 thoracic and first 2 abdominal segments, in right lateral view, x 18; Fig. 2, abdominal hook in frontal view, x 1500; Fig. 3, abdominal hook in lateral view, x 1500; Fig. 4, prostomium with eyespots and nuchal slits, and peristomium, in dorsal view, x 30; Fig. 5, pygidium showing anal aperture and elongate processes, in dorsoposterior view, x 65; Fig. 6, three branchial segments from a posterior region, showing notopodial tori and filamentous branchiae, in dorsal view, x 45. PL. 58 > POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN NO. 4 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART VIII. PILARGIIDAE (PLATEs 59-63) By OLGA HARTMAN POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part VIII. PivarcimDAE (PLATES 59-63) By Otca HARTMAN The family Pilargiidae (including the Kynephoridae Ehlers, 1920) was erected by St. Joseph (1899) for a single species, Pilargis verrucosa St. Joseph from littoral zones in France. The first species of the family,? however, was Ancistrosyllis groenlandica McIntosh (1878) from deep water off Greenland but this was originally referred to the family Syllidae. A year later Webster (1879) described 2 species, Phronia tardigrada and Cabira incerta from Virginia, placing them in uncertain positions. The first of these has since been referred to Ancistrosyllis but the second remains enigmatical. In 1893 Korschelt found a pelagic larval pilargiid off Trieste, Italy which he named Harpochaeta cingulata, but this has since been referred to Ancistrosyllis. In the years since then a few additional records of this unique family have appeared but their occurrence in collections has been extremely rare. ‘The pilargiids, as known today, still represent a small, unusual group. The few known genera are aberrant in their relations to one another, perhaps because they represent relict species. Since most of them are small and easily overlooked, it is also likely that more intensive search will reveal others. Although a separate family has been erected for these species, there has been disagreement among specialists as to their actual status. Some authors, notably Fauvel (1920 and 1923), Monro (1933) and Berkeley (1941) have regarded them as aberrant hesionids. Hessle (1925, p. 9) has shown that Ancistrosyllis is neither a syllid nor a hesionid as defined today. Hessle stressed the following characters as unique to Ancistro- syllis: (1) the relative massiveness of the palpi as compared with the small prostomial lobe, (2) the inarticulate condition of the paired anten- nae, (3) the posterior position of the median antenna, (4) the asetigerous condition of the peristomial segment, (5) the inconspicuous nature of 1 Sigambra grubii Miiller (1858, Arch. Naturgesch., vol. 24.1, pp. 214-215, pl. 6, figs. 7-9) from Santa Catharina, Brazil, known only through a brief, original account, seems to be an Ancistrosyllis, belonging to the group with long cirri. If its status can be more clearly verified from topotypes, a change in nomenclature may be desired, since the name Sigambra Miiller predates Ancistrosyllis McIntosh. Another name, Otopsidae Ditlevsen (1917, Danish Ingolf Exped., vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 67-69) erected for Otopsis longipes Ditlevsen, from off southwest Ireland in 843 fms, is also to be referred to the family Pilargiidae, but since the palpi were not described, the generic status, whether Pilargis or Ancistrosyllis, cannot be ascertained. [ 483 ] 484 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 parapodia, (6) the short, conical nature of both dorsal and ventral cirri and (7) the presence of heavy spines at the base of dorsal cirri. However, it should be noted that in species of some genera the prostomial antennae are altogether lacking, that the comparative size of parapodia and the relative lengths of cirri vary considerably, that heavy acicular spines in notopodia are characteristic only of species of Ancistrosyllis and that the palpi may be very small (Loandalia) or even absent (Talehsapia). Among the 7 characters mentioned by Hessle, therefore, only one appears to be consistent throughout the group; it concerns the asetigerous condi- tion of the peristomial segment. At present it seems desirable to conserve the family name, Pilargiidae, distinct from the Hesionidae since in so far as known all representatives of the first completely lack composite setae which the hesionids have. The family characteristics are discussed more fully later. The aberrant nature of representatives of this family can be more fully appreciated through a perusal of some of its published accounts. The oldest described species, Ancistrosyllis groenlandica McIntosh was first referred to the Syllidae. “Che next 2, Phronia tardigrada Webster and Cabira incerta Webster were regarded among the incertae sedis. Pilargis verrucosa St. Joseph was made the type and only species of a new family. Ehlers (1920) erected a new family, Kynephoridae, for Kynephorus inermis although this was later shown to be unnecessary. Both Talehsapia Fauvel (1932) and Loandalia Monro (1936) were first regarded among the incertae sedis but the affinities of both have been more recently discussed (Mesnil and Fauvel, 1939 and Berkeley, 1941). ‘The affinities of each of these genera to the others remain obscure but it now seems possible that the pilargiids as known today are distinctly divisible into 2 branches which may ultimately merit separate family rank. In one group including Pilargis and Ancistrosyllis the prostomium is provided with antennae and the peristomium has cirri; in the other including Loandalia and Talehsapia the prostomium lacks antennae and the peristomium is a plain ring. Additional characters are discussed more fully later. Five species in 3 genera and posterior fragments of 2 other species are represented in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern California. With these unusual materials it has been possible to elucidate some characters which have heretofore re- mained unknown or obscure. A close study of these species discloses even more strikingly the divergent nature of the various species and prompts No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 485 speculation as to their long historical development. ‘The species differ so abruptly among themselves that any attempt at relationship is difficult. Furthermore, the known species have not only widely spaced geographic distribution but great bathymetric ranges. In addition, they inhabit pre- sumably all gradations of temperatures from warm tropical, to cold, arctic degrees. These features suggest that the group is very old, allow- ing adequate time for divergence among species and dissemination of populations, with subsequent extinction in intervening areas. The dis- junct distribution of some species, notably Ancistrosyllis rigida is espe- cially interesting. Acknowledgements.—I am indebted to the Allan Hancock Founda- tion for permission and facilities to examine these interesting collections. Grateful acknowledgement is due the Director, Dr. Allan Hancock and the Chancellor of The University of Southern California, Dr. Rufus B. von KleinSmid. The illustrations are the result of the skill and patience of the staff artist, Mr. Anker Petersen. The family Pilargiidae is here considered to include 5 genera with 17 (or 18) species but one of these genera (Talehsapia) is incompletely known and another (Cabira) is too poorly known to identify beyond family. Each of these genera is represented by species numbering only 1 to 8 (or 9). They are listed immediately below. “Those in heavy face type are represented in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation. 1. Pilgaris St. Joseph, with 4 species of which one is new: P. verrucosa St. Joseph, P. tardigrada (Webster), P. berkeleyi Monro and P. maculata, new species. 2. Ancistrosyllis McIntosh, with 8 (or 9) species including those in which a. tentacular cirri are short, with 4 (or 5) species: A. groenlandica McIntosh, 4. cingulata (Korschelt), 4. gracilis Hessle, A. rigida Fauvel and possibly 4. albini Langerhans which may be identical with 4. cingulata. b. tentacular cirri are long, with 4 species of which one is new: A. constricta Southern, 4. robusta Ehlers, A. tentaculata Treadwell and 4. bassi, new species. 3. Loandalia Monro, with 3 species of which one is new: L. aberrans Monro, L. fauveli Berkeley and L. americana, new species. 4. Talehsapia Fauvel, with one species: T’. annandalei Fauvel. 5. Cabira Webster, with one species: C. incerta Webster. 486 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY PILARGIIDAE, EMENDED The body is long, greatly flattened and ribbonlike (Pilargis) or some- what depressed (Ancistrosyllis) or it is nearly cylindrical with inflated (pl. 63, fig. 1) anterior segments (Loandalia and Talehsapia). It is sometimes highly colored in life or it may be almost or quite colorless. The prostomium is small and inconspicuous. It is provided with a pair of massive (pl. 59, fig. 1) or smaller biarticulated palpi (Ancistrosyllis, Pilargis, Loandalia) or the prostomium may be conical and smoothly rounded in front (Talehsapia and Cabira). When palpi are present they consist of a larger palpophore and a tiny, papillar or filamentous palpo- style. Prostomial eyes are absent or may consist of one (pl. 62, fig. 1) or 2 pairs, located near the posterior margin on the dorsal side or laterally. The prostomium has a pair of simple, smooth, short (pl. 59, fig. 1) to long (pl. 61, fig. 1) antennae (Pilargis and Cabira) or also a median antenna (Ancistrosyllis) or it totally lacks antennae (pl. 63, fig. 1) (Loandalia and Talehsapia). The surface epithelium is more or less closely papillated Pilargis and some species of Ancistrosyllis or it may be somewhat areolated (pl. 63, fig. 1) to smooth (some species of Ancistrosyllis, Loandalia, Talehsapia and Cabira). The prostomium, where best developed among species of Ancistro- syllis and Pilargis, consists essentially of a median and a pair of lateral lobes. From its anterior ventral edge emerge the paired biarticulated palpi which may be outgrowths of the first segment or peristomium. The paired lateral prostomial lobes give rise to the paired antennae and eyes if present; the median lobe is the origin of the unpaired antenna (pl. 62, fig. 1). In one species (Ancistrosyllis rigida) the outer base of the palpo- style has a small papilla; this may be a peculiarity of the species. In so far as known the proboscis is eversible. In some genera it is cylindrical when everted (pl. 63, fig. 1) and more or less highly muscular (Ancistrosyllis, Loandalia and Talehsapia); in one genus it is globular when everted and epithelial (Pilargis). When cylindrical its distal edge may be provided with soft papillae arranged in 1 (pl. 61, fig. 2) or 2 rows or the edge may be smooth. In all species of the family save that of Talehsapia there are no jaws in so far as known. ‘The proboscis remains unknown for the genus Cabira. The dual nature of the proboscis in species of one family is not without parallel since Eisig (1914) has as demonstrated comparable phenomena No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 487 among the orbiniids. Here the species of Theostoma Eisig? have a muscu- lar, primitively derived proboscis whereas species of all other genera have an epithelial, secondarily derived, spacious proboscis. The peristomium is provided with 2 pairs of short or long tentacular cirri (pl. 61, fig. 1) (Pilargis, Ancistrosyllis and Cabira) or it may lack appendages (pl. 63, fig. 1) (Loandalia and Talehsapia). ‘There are no parapodia, setae or acicula in the first segment. “The peristomium may be more or less sharply set off from the prostomium or the separation may be less distinct, marked only by a shallow, transverse groove. The second, or first setigerous, segment is provided with dorsal and ventral cirri (Pilargis and Ancistrosyllis) or is without either dorsal or ventral cirri (Loandalia and Talehsapia). Its parapodia may be uni- ramous (Loandalia) or sub-biramous to biramous (Ancistroyllis and Pilargis) in which the notopodium is represented by an acicular lobe. True biramous parapodia may be present from the second, or not until the seventh (some species of Loandalia) setigerous segment. In typical parapodia the notopodium (except for its dorsal cirrus) is small, greatly exceeded in size by the neuropodium. The former is provided with only one or a few acicula (pl. 60, fig. 5) (Pilargis) or also heavy acicular spines (pl. 61, fig. 4) which may be straight or curved (pl. 61, fig. 6) (Ancistrosyllis) or it may have only weakly developed, fine capillary setae (pl. 63, fig. 3) (Loandalia and Talehsapia). Acicula and setae are located above the dorsal cirrus. Neuropodia are provided with one or a few acicula and simple setae in whorled (pl. 61, fig. 5) (Ancistrosyllis and Pilargis) or transverse series (Loandalia and Talehsapia) or there may be also furcate setae (pl. 62, fig. 6) (some species of Ancistrosyllis and Pilargis). Neurosetae are all simple. They are distally pointed (pl. 61, fig. 8) (Loandalia, Talehsapia and Ancistrosyllis) or distally falcate with bifur- cated tip (pl. 59, fig. 4) (Pilargis). These may be accompanied with furcate setae (pl. 62, fig. 3); the occurrence of the latter has been recorded for some species of Pilargis, Ancistrosyllis, Talehsapia and questionably Loandalia. ‘The cutting edge of the main neurosetae con- sists of a single row of teeth (pl. 60, fig. 3) (Ancistrosyllis and Pilargis) or there may be many transverse rows of teeth (pl. 63, fig. 6) (Loandalia and Talehsapia). ; The posterior end terminates in a simple, more or less papillated or smooth ring in which the anal aperture is terminal (pl. 59, fig. 3) or 2 Theostoma Eisig (1914) is preceded by Protoaricia Czerniawsky (1881) which has priority. 488 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 dorsal (pl. 63, fig. 2). The pygidium may lack tentacular processes (some species of Pilargis) or there may be a pair of such structures (some species of Pilargis and Ancistrosyllis) or there may be an anal plaque with prolonged processes (Loandalia). ‘The terminal end is not known for species of Talehsapia and Cabira. In so far as known, representatives of the family Pilargiidae do not construct tubes. Known habitats include sand and mud flats, or rocky crevices in intertidal zones but some species have been recorded from moderate to abyssal depths. Although only a few species are known, mainly by their original accounts, their geographic distribution is world wide, in both northern and southern hemispheres and they occur in arctic to tropical zones. With few exceptions, the family characteristics discussed above are highly reticulate. “Che only constant characters pertain to the small size of the prostomium, the apodous condition of the peristomium, the reduced notopodium with its dorsally emerging acicula and setae, and the entire, simple setae of both notopodia and neuropodia. It might be suggested that some deviation is the result of loss or reduction of parts. At any rate, the species of Ancistrosyllis appear to be the most generalized since they retain, in some instances, well-developed prostomial palpi; 3 pros- tomial antennae, prostomial eyes, more or less well-developed peristomial cirri, biramous parapodia with setal structures in both rami and both dorsal and ventral cirri and the anal end is generalized. Extreme reduc- tion appears to have occurred in species of the genera Loandalia and Talehsapia where prostomial antennae and peristomial cirri are totally lacking. Here also the anal end is greatly modified and the nature of parapodia with their arrangement and details of setae depart very widely from similar parts in other genera. CHARACTERS COMMON TO ANCISTROSYLLIS AND PILARGIS Body long, flattened to ribbonlike or depressed cylindrical Epithelial papillae more or less strongly developed to absent Prostomium with well-developed biarticulated palpi Prostomium with a pair of simple antennae Peristomium with 2 pairs of cirri Proboscis lacks jaws First setigerous segment with dorsal cirri and sub- to biramous parapodia Neurosetae with cutting edge provided with a single row of teeth ee ee ee ee eee no. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 489 Furcate setae present or absent Pygidium a simple collar with terminal aperture and with or without cirriform processes. The most striking disparity concerns the dual nature of the proboscis since it is cylindrical and muscular in Ancistrosyllis, globular and epi- thelial in Pilargis. Furthermore, notopodia in 4 ncistrosyllis are provided with setae or spines; notopodia in Pilargis have only embedded acicula. CHARACTERS COMMON TO LOANDALIA AND TALEHSAPIA Body long, more or less cylindrical with the anterior region inflated Prostomium reduced, lacking eyes or antennae Peristomium a simple ring, lacking cirri Proboscis cylindrical and muscular Parapodia uniquely similar, with small, papillar notopodia that lack dor- sal cirri but are provided with heavy single acicula or also a few fine capillary setae; neuropodia large, truncate with small ventral cirrus near its distal ventral edge Neurosetae geniculate, distally pointed, with transverse rows of teeth Integument smooth or faintly reticulated The most striking difference in these 2 genera concerns the dual nature of the prostomium since Loandalia has biarticulated palpi whereas Talehsapia totally lacks palpi. CHARACTERS COMMON TO ANCISTROSYLLIS AND LOANDALIA Surface epithelium smooth Prostomium provided with biarticulated palpi Proboscis cylindrical and muscular, without jaws Notopodia provided with setae or spines in addition to projecting acicula The most striking incongruity concerns the dual nature of parapodia, especially the arrangement of setal fascicles and the microscopic details of setae; in addition Loandalia has an anal plaque that is lacking in Ancis- trosyllis. Both Loandalia and Talehsapia (or possibly also Cabira) are char- acterized by extreme reduction or loss of parts, especially concerning the prostomial and peristomial structures. Moreover, in the structure of para- podial parts as also in the inflated anterior region they depart widely from species in other genera. On the other hand, Ancistrosyllis and Pilargis are more nearly related to each other than to the first two. If a super- generic separation were desirable or attempted, it would necessarily be 490 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 based on these characters. Cabira is too incompletely known to be com- pared with other known genera. (The original account of Cadira has probably confused dorsal and ventral rami in describing the arrangement of acicular hooks and setae; these heavy hooks are perhaps actually dorsal. Fauvel (1920, p. 206) suggests further that the prostomium probably also had originally a median antenna which was lost before the description was made. The generic name is perhaps best dropped from the literature. ) Key To GENERA 1. Prostomium with a pair of thin, lateral plates with papillated surface; neuropodia with heavy, recurved hooks . : ; ‘ ; : : ; : oes 1. Prostomium Ne ae ee whale neuropodia without recurved hooks . : , ee 2. Proboscis muscular, cylindrical oe ee (oe 63, Ge hig 3 2. Proboscis epithelial, aa when everted; prostomium with 2 antennae . A - ; 4 . Pilargis 3. Prostomium een antennae (pl. 63, fe 1) ; peristomium with- PVIRVE MEG wee Wt en to PURIST E SAAD Ay) i teelie o Ta: 3. Prostomium with 3 antennae (pl. 62, fig. 1) ; peristomium with 2 pairs of cirri. ; : . Ancistrosyllis 4. Prostomium with a pair Be Beene palpi (pl 63, fiz. 1) ; é ; - é . : : A , : . Loandalia 4. Prostomium without palpi . : : : : . Talehsapia Genus PILARGIS St. Joseph, 1899 Type P. verrucosa St. Joseph Includes Phronia Webster, 1879, preoccupied. The body is very long, depressed and ribbonlike; it consists of many similar segments. ‘The prostomium is reduced in size and provided at its anterior end with a pair of biarticulated palpi in which the base is mas- sive; the article is tiny and papillar. There are 2 short, simple antennae inserted on the prostomial lobe, near the lateral or posterior margins. Eyes are lacking in so far as known. The proboscis is a soft, epithelial, globular, eversible sack and lacks armature. The first or peristomial segment is provided with 2 pairs of short cirri; they are typically conical or fusiform in shape and sometimes conspicuously larger than the cirri farther back. Notopodia are represented by a dorsal cirrus that is some- No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 491 times notably larger than the respective ventral cirrus, and a single embedded aciculum (pl. 59, fig. 8). Neuropodia are provided with a ventral cirrus and simple setae that are sometimes accompanied with furcate setae (pl. 62, fig. 7) or also pointed setae. The cutting edge of the unforked setae is beset with a single row of pointed teeth (pl. 59, fig. 6). Pilargis has heretofore been known by 3 species, but one of these, P. tardigrada (Webster) remains only briefly known. Another species is herein described as new. ‘These species are: 1. P. verrucosa St. Joseph (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 251) from southern Europe 2. P. berkeleyi Monro 3. P. tardigrada (Webster) (1879, p. 268) dredged off Virginia 4 . P. maculata, new species Key To SPECIES 1. Notopodia with a conical cirrophore that is longer than wide (pls 59, fie..8) : : ; : . P. berkeleyi 1. Notopodia without such Bh is ; : : 2 2. Dorsal cirri leaflike ; tentacular cirri of the first 2 eee nan larger than those following . : : ‘ . P. tardigrada 2. Dorsal cirri conical; tentacular cirri of the first 2 segments not much larger than those following . : 3 3. Neuropodial setae consist of only falcate oe er 59, fig. 4) : : . P. maculata 3. Met eal setae eis eh Hee hooks and pointed setae . P. verrucosa Pilargis berkeleyi Monro Plate 59, Figs. 1-8 Monro, 1933, pp. 673-675, figs. 1-4; MacGinitie, 1935, p. 690. Collections —Puget Sound, Washington (1, from type locality) ; Tomales Bay, California (1); San Francisco Bay, California, from the following stations of the U.S.S. Albatross: Station D 5825, near Angel Island in 8% to 1214 fms, sand and shell (1); Station D 5825, near Angel Island in 1014 to 16% fms, sand (2); Station D 5830, off Alcatraz Light in 8% to 11 fms, sand (2); Station D 5841, middle section of bay in 0-12 fms (1) ; Station D 5817, near Mare Island Light in 514 fms, sand (1). 492 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 The original and only known account of this interesting species was based on a small, incomplete individual only 20 mm long and 2 mm wide from which posterior segments and pygidium were lacking. ‘The several individuals herein reported are considerably larger. A complete one (preserved) with a regenerated posterior end, taken in ‘Tomales Bay, measures 200 mm long and consists of 460 segments, not counting the closely crowded segments of the regenerated region. It is 4 mm wide at its greatest width which is slightly behind the middle of the body. Other individuals from San Francisco Bay are nearly as large and some are posteriorly complete and normal. ‘The body is broad, ribbonlike, greatly depressed and proportionately very long for its width. Color in alcohol is drab or gray but the conspicuous dorsal cirrophores are reddish to dark brown. ‘The dorsal side of the prostomium, antennae, palpi, and peristomial and dorsal cirri, as also the entire dorsum of the body are finely papillated (pl. 59). The prostomium consists of a pair of larger lateral lobes widely separated from each other medially and a small, median, triangular portion (pl. 59, fig. 1). The simple, club-shaped, paired antennae are attached to the distal ends of the paired lobes. The separation between prostomium and palpi can be discerned as a shallow groove under favor- able lighting conditions. The large palpi project beneath and in front of the prostomial lobes. ‘They are separated from each other medially for about half their length. Each consists of a thick, massive palpophore and a tiny, distal palpostyle that is most clearly seen in ventral view (pl. 59, fig. 2). On the ventral side the palpi can be seen to extend posteriorly to the oral aperture and peristomium. The peristomium or first ring is nearly as long as the next segment but somewhat narrower. On the dorsal side it has a shallow median emargin- ation where it joins the prostomium. On the ventral side its anterior margin forms the lower lip and is slightly papillated. At the sides it is provided with 2 pairs of fusiform, papillated tentacular cirri that exceed the prostomial antennae in size. The dorsal ones are the larger. At the anterior dorsal base of the tentacular cirri there is a small, fleshy elevation visible in both dorsal and ventral views; these paired elevations are larger than the epithelial papillae. The proboscis (everted in one individual) is soft, epithelial, trans- lucent, delicate in texture and more or less globular in shape. In another individual where the proboscis is retracted, by dissection it is seen to lie NO. 5 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 493 somewhat folded, extending back through the first 5 setigerous segments. Its walls are thin and membranous. The second, or first setigerous, segment resembles those farther back except that its dorsal cirri are somewhat larger (pl. 59, fig. 2). It is provided with dorsal and ventral cirri and a setigerous lobe between the cirri. From the fourth setigerous segment the dorsal cirrophore comes to have a thick base and is already somewhat pigmented but by the sixth segment the dark pigment extends completely around the stalk. “The typical appearance (pl. 59, fig. 8) is continued farther back through all parapodia to the end of the body. Notopodia are represented only by the large cirri and single embedded acicula. Notoacicula, like all other setal structures, are clear yellow or translucent. Neuropodial lobes are well developed, provided with a strong single aciculum and a fascicle of 12 to 14 long, slender setae. “The setae are of a single kind but of varying lengths. The superiormost tend to be longest and they decrease in length inferiorly. All are falcate (pl. 59, fig. 4) with bifurcated tip but in the slenderer, longer ones this struc- ture can be discerned only under high magnification. Each seta consists of a long, nearly cylindrical (pl. 59, fig. 7) shaft, a knifelike blade with a single row of oblique teeth which in cross section is long triangular (pl. 59, fig. 6) ; the tip is strongly bifid. In lateral view the accessory tooth is seen to be somewhat overhung by the larger main tooth and in frontal view (pl. 59, fig. 5) the main tooth appears unusually broad. One sel- dom sees a broken tip indicating comparative great strength of the struc- ture. The body terminates posteriorly in a ringlike pygidium with a terminal anal aperture. It is papillated dorsally but smooth ventrally. This ring is provided laterally with a pair of fusiform processes which are also papillated (pl. 59, fig. 3); they resemble the dorsal cirri of parapodia. Color in life is drab greenish yellow with bright reddish brown cirro- phores. ‘The species is known to inhabit sandy mud flats, especially in eel grass zones, at low water line and in shallow depths to 16 fms. In the original account of this species the delineations of the pros- tomial lobes, palpi and peristomium were not clarified. In the illustra- tion of the head the palpostyles and prostomial antennae appear to be attached to the base of the palpi. Actually the antennae are not a part of the palpi. Furthermore the notoaciculum is shown extending only partly through the notopodium; in the material examined it extends 494 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 more distally, into the base of the cirrophore. The neuroacicular lobe is shown rather long, extending from the neuropodial lobe. Here it is largely concealed by the presetal and postsetal lobes (pl. 59, fig. 8). Also, in the original account the neurosetae are shown with an accessory tooth that is proportionately larger than may be the case. Ventral cirri of the first few segments were not identified but since they are small they were perhaps overlooked. P. berkeleyi resembles P. tardigrada (Webster) in having long, dor- sal cirrophores but in the latter the dorsal cirri are said to be leaflike and ventral cirri of the first segment are shown notably smaller than their respective dorsal cirri. Furthermore, P. tardigrada was described as “everywhere white” whereas P. berkeleyi has the conspicuously colored dorsal cirrophores. I am indebted to Dr. Edith Berkeley for an individual from the type locality. Distribution—Puget Sound, Washington; Tomales and San Fran- cisco Bays, also Elkhorn Slough (MacGinitie, 1935), California; inter- tidal to 16 fms. Pilargis maculata, new species Plate 60, Figs. 1-5 Collections —Marine View, San Mateo County, California, in sand- stone crevices (2); U.S.S. Albatross Station D 5733, in San Francisco Bay at Bonita Point light, California, 9 fms, bottom fine dark sand (fragment). This is a very long, broad, ribbonlike species. A larger individual lacking head and anterior segments measures 140 mm long for 325 seg- ments. A smaller one with head but without tail is less than half as large, but agrees with the first in other respects and comes from the same locality. The body tapers anteriorly to a small, inconspicuous prostomial lobe. It is broad through long median and posterior regions but tapers rapidly to the posterior, constricted pygidial ring. Epithelial papillae are scattered over most of the prostomium, the palpi and the dorsal cirri (pl."60; figs. 1, 2). The prostomium consists of a pair of papillated, lateral lobes that are widely separated from each other by a smooth, median portion. Short fusiform, papillated antennae are inserted at the frontal margins of the lateral lobes. There are no eyes. Palpophores are thick and fleshy; they project beneath and in front of the prostomium and terminate distally in No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 495 a pair of short, blunt palpophores that are attached anteroventrally. The peristomium is a simple ring that is as long as the next segment but narrower and deeply incised middorsally where the prostomium joins it. At its sides it is provided with 2 pairs of short, conical, papillated tentacular cirri of which the dorsal ones are slightly the larger. The proboscis was not everted in the single individual which retained it; it is presumed to be globular, as in P. berkeleyi and other species of the genus. The second, or first setigerous, segment resembles those farther back except that its dorsal cirri are larger. It is provided with single acicula in both notopodia and neuropodia; its fascicles of setae resemble those farther back. From the next segment the notopodia have a reddish brown, pigmented area on the anterior side; this spot comes to be more conspicuous farther back and is continued medially and posteriorly as a dark, reddish, saddlelike area over the notopodial ridge (pl. 60, fig. 5). It may be glandular in function. Typical parapodia have a short, thick notopodium with conical, papil- lated dorsal cirrus and a slender, translucent, embedded aciculum. Neuro- podia consist of a smaller, conical, smooth ventral cirrus and a short, truncate, setigerous portion with a triangular, acicular lobe that projects laterally from between the short presetal and postsetal lobes. Neuro- acicula are thicker than notoacicula but also translucent yellow and com- pletely embedded in the parapodial tissue. Neurosetae consist of a single kind but are of varying lengths; the longest and slenderest are in the superiormost part of the fascicle. “They number 16 to 20 in a bundle in median parapodia. All are slender and knifelike with a distal, bifurcated tip. “The shaft is nearly cylindrical ; the blade is triangular with the thinnest portion at the dentate edge and the teeth are disposed in a single row (pl. 60, figs. 3, 4). The distal end terminates in a large, recurved main fang and a smaller, straighter tooth. In frontal view it is much like that in P. berkeleyi (pl. 59, fig. 5). Pointed or furcate setae have not been identified and are believed to be absent. The posterior end, complete in the largest individual, consists of many closely crowded, flattened segments that taper rapidly to a narrow, pygidial ring. This is thickened and papillated; it has a terminal anal aperture. No processes are present as in P. berkeleyi (pl. 59, fig. 3), but it is not known that they have not been lost. 496 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 Color in life is brilliant red with richly colored, reddish brown, saddlelike spots, segmentally arranged on the anterior side of notopodia. These patches are characterized by a thick, leathery epithelium and appear to be glandular. A small spot of a similar color is present on the ventral face of neuropodia, near the base, likewise segmentally arranged. P. maculata has been recovered twice from deep crevices in hard sandstones in low intertidal zones at Marine View, San Mateo County, California in July, 1933. Another record is from shallow dredging in the middle of San Francisco Bay, associated with sand. P. maculata differs from other species of the genus in the relations of its prostomial parts, its unique parapodial structures and possibly in its habitat. It is distinguished from each of the others in the key. Holotype-—AHF no. 74; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foun- dation. Type locality—Marine View, San Mateo County, California, in crevices of hard sandstones in low intertidal zones. Distribution —Central California, coast and San Francisco Bay; intertidal to 9 fms. Genus ANCISTROSYLLIS McIntosh, 1879 Type A. groenlandica McIntosh Includes Phronia Webster, 1879, Harpochaeta Korschelt, 1893, and Kynephorus Ehlers, 1920, and possibly Sigambra Miller, 1858. The body is long, depressed to somewhat cylindrical and consists of many similar segments. “The prostomium is small and inconspicuous (pl. 62, fig. 1) or larger and more obvious (pl. 61, fig. 1). Prostomial antennae number 3 and may be short and fusiform or much longer and tentacular; when shorter the individual resembles a syllid, when longer it is more nearly like an onuphid. Eyes may be absent or represented by 2 or 4 eyes on the prostomial lobe. Palpi are distinctly biarticulated but the palpophore greatly exceeds the palpostyle in size; they are located in front of the paired prostomial lobes. ‘The proboscis is muscular, eversible and cylindrical; it terminates distally in a circlet of soft papillae (pl. 61, fig. 2) or its margin may be nearly or quite smooth. The distal aperture of the proboscis is a vertical slit (at least in some instances). ‘Chere are no jaws or other hard, chitinous pieces in so far as known. The first segment or peristomium has 2 pairs of longer or shorter cirri but no parapodia or setae. Typical parapodia are biramous. Noto- NO. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 497 podia are provided with dorsal cirrus, one or a few notoacicula and strong acicular spines that emerge dorsal to the dorsal cirrus (pl. 61, fig. 4). The second parapodium has or lacks (pl. 61, fig. 3) a ventral cirrus. Neuropodia are provided with ventral cirrus, one or 2 embedded acicula and full fascicles of neurosetae of a single kind or including also furcate setae (pl. 62, fig. 7). The posterior end terminates in a pygidial ring with terminal anal aperture and (at least in some species) a pair of cirri- form processes inserted ventrally (pl. 62, fig. 2). In so far as known the habitat is a sandy bottom, in shallow to abyssal depths. The genus Ancistrosyllis is known through the following species. A. Those in which antennae and peristomial cirri are short: 1. A. groenlandica McIntosh (1879, p. 502) from Davis Strait, Greenland in 410 fms 2. A. cingulata (Korschelt) (Fauvel, 1923, p. 251) from the Medi- terranean Sea, based on a pelagic larva 3. A. albini Langerhans (1881, p. 107) from the Canary Islands. (This may be identical with 4. cingulata.) 4. A. gracilis Hessle (1925, p. 34) off Japan in 300 meters 5. A. rigida Fauvel B. Those in which antennae and peristomial cirri are long: 6. A. constricta Southern (1921, p. 573) from Chilka Lake, India 7. A. robusta Ehlers (1908, p. 59) south Atlantic Ocean in blue mud 8. A. tentaculata Treadwell (1941, p. 1) off Long Island, New York 9. A. bassi, new species Key To SPECIES Prostomial antennae and peristomial cirri short, fusiform . Prostomial antennae and peristomial cirri long, cirriform . Integument papillated . Integument smooth or nearly so . Dorsal cirri of the first setigerous segment take Goa ribet thse me prostomium with a pair of large, lateral eyes . . A. groenlandica 3. Daal cirri Aah Ae aes ea segment resemble those farther back; prostomium with 4 fat dorsal eyes arranged in a trape- zoid . : , : : . A. gracilis 4. Posterior dorsal peers Le or ae so (pl. 62, fie 3) )s cink SSE wu 498 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 entire. ° : . A. rigida 4. Posterior Beal feels onued acealte ick 6), fie: 16) cine articulated . ¥ P : : . A. cingulata 5. Fourth segment forms a Cee ected eae region . : : é : ; . A. constricta ae mouth L aueht re not wae it a neck region . , 46 6. Posterior margin of prostomium deeply excavate for insertion of median antenna; large dorsal hooks already present from the fourth setigerous segment . ‘ : : . A. tentaculata 6. Posterior margin of prostomium not so excavate; large dorsal hooks first present from a more posterior segment . : 7 7. Dorsal acicular hooks brown, first present at about the au rant segment; proboscis terminates distally in 16 papillae . : ‘ . A. robusta es Deiat acicular et ae ae fee mae at about the twenty- fifth segment; proboscis terminates distally in 14 papillae . e e e e e e e e e e e e A. bassi Ancistrosyllis rigida Fauvel Plate 62, Figs. 1-7 Fauvel, 1919, p. 373, fig. 4; 1919, pp. 210-211. Kynephorus inermis Ehlers, 1920, p. 27, pl. 3, figs. 1-9. Fauvel, 1923, pp. 18-19, fig. 3. Augener, 1927, p. 134. Fauvel, 1932, p. 64. A. gorgonensis Monro, 1933, pp. 26-28, fig. 12. Collections —El Descanso, Lower California, shore (1); La Jolla, California, shore (2). The largest complete individual measures 21 mm long and 1 mm wide; it consists of 84 segments. The body is slender, smooth, rigid, and resembles a wiry syllid. Epithelial papillae appear to be entirely lacking except for the unique pair at the outer bases of the palpostyles (pl. 62, fig. 1). The prostomium consists of a pair of lateral lobes that are separated from each other by a triangular middle lobe. Paired, fusiform antennae are inserted at the distal margins of the lateral lobes and a similar, median antenna is inserted at the posterior middle margin of the median lobe. A single pair of dark eyes is located on the paired lobes, near their posterior margin. ‘These 2 eyes are proportionately larger than are the 4 eyes No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 499 originally described for this species (Fauvel, 1919, fig. 4) or also the 4 eyes for 4. gorgonensis (Monro, 1933, p. 26). Each consists of a clear lens and a crescentic mass of dark pigment but the latter may be more or less completely diffused or even somewhat broken so that a single eye may appear as 2 smaller, contiguous ones. The paired palpi are in front of, and beneath, the prostomium. ‘The palpostyles are smooth, massive, directed forward and terminate in sub- globular palpostyles. At the outer side of each palpostyle, near its base, is a small rounded boss or papilla. ‘The peristomium or first segment is provided with 2 pairs of fusiform cirri. “The dorsal pair is slightly larger than the ventral one. The anterior margin of the peristomium is straight. The proboscis, everted in one individual, is cylindrical in shape, about one and one-half times as long as wide and it terminates distally in an edge that is nearly smooth except for a low, fleshy boss on either side. Proximally its surface is smooth and glistening. No jaws or other arma- ture have been identified. Parapodia are similar to one another throughout the body except for larger or smaller size, depending on their location and on the width of the body where they occur. “Typically they consist of spindle-shaped dor- sal and ventral cirri and a truncate setigerous neuropodial lobe. Dorsal cirri resemble ventral cirri but are slightly the larger. Both have a con- stricted base and an attenuate tip (pl. 62, fig. 6). In addition the noto- podium is represented by single, embedded, yellow acicula that are pointed distally, and single heavy acicular spines that appear straight distally when seen from the front but are slightly bent when seen from the side (pl. 62, fig. 3). The acicular spines are somewhat more con- spicuous in posterior than in median segments because they project from the parapodium for a slightly greater distance. “The notoaciculum tends to extend distally to the base of the dorsal cirrus or it may go somewhat beyond; the acicular spine extends a considerable distance from the noto- podial tissue, especially far back in the body (pl. 62, fig. 2). Neuropodia are provided with 2 embedded acicula which may be subequal in size or the ventral one may be the larger; the projecting setae are of 2 kinds. Most of the setae are long, slender, distally pointed, dis- posed in superior and inferior fascicles of about 4 in each. ‘They are arranged in a whorled tuft. In addition all parapodia or at least from the second one, have 1 or 2 furcate setae in the middle of the fascicle (pl. 62, figs. 6, 7). This arrangement is continued throughout the body. The pointed neurosetae consist of a long, nearly cylindrical shaft and 500 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 a distal, knifelike blade with a single row of oblique cutting teeth; they terminate distally in a pointed tip. ‘The cutting teeth extend nearly to the acute tip (pl. 62, fig. 5). The furcate spines are broad seen from the V-shaped side (pl. 62, fig. 4) but seen from the front they are very slender. It seems possible that they function from the second or smaller aciculum and that they may serve to keep the toothed setae clean from debris. “This might be accomplished by drawing the setae through the crotch of the forked spine since the latter has the size and dimensions that would permit the toothed edge of the setae to be drawn through it. Far posterior parapodia (an eighth last one is shown in pl. 62, fig. 6) are much like those in the middle region but the proportions differ slightly and the acicular spines tend to be stronger farther back. ‘The posterior end terminates in a simple ring with terminal anal aperture and a pair of ventral, cirriform processes that are fused to each other across the ventrum (pl. 62, fig. 2). The identity of these individuals with 4. rigida Fauvel was at first questioned because of the presence of only 2 instead of 4 eyes. “The same doubt applies to their comparison with 4. gorgonensis Monro (1933, p. 26) since the prostomium of the latter is also shown with 2 pairs of eyes in which the 2 on a side are nearly contiguous. However, the resemblances are so great in other respects that the foregoing conclusion (see synonymy above) seems justified. “The prostomium has short, spindle-shaped antennae; the palpi have the unique lateral bosses at the bases of the palpostyles; the parapodial parts are peculiar, including the fusiform dorsal and ventral cirri, the nearly straight acicular spines in notopodia and the similarly disposed neurosetae and the presence of fur- cate spines. Discrepancies between the individuals described above and the known published accounts of the species are noted. Prostomial eyes are said to number 4 instead of 2. The paired prostomial antennae have been said to be inserted on the palpophores. ‘The small boss on the outer base of the palpostyle has been described at the distal end of the palpophore (Monro, 1933). ‘The pygidium has been described with a pair of fusi- form processes, seemingly separated from each other at the base. The furcate spines have been shown in the superior part of the neuropodium (Fauvel, 1923). ‘The insertion of parts of the prostomium can easily be mistaken since all parts are very small and the outlines between palpi and prostomial lobes are distinguishable only with very favorable lighting and microscopic equipment. ‘The fusion of the anal processes is similarly No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 501 easily overlooked since the base may be partly overhung by the pygidial ring. I am unable to account for the other 2 disparities, namely the presence of 4 instead of 2 eyes, and the presence of furcate spines in the superior, instead of middle, setal fascicle. “These 2 characters alone seem hardly sufficient to merit the erection of a new species for the individuals herein described. A. gorgonensis Monro (1933, p. 50) is here believed to be conspecific although the illustration of a median parapodium seems to differ. It is possible that this figure was made from a preparation depressed under a cover slip. The same effect has been produced with preparations from individuals recorded herein. When not depressed the dorsal and ventral cirri are fusiform and the neuropodium is less broad than shown; also, the setae are disposed in a whorl, not in a vertical series. The dorsal acicular spine is shown straighter for A. gorgonensis than is actually the case, but they may have been seen only from the front. Fauvel (1923) described the presence of a midventral groove which Monro (1933) said was absent, but this character may be dependent on methods of fixation. The individuals recorded above were collected from sandy crevices at El Descanso, Lower California, and in similar habitats at La Jolla, Cali- fornia, both from low intertidal zones. Distribution—The disjunct, though widely known records of this species have been largely assembled by Fauvel (1932, p. 64). They include the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, islands in the south Pacific Ocean, and Curacao in the Dutch West Indies. Later Monro (1933) recorded it from Gorgona Island. The present records are Lower California and southern California. Ancistrosyllis bassi, new species Plate 61, Figs. 1-7 Collections—Lemon Bay, southern Florida, sandy shore (1) ; Beau- fort, North Carolina, sandy shore (1) ; U.S.S. 4/batross Station D 5821, middle section of San Francisco Bay, California in 8-10 fms (2). A complete, though probably immature individual from Lemon Bay, Florida, is 26 mm long and consists of 146 segments. It has the general appearance of an abranchiate onuphid because of the long prostomial antennae and tentacular cirri. The surface epithelium is smooth except for a few scattered papillae on the dorsal sides of notopodia. The body is depressed in its anterior half but thereafter tapers gradually and is some- 502 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 what coiled and twisted in its posterior portion, especially where the dorsal acicular spines are most developed. Parapodia come to be rela- tively more conspicuous in the posterior half of the body due mainly to the great dorsal projecting hooks and the long dorsal cirri. ‘The prostomium is more conspicuous than usual for members of this family. ‘There are paired lateral lobes and a median one but they are separable in external view with difficulty. Each gives rise to a long tentacular antenna (pl. 61, fig. 1). There are no eyes. The posterior margin of the prostomium is nearly straight or only slightly convex. The palpi are prolonged and directed forward in front of the prostomium. They consist of thick palpophores and small palpostyles. ‘The palpi are well separated from each other medially by the middle lobe of the pros- tomium. The peristomium or first segment is separated from the prostomium by a shallow groove. It is nearly twice as long as the first setigerous seg- ment and distinctly biannulate. At its anterior, lateral margins there are 2 pairs of long, tentacular cirri arising from short, simple bases. “The ventral pair is somewhat smaller and shorter than the dorsal pair and all resemble the prostomial antennae in form. The proboscis, partly everted in one individual, is smooth, cylindrical and muscular. It terminates distally in a circlet of 14 large, conical papillae (pl. 61, fig. 2). Its proximal surface is smooth and somewhat iridescent except for wrinkles of contraction. By transmitted light one can distinguish heavy, striated muscles in the walls of the proboscis. There are no jaws or other chitinous pieces. The first setigerous segment is conspicuous for a pair of long, tentacu- lar cirri that are longer and thicker than the median prostomial antenna. The ventral cirri are much smaller, resembling those farther back. ‘The setigerous lobe is provided with a whorl of fine, pointed setae. ‘The second setigerous segment resembles those farther back but it is some- what reduced on its ventral side so that ventral cirri are lacking (pl. 61, fig. 3). Its notopodium is represented by a long, cirriform, dorsal cirrus and a yellow,translucent aciculum that extends into the cirrus. Its neuropodium is well developed with an acicular lobe and a full fascicle of long, slender, pointed setae. From the next segment there is little dif- ference in successive parapodia except for proportionate differences in size, depending on position. Anterior and median parapodia are lateral in position ; posterior ones are dorsolateral so that dorsal cirri and hooks are directed upward. NO. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 503 In typical median parapodia the notopodia are low, inconspicuous mounds located at the dorsal base of the long dorsal cirrus; they have a few scattered epithelial papillae (pl. 61, fig. 4). Neuropodia are larger, longer, compressed lobes with a well developed ramus and a prolonged, triangular, postsetal lobe (pl. 61, fig. 5). In anterior and median para- podia there is a minute, spherical papilla between notopodia and neuro- podia, below the dorsal cirrus. This is collapsed in some segments. Dorsal and ventral cirri are long, cirriform throughout the body but the dorsal cirri are much the larger. Furthermore, in posterior parapodia the proportionate lengths of dorsal and ventral cirri increases, the noto- acicular spine comes to be larger and the neuropodial fascicle diminishes. Both notopodia and neuropodia in all parts of the body are provided with single, yellow, translucent acicula; those in neuropodia are heavier, terminating distally in a straight spine; those in notopodia are slender and terminate distally in a bent point (pl. 61, fig. 7). The latter are embedded in anterior segments but in median and posterior segments they tend to project from the distal end of the lobe. The acicula are to be distinguished from setae or spines since they extend farther into the parapodial tissue and are probably the fulcrum from which setae and spines function. Notoacicular spines are present through a long region to the posterior end. They are visible in the fifteenth, but may be present in an earlier segment. ‘The first ones are small and embedded but by the thirtieth segment they project slightly from the notopodial lobe. “They increase rapidly in size in median segments of the body and come to project for a considerable distance in the posterior end (pl. 61, fig. 4).' Their free end is strongly recurved (pl. 61, fig. 6). Neuropodia are provided with only simple, pointed setae arranged in spreading fascicles. “They consist of shorter ones above and below and longer ones in the middle of the fascicle. All are of a single kind, with long, cylindrical shaft, a longer or shorter blade and distally pointed end (pl. 61, fig. 8). The blade is knifelike, thinnest along the cutting edge, with numerous oblique teeth in single series along the edge; a shorter seta is shown in Plate 60, fig. 8. A cross section along the blade shows an elongate triangular structure with the short base of the triangle along the back of the seta. “The number of teeth at the cutting edge for a seta from the fortieth parapodium varies from only 13 for the shorter ones to as many as 25 to 28 for the longer ones. The distal smooth tip is nearly one-sixth the total length of the seta, the dentate region comprises about 504 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 as much length and the smooth shaft is about two-thirds of the total length. The posterior end terminates in a pair of long, slender, cirriform structures that are about as long as the last 10 segments. Color in life is greenish yellow; in alcohol this pigment fades out. A. bassi is known to inhabit sandy beaches in protected bays along low, intertidal zones. It is errantiate, without a tube, and probably bur- rowing. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to the late Mr. John F. Bass, Jr., Founder and Director of the Bass Biological Laboratory at Englewood, Florida, where the holotype individual was taken. After the description and figures of this species had been prepared, 2 individuals of this interesting species were recovered from materials originating in San Francisco Bay, California. "These specimens are not quite complete posteriorly but their dimensions are larger than those of the holotype. The larger one measures 35 mm long for 96 segments. Both are somewhat darker (preserved) than the type but they agree in other respects except in one feature. ‘The distal third or fourth of the everted proboscidial surface is more or less closely covered with low, wart- like papillae instead of being smooth. These papillae are much smaller than are the 14 terminal papillae, forming the distal circlet of the pro- boscis. I can find no other significant differences in the 2 collections. It may be that the warts are a result of greater age or approach to maturity, since a similar phenomenon has been observed among individuals of cer- tain species of Glyceridae. Holotype-—AHF no. 73; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality—Lemon Bay, southern Florida, in sandy flats at low tide line. Distribution——Southern Florida; Beaufort, North Carolina; San Francisco Bay, California; intertidal to 8-10 fms. Associated with a sandy bottom. Ancistrosyllis, sp. The collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation contain posterior ends of 2 different species of this genus; they cannot at present be allo- cated to any known species. One collection with 2 posterior portions originates from station 156-34 of the Velero III, from agus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos in 80-100 fms. ‘The larger of these pieces is 30 mm long and consists of 75 segments. It has short, fusiform anten- No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 505 nae and tentacular cirri. It resembles 4. rigida Fauvel but differs from the latter in that the posterior yellow acicular spines are distally curved instead of nearly straight and the anal processes consist of a pair of long, slender structures. Another collection, containing a single posterior fragment, originates off Lower California, Latitude 26° 14’N, Longitude 113° 13’W, in 48 fms and was collected by the U.S.S. Albatross on May 3, 1888. ‘This belongs to the group in which prostomial and peristomial structures are long and tentacular. Both of these collections are too meager to permit specific identifica- tion. They are here mentioned since they represent interesting records from parts of the world in which the genus has remained unknown. Genus LOANDALIA Monro, 1936, emended Type L. aberrans Monro The body is cylindrical to somewhat depressed; the anterior region through the first few segments is somewhat inflated. Its surface through the inflated region is somewhat areolated but farther back it is smooth. The prostomium is small and inconspicuous; it is provided with a pair of reduced, biarticulated palpi in which the palpophore greatly exceeds the small, papillar palpostyle. “The peristomium is a simple, achaetous and apodous ring lacking appendages. ‘The proboscis is cylindrical when everted; its walls are muscular; its distal end terminates in a slit that is vertical and a few terminal papillae which are disposed in an inner and an outer row, at least in one species. “The proximal surface of the pro- boscis is smooth. Parapodia through the first one to 5 segments are uniramous, repre- sented only by a neuropodium which may resemble a more posterior noto- podium; farther back the parapodia are biramous. Dorsal cirri are absent throughout. Ventral cirri are present only as a small prolonga- tion of the distal end of the neuropodium along its ventral edge (pl. 63, fig. 3). Notopodial structures include a long, projecting aciculum in each ramus and a few slender, hairlike setae. Neuropodial structures include a similar though stronger aciculum and transverse rows of simple, geniculate, distally pointed setae that are provided with transverse rows of teeth. The posterior end terminates in an anal plaque, ventral to the anal aperture. 506 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 The genus is now known for only 3 species of which one is new. 1. L. aberrans Monro (1936, pp. 193-195) off St. Paul de Loanda, Angola, Africa 2. L. fauveli Berkeley (1941, pp. 30-31) from Newport Bay, southern California 3. L. americana, new species Kry TO SPECIES 1. Posterior parapodia with filiform branchiae; setigerous segments 1 and 2 uniramous, others biramous . ‘ ; . L. aberrans Withoutibranchiaela) ir & es) xe ss sp TE Seen, AE Cee Setigerous segments 1 to 6 uniramous, others biramous . ‘ Z : ! 3 : 3 : E ‘ ; . L. fauveli 2. Only the first setigerous segment uniramous, others biramous . F : . 6 : ‘ * ‘ ‘ é . L. americana nN — Loandalia americana, new species Plate 63, Figs. 1-7 Collections.—Biloxi, Mississippi in sandy beach (9); Grand Isle, Louisiana, sandy shore (1) ; off San José Light, Guatemala in 12-13 fms, Velero III station 930-39 (1). Length of a larger, complete (preserved) individual is 115 mm; width in the widest region at the fourth and fifth setigerous segments is 3.3 mm without parapodia; farther back beyond the inflated region, at about the tenth segment it is 2.3 mm without, 3 mm with parapodia. Number of segments is about 111. The body is long and slender and nearly cylindrical except for the short, inflated anterior region (pl. 63, fig. 1). Color in life is not known but there is probably a pigmented pat- tern since even preserved individuals show pale rust colored patches, seg- mentally arranged, above and below the parapodial bases. ‘The prostomium is small and inconspicuous and partly overarched by the first few segments. It is a triangular, depressed lobe, widest at its posterior margin and indistinctly separable in external view from the paired palpi but obviously consisting of a pair of larger lateral lobes and a median one. There are no antennae, eyes or other visible structures (examined with both reflected and transmitted light). The palpi are biarticulate, as in most other species of the family but the palpophore is proportionately smaller and the palpostyle a minute papilla. In some individuals the palpi, especially their styles, are more or less retracted so No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 507 that their structure is difficult to ascertain but by slightly depressing the prostomial lobe they can be made to move forward. The peristomium or first segment is a simple, smooth ring, shallowly emarginate at its anterior dorsal edge where it meets the prostomium. It is somewhat longer than the next, or first, setigerous segment. The proboscis is large, cylindrical, eversible and somewhat clavate when not completely everted. It terminates distally in a vertically open slit, bounded by an inner series of 4 smaller papillae on each side and by an outer series of 4 much larger ones on each side, or a total of 8 smaller within and 8 larger ones without. There are no jaws or comparable embedded structures within the tissue of the proboscis; examination was made by dissection using both transmitted and reflected light. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth and glistening. When it is retracted it extends back through the tenth setigerous segment. The first 5 setigerous segments are inflated and the surface epithe- lium is weakly areolated. The parapodia in this region (except for the first 2 pairs) are larger than those farther back and they lack dorsal or ventral cirri. The lobes are merely elongate, oval, and the setae emerge from them. Segmental grooves in this region are deep at the sides, between successive parapodia but much less distinct on ventral and dorsal sides. Farther back the epithelium is smoother and the segmental grooves more distinct. In addition, the segments are biannulate, the 2 rings sub- equal and the posterior ring is parapodial. Under magnification each of the 2 rings is seen to be traversed by many fine, transverse rings as though the segments were capable of considerable extension in life. The second, or first setigerous, segment is provided with uniramous parapodia but all subsequent ones are unequally biramous, with smaller, papillar notopodia and larger, longer neuropodia. The first parapodium resembles a neuropodium farther back but it takes the dorsal position of a notopodium. It is an elongate, oval lobe, provided with a single yellow aciculum near its middle, and 5 transverse series of long, pointed setae that emerge posterior to the aciculum. These 5 series of setae consist of 3, 4, 4, 2 and 2, from dorsal to ventral ends or a total of 15 setae. The third, or second setigerous, segment has biramous parapodia. The notopodium is minute, represented only by a tiny, low papilla; it is pro- vided with single yellow acicula and a small tuft of 4 pointed setae. Its aciculum is embedded save for a very short, free tip. “The neuropodium is similar to that of the first segment but larger and longer; its setae are more numerous but they have an arrangement similar to that in the first. 508 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 Throughout the anterior, inflated region the relation of parts is about the same except that the parapodia of the fourth segment are the largest. After the fifth the body is narrow and parapodia somewhat smaller. A small papillar ventral cirrus, from the outer basal edge of the neuro- podium, is present from the sixth, and by the seventh setigerous segment it resembles those farther back. Throughout the body, after the seventh segment, parapodia are on lateral glandular ridges, with neuropodia laterally prolonged (pl. 63, fig. 3). After the ninth or tenth segment the notopodial setae are finer, less noticeable and they come to be more or less eclipsed by the increas- ingly larger notoaciculum which comes to form a strong, projecting, straight spine that is conspicuous in posterior segments. Neuropodial bases come to be proportionately longer but the relation of parts varies little except that the number of setae increases in the middle region and decreases farther back. “Throughout the neurosetae are long, slender, simple, and somewhat geniculate; they have a cylindrical stalk, and a slightly expanded blade that is provided with many transverse rows of slender teeth (pl. 63, figs. 5, 6, 7). The long, slender teeth are con- tinued distally to the pointed tip but they are short and blunt near the base (pl. 63, fig. 4). (Figures 4, 5 and 6 on Plate 63 are made from the same seta to the same scale.) Furcate setae are totally lacking. ‘There are no branchiae or other parapodial lobes modified for respiration. The small lobe arising from the distal, ventral edge of the neuro- podium, regarded as a ventral cirrus (see also Fauvel, 1932 and Monro, 1936, p. 193) may not be homologous to the ventral cirrus in other genera since it differs from others in position and is not separated from the parapodium near its base. Nephridial pores can be distinguished on one of the larger individuals in which eggs are somewhat developed. ‘The pores are located on the ventral side of the neuropodial base; they are visible as opaque rounded areas but their number or distribution cannot be accurately ascertained, perhaps because of immaturity of the specimens. The posterior end tapers gradually through the last 10 to 15 segments and terminates in a broad plaque that is cupped on the ventral side; it is about as long as broad. Its margin is entire save for a pair of short, cir- ruslike processes at the sides and a similar, though slightly larger one midventrally, located on the inner side of the concavity (pl. 63, fig. 2). In one individual this median process is abnormally bifurcated. The dor- No. 5 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 509 sal or convex side of the anal plaque is smoothly rounded. ‘The anal aperture is dorsal, at the anterior margin of the plaque. L. americana occupies sandy mud flats along low intertidal zones of the states bordering the north of the Gulf of Mexico. Another individual was dredged from a few fathoms off Guatemala, Pacific side. “Tubes are probably not constructed and there is no attached detritus on any of the collections that would suggest tube construction. L. americana is the third known species of a small genus. ‘The first, L. aberrans Monro (1936) remains unknown except for its original dis- covery from Angola, West Africa: the second, L. fauveli Berkeley (1941) is known from a single record off southern California. Each of these is well characterized. LL. fauveli lacks notopodia on the first 6 setigerous segments and is thought to lack an anal plaque. L. aberrans has uniramous parapodia on the first 2 setigerous segments which resemble notopodia and segments 3 to 5 or 6 have neuropodia that resemble those farther back; furthermore, there are cirriform branchiae present from the fifty-fourth neuropodium to the posterior end. ‘There is an anal plaque with 3 papillae but the median one is inserted at the posterior edge. L. americana is at once separable from each of the other 2 for having biramous parapodia already from the second setigerous segment. The holotype and paratypes were collected by Mr. M. Woodbridge Williams; another individual was taken by Dr. Elinor H. Behre, Pro- fessor of Zoology, Louisiana State University. Holotype-—AHF no. 130; paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality.—Biloxi, Mississippi in sandy flats at low tide. Distribution—Intertidal areas bordering the north of the Gulf of Mexico; off San José Light, Guatemala in 12-13 fms. Genus TALEHSAPIA Fauvel, 1932 Type T. annandalei Fauvel This genus is known for a single species, T. annandalei Fauvel (1932, p. 251) from the Gulf of Siam, perhaps from brackish water. The body is filiform or cylindrical and resembles that of a lumbrinerid. ‘The prostomium is conical and lacks palpi, eyes or other appendages. The first 5 segments are slightly inflated, much as in Loandalia. The proboscis is soft, cylindrical and transparent, without any papillae but is believed to have 2 embedded, horny jaws on each side. Parapodia are much like 510 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 those in Loandalia (pl. 63, fig. 3) lacking dorsal cirrus and provided with a distal ventral cirrus. Notopodia are bluntly conical, with heavy single acicula and slender, inconspicuous capillary setae. Neurosetae are also simple, with a smooth shaft and a distal region provided with transverse series of teeth. The posterior end remains unknown. ‘There are no branchiae in so far as known. Talehsapia differs from Loandalia, with which it probably has its nearest affinities in the following characters: (1) the prostomium is coni- cal, without appendages instead of having paired palpi and (2) the pro- boscis is provided with jaw pieces instead of lacking them. Genus CABIRA Webster, 1879 Type C. incerta Webster This genus is known for a single species, C. incerta Webster (1879, p. 267) dredged from Virginia, from loosely compacted sandstone. The prostomium is bluntly rounded in front but the lateral margins are said to be prolonged as membranous expansions projecting in front of the head and these expansions are covered with minute papillae. The pros- tomium is provided, dorsally, with a pair of minute, simple antennae but there are no palpi. The peristomium has 2 pairs of small, tentacular cirri on each side; it is sharply separated from the first setigerous seg- ment by a deep lateral constriction. In the original and only known account, notopodia and neuropodia were probably confounded. At any rate, the dorsal ramus was said to have a small dorsal cirrus and 2 to 4 delicate, capillary setae. “he ven- tral ramus was described as a small papilla from which a strong, hooked seta emerges. The first 5 setigerous segments were said to consist of only dorsal rami. The posterior end was not seen. If notopodia ana neuropodia were confused, the notopodia would be small, papillar, with strong recurved hooks, as typical of species of the genus Ancistrosyllis. Neuropodia would then be the larger, provided with long, pointed setae. As known today, Cabira differs from other pilargiids most sharply in that the prostomium is said to have paired antennae but lacks palpi. Fauvel (1920, p. 206) has suggested that Cadira incerta is perhaps based on a species of Ancistrosyllis in which the median antenna was lost. The original account is much too faulty and incomplete to merit much con- sideration. The holotype is not known to exist. “The name is perhaps best dropped from the list. No. 5 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Byilh LITERATURE CITED AUGENER, H. 1927. Polychaeten von Siidost- und Siid-Australien. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. Pt. 38. Videns. Medd. Kjébenhavn, vol. 83, pp. 71-279, 17 figs. BERKELEY, E. AND C. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pp. 16-60, 1 pl. CZERNIAWSKY, V. 1881. Materialia ad zoolographiam Ponticam comparatam. Fasc. 3. Vermes. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow, vol. 56, pp. 338-420, 1 pl. EHLERS, E. 1912. Die bodensissigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition “Valdivia” 1898-1899, vol. 16, pp. 1-167, 23 pls. 1920. Polychaeten von Java und Amboina. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der malaischen Strandfauna. Gottingen Abh. Ges. Wiss., neue Folge, vol. 10, no. 7, pp. 1-73, 3 pls. Ersic, H. 1914. Zur Systematik, Anatomie und Morphologie der Ariciiden nebst Bei- trigen zur generellen Systematik. Mitt. zool. Sta. Neapel, vol. 21, pp. 153-600, 18 pls., 23 textfigs., 6 charts. FAUvVEL, P. 1919a. Annélides polychétes de Madagascar, de Djibouti et du Golfe Persique. Arch. zool. exp. gén. Paris, vol. 58, pp. 315-473, 3 pls. 1919b. Annélides polychétes des iles Gambier et Touamotou. Bull. Mus. hist. nat. Paris, vol. for 1919, pp. 336-343. 1920. Les genres Ancystrosyllis [sic] et Pilargis (Hesionidae). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 45, pp. 205-213, 1 fig. 1923. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, 488 pp., 181 figs. 1932. Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Mus. Calcutta, vol. 12, pp. 1-262, 9 pls., 40 figs. HESSLE, C. 1925. Einiges iiber die Hesioniden und die Stellung der Gattung Axncistro- syllis. Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vol. 17, pp. 1-36, 2 pls. KorscHELt, E. 1893. Ueber Ophryotrocha puerilis Clap.-Metschn. und die polytrochen Larven eines anderen Anneliden (Harpochaeta cingulata nov. gen., nov. spec.). Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 57, pp. 224-289, 4 pls., 6 figs. LANGERHANS, P. 1881. Ueber einige canarische Anneliden. Nova Acta der Kgl. Leop.-Carol.- Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, vol. 42, no. 3, pp. 93-124, 2 pls. MacGiniTlz, G. 1935. Ecological aspects of a California marine estuary. Amer. Mid]. Nat., vol. 16, pp. 629-765, 21 figs. McIntTosH, W. C. 1878. On the annelida obtained during the cruise of H.M.S. Valorous to Davis Strait in 1875. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, new series, vol. 1, pp. 499-511, 1 pl. MeEsNIL, F. AND P. FAUVEL 1939. Polychétes sédentaires de l’expédition des Siboga. Maldanidae, Cir- ratulidae, Capitellidae, Sabellidae et Serpulidae. Siboga-Expeditie, Leiden, vol. 24.2, 42 pp., 12 figs. Monro, C. ; 1933. The Polychaeta Errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colén, in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S.Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. 1936a.On a new species of polychaete of the genus Pilargis from Friday 512 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 10 Harbour, Washington. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 11, pp. 673- 675, 4 figs. 1936b. Polychaete worms, II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs. ST. JOSEPH 1899. Note sur une nouvelle Famille d’Annélides polychétes. Bull. Mus. hist. nat. Paris, vol. 5, pp. 41-42. SOUTHERN, R. 1921. Polychaeta of the Chilka Lake and also of fresh and brackish waters in other parts of India. Mem. Indian Mus. Calcutta, vol. 5, pp. 563-659, pls. 19-31, 18 figs. TREADWELL, A. L. 1941. Polychaetous annelids from the New England region, Porto Rico and Brazil. Amer. Mus. Nov. N.Y., no. 1138, pp. 1-4, 12 figs. WEBSTER, H. E. 1879. Annelida chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 9, pp. 202-269, 11 pls. 514 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 59 Figures 1-8, Pilargis berkeleyi: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x34; Fig. 2, anterior end in ventral view, x34; Fig. 3, posterior end in ventral view, x48; Fig. 4, neuroseta from a median para- podium in lateral view, x1174; Fig. 5, distal end of a neuroseta seen from the front, x3025; Fig. 6, cross section of a neuroseta near the middle of the cutting edge, x3025; Fig. 7, cross section of a neuroseta below the cutting edge, x3025; Fig. 8, a median para- podium in anterior view, x48. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 516 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 60 Figures 1-5, Pilargis maculata, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x80; Fig. 2, anterior end in ventral view, x80; Fig. 3, tip of a neuroseta in lateral view, x3781; Fig. 4, neuroseta from a median parapodium in lateral view, x525; Fig. 5, a median parapodium in anterior view, x35. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 60 518 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 61 Figures 1-8, Ancistrosyllis bassi, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x24; Fig. 2, anterior end in ventral view, with pro- boscis everted, x26; Fig. 3, second parapodium in anterior view, x115; Fig. 4, twentieth parapodium in anterior view, x72; Fig. 5, fortieth parapodium in anterior view, x72; Fig. 6, recurved dorsal spine in lateral view, from the twentieth last parapodium, x243; Fig. 7, a notaciculum from the fortieth parapodium in lateral view, x243; Fig. 8, a neuroseta from the fortieth parapodium in lateral view, x415. PL. 61 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN no. 5 520 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 10 PLATE 62 Figures 1-7, Ancistrosyllis rigida: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x56; Fig. 2, posterior end in dorsal view, x83; Fig. 3, a noto- acicular spine from a median parapodium in lateral view, x658; Fig. 4, a furcate seta from a median neuropodium, x658; Fig. 5, a neuroseta from a median parapodium, x441; Fig. 6, eighth last parapodium in anterior view, x94; Fig. 7, a median parapodium in anterior view, x94. 62 PL. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN No. 5 522 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 10 PLATE 63 Figures 1-7, Loandalia americana, new species: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, proboscis everted, x8.5; Fig. 2, posterior end in ventral view (dorsal anal aperture indicated by dotted circle), x38; Fig. 3, fiftieth parapodium from the right side, in anterior view, x36; Fig. 4, lower portion of a neuroseta showing the basal teeth, in frontal view, x1440; Fig. 5, middle portion of a neuroseta showing the large teeth, in frontal view, x1440; Fig. 6, distal end of a neuroseta, in frontal view, x1440; Fig. 7, neuroseta from a median parapodium, in lateral view, x235. HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 63 eS ah CMe ee ee JARe INDEX Allan Hancock Foundation Publications of The University of Southern California, Volume 10. Titles of papers and plate illustrations are in boldface. Aglaura, 183, 184 Aglaurides, 4, 183, 184, 185 diphyllidia, 185 fulgida, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 24, 25, 26, 183, 184, 185, 186, 228 symmetrica, 186 Aletes squamigerus, 350 Amaea, 276 accraensis, 277 antipoda, 277 occidentalis, 242, 270, 277, 278, 306 trilobata, 276, 277 Ampharetidae, 242, 270 Amphinomidae, 240, 246 Amphiro, 3, 98 Amphitritinae, 271 Ancistra capillaris, 427 minima, 427 Ancistrosyllis, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 496, 497, 504, 510 albini, 485, 497 bassi, 485, 497, 498, 501, 504, 518 cingulata, 485, 497, 498 constricta, 485, 497, 498 gorgonensis, 498, 499, 500, 501 gracilis, 485, 497 groenlandica, 483, 484, 485, 496, 497 rigida, 485, 486, 497, 498, 500, 505, 520 robusta, 485, 497, 498 tentaculata, 485, 497, 498 Andromache, 184 Anisoceras, 187 Anotomastus, 392, 401, 403, 441, 442 gordiodes, 399, 441, 442, 444, 480 Aotearia, 4, 134 sulcaticeps, 134, 135 Aotearinae, 134 Aphelothrix, 98 Arabella, 4, 135, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 183 attenuata, 172, 174, 176 dubia, 140, 172 iricolor, 6, 14, 16, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, PAG Sil BVA, SSI) SSH Neh Step Sh GWG Gale 172, 173, 241, 256, 257 lagunae, 173 maculosa, 173 mimetica, 172 munda, 173 mutans, 6, 15, 21, 1725173 semimaculata, 6, 11, 19, 20, 24, 25, 31, 32, 38, 40, 41, 172, 173 setosa, 172 spinifera, 172 Arabellidaey 273515516,0 ve santos uso, 170, 171, 241, 256 Aracoda, 4, 135, 170, 171, 177 debilis, 180 multidentata, 173 semimaculata, 173 Arctonoé, 243 fragilis, 239, 243, 244 vittata, 239, 243, 244 Arenicola, 246 Areniella filiformis, 427 Aricia johnsoni, 258 Aricidea, 314, 315 alata, 314 antennata, 315 belgicae, 317 fragilis, 314, 315, 316, 317, 358 megalops, 314 noalni, 314, 315, 316, 317 pacifica, 314, 315, 316, 317, 358 quadrilobata, 314, 315, 316 ramosa, 315 Aricideopsis, 314 Armandia bioculata, 242, 266, 267 Augeneria, 4, 133, 134 tentaculata, 134 Axiothella rubrocincta, 242, 265 Barantolla, 399, 401, 402 sculpta, 399 Biborin, 4, 170, 171 ecbola, 171 Bispira polymorpha, 283 Blainvillea, 3 Boccardia, 258 proboscidea, 241, 258, 259 uncata, 241, 258, 260 Bonellia, 135 Branchiocapitella, 399, 401, 402 singularis, 399 Cabira, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 510 incerta, 483, 484, 485, 510 Capitella, 391, 392, 393, 396, 400, 401 402, 404 capitata, 391, 397, 398, 404, 406, 407, 450 dizonata, 398, 404, 407 ovincola, 398, 401, 404, 405, 406, 407, 452 [ 525 ] 526 INDEX Capitellethus, 400, 401, 402 dispar, 400 Capitellidae, 242, 263, 391, 403 Capitellides, 400, 401, 402 giardi, 400 teres, 400 Capitita, 392, 401, 402, 408, 409 ambiseta, 396, 399, 401, 408, 409, 410, 440, 454 Capitomastus, 264, 400, 401, 402 minimus, 400 Cenogenus, 4, 134 descendens, 134 Cenothrix, 135 mutans, 173 Centrocorone, 328, 349 spinifera, 339, 348, 349 Chaetopteridae, 241, 262 Chone, 278, 280 infundibuliformis, 280, 300 minuta, 242, 279, 280, 281, 300, 302 mollis, 242, 279, 280, 300 Chrysodon, 328 Chrysopetalidae, 240, 246 Cirratulidae, 241, 262 Cirratulus cirratus, 241, 262, 263 luxuriosa, 263 spirabranchus, 263 Cirriformia luxuriosa, 241, 262, 263 luxuriosus, 263 spirabrancha, 241, 258, 262, 263 Cirrobranchia, 4, 184 Cirrophorus, 314 Cistenides brevicoma, 242, 268 Clavelina, 249 Clistomastus, 396, 400, 411, 418, 421, 422, 424, 425 tenuis, 430 Clymenella rubrocincta, 265 Coelobranchus, 4, 98 Crucigera zygophora, 243, 286 Cryptochiton stelleri, 244 Cryptopomatus, 328, 329 Ctenodrilidae, 323 Ctenodrilus, 323 serratus, 314, 323, 358 Danymene, 4, 184 Dasybranchethus, 400, 401, 403 fauveli, 400 Dasybranchus, 391, 392, 396, 400, 403, 430, 433 caducus, 430, 431, 432 caducus lumbricoides, 431 carneus, 431 gajolae, 431 giganteus, 412, 414, 417 glabrus, 399, 430, 431, 434, 478 lumbricoides, 242, 263, 264, 392, 399, 424, 430, 431, 432, 476 microchaetous, 431 lunulatus, 399, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 476 platyceps, 399, 401, 430, 431, 434, 435, 437, 474 rectus, 430 Dermasterias imbricata, 244 Dexiospira spirillum, 243, 286, 287 Diadora aspera, 244 Dialychone, 280 Diopatra, 1, 3, 6, 42, 44, 45, 49, 51, 52, 53, 61 agave, 51, 52 amboinensis, 52, 61 amocna, ol. 52,055 brasiliensis, 51, 52, 53, 63 californica, 51, 52, 56, 57 chiliensis, 51, 52, 53, 60, 61 cuprea, 6, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 65, 202 dentata, 52, 53, 55 fragilis, 51, 52 leuckarti, 52 longicornis, 51, 52, 53 magna, 70 monroviensis, 52 musseraensis, 52 neapolitana, 52 neotridens, 6, 12, 16, 20, 21, 23, 24, 35, 53, 63, 65, 204, 206, 232 obliqua, 6, 9, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 25, 50, 53, 57, 60, 61, 204, 232 ornata, 6, 11, 13, 19, 20, 22, 23, 27, 29, 31, 43, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 202, 241, 255 punctifera, 52 rhizophorae, 51, 53 spiribranchis, 51, 52, 54 splendidissima, 6, 14, 18, 40, 41, 51, 52. 53, 56, 57, 202 sugokai, 52 tridentata, 6, 10, 12, 14, 20, 21, 23, 25, 27, 33, 43, 53, 61, 63, 64,- 65; 204, 234 variabilis, 52 variegata, 51 viridis, 51, 52, 53 Dodecaceria fistulicola, 241, 259, 262 pacifica, 262 Dorvillea, 187, 188 angolana, 188 annulata, 188, 189 annulatus, 188 articulata, 6, 19, 22, 31, 37, 39, 40, 188, 189 australiensis, 188 bioculata, 188 INDEX caeca, 188 cerasina, 6, 13, 15, 16, 26, 188, 189, 190 erythrops, 188 gracilis, 6, 19, 188, 189 grubei, 188 melanops, 188, 189 moniloceras, 188, 189, 190 pallida, 188 polydonta, 188 pseudorubrovittata, 188, 189 rubra, 188, 189 rubrovittata, 6, 187, 188, 189, 190 rudolphii, 6, 188, 189, 190, 191 sociabilis, 188 vittata, 188, 189, 190 Dorvilleidae, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 187 Drilonereis, 4, 135, 170, 171, 172, 174, 177, 178, 180 attenuata, 177, 178 brunnea, 177, 178 canadensis, 177 debilis, 177, 178 falcata 6,15.) 18522) 23; 28, 40; 177, 178, 179, 180 filum, 6, 27, 177, 178, 179, 180 heterognatha, 177, 178 intermedia, 177, 178 longa, 177, 178 magna, 177, 178 major, 177 nuda, 6, 20, 29, 32, 34, 36, 37, 41, 170, 177, 178, 179; 226, 241, 256, 257 pinnata, 178 quadricuspis, 178 similis, 178 spatula, 178 tenuis, 178 Eisigella, 400, 418, 422 ouanaryensis, 397, 400, 418 tenuis, 420, 422 Enonella, 4, 135, 183 bicarinata, 185 Epidopatra, 4, 42, 44, 45 drewinensis, 45 hupferiana, 45 Eranno, 136 bifrons, 138 Eteone dilatae, 240, 247 Euchone, 280 Eudistylia, 279, 282, 285 gigantea, 284 plumosa, 284 polymorpha, 242, 279, 283 tenella, 285 vancouveri, 243, 279, 283, 284, 285, 300, 304 Eulalia aviculiseta, 240, 247 527 Eumida sanguinea, 240, 247 Eunice, 3, 6, 96, 97, 98, 99, 102, 109, 122, 124, 126, 130, 180, 181 aedificatrix, 99, 101 afra, 6, 15, 99, 100, 101, 102, 110, 111,113) 212 afuerensis, 6, 11, 17, 100, 101, 102, 108, 109, 212 americana, 6, 10, 18, 22, 23, 27, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 101, 103, 118, 121, 216 antennata, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 24, 25, 26, 28, 30; 31, 32, 33, 35, 37, 41, 99, 101, 104, 115, 117, 448.7 180, 214 antillensis, 105 aphroditois, 6, 12, 13, 15, 16, 24, 25, 96, 99, 100, 101, 103, 109, 110 arcturi, 99, 101 argentinensis, 99, 101 atlantica, 99, 101 attenuata, 99, 101 auriculata, 99, 101 australis, 99, 101 barvicensis, 113 benedicti, 99, 101 biannulata, 104, 106, 255 binominata, 99, 101 brasiliensis, 99, 101 bucciensis, 99, 100 cariboa, 123 var. kinbergii, 124 cariboea, 122, 123 cirrobranchiata, 107 collini, 99, 100 concinna, 99, 101 conglomerans, 107 contingens, 99, 100 culebra, 123 denticulata, 107 equibranchiata, 99, 100 (Eriphyle) paloloides, 131 filamentosa, 6, 8, 9, 10, 24, 25, $9, 100, 101, 102, 107, 212 floridana, 99, 100 frauenfeldi, 99, 100 fucata, 121 gagzoi, 123, 124 guanica, 6, 99, 100, 101, 102, 111, 112, 212 guildingi, 99, 101 harasii, 99, 100, 106 hawaiensis, 99, 101 indica, 101, 121 kobiensis, 99, 100, 101, 102, 106 labidognatha, 1, 2, 3 Labidognatha, 3 Labidognatha Nuda, 3 Labidognatha Tentaculata, 3 528 INDEX leucodon, 131 longicirrata, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 32, 99, 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 212, 241, 255 longicornis, 99, 101 longisetis, 99, 101 lucei, 99, 101 macrobranchia, 99, 100 macrochaeta, 107 monilifer, 99, 101 multipectinata, 6, 18, 21, 22, 23, 26, 28, 29, 34,35, 80, 37,059 pO ly 995 100, 101, 103, 112, 113 mutilata, 6, 8, 9, 12, 17, 21, 99, 100, 101, 103, 111, 113, 114, 212 mutilatoides, 99, 101 (Nicidion) brevis, 122, 123 (Nicidion) cariboea, 7, 10, 11, 15, 122, 123, 124, 214, 216 (Nicidion) imogena, 122 (Nicidion) incerta, 122 (Nicidion) kinbergi, 7, 122, 123, 124 orstedi, 99, 100 ornata, 117 panamena, 99, 100 pauroneurata, 99, 100 pelamidis, 99, 101 pellucida, 99, 101 pennata, 100 prayensis, 99, 101 Prionognatha, 1, 2, 3 Prionognatha Dicopa, 4 Prionognatha Monocopa, 3 procera, 99, 101 rousseaui, 110 rubra, 7, 99, 101, 104, 117, 118, 214 schemacephala, 7, 99, 101, 102, 121 scombrinis, 99, 101 segregata, 99, 100 siciliensis, 131 splendida, 100, 101 subdepressa, 100, 101 tenuis, 100 thomasiana, 100, 101 tibiana, 100 tridentata, 7, 9, 10, 12, 21, 100, 101, 103, 114, 115, 214 valens, 100, 115 violaceo-maculata, 110 Vittatay 7.09, 105 135 145 16-18, 20; ZN 235554, 555 100s Ol Os als vivida, 96, 100, 101 Buniceawlss2 e506 Eunicea labidognatha, 2 Eunicidaey 1, 2535 4555165075085) 95) 75 135, 241, 255 Eunotomastus, 399, 400, 401, 444, 445 gordiodes, 401, 442 grubei, 399, 445 Eupallasia, 328, 331 Eupolymnia crescentis, 242, 270, 271 Eurythoé californica, 246 Exogone, 240, 248, 250 Genetyllis castanea, 240, 247 Glycera, 253 americana, 240, 253, 254 robusta, 240, 253 rugosa, 254 tenuis, 240, 253, 254, 296 Glyceridae, 240, 253 Glycinde armigera, 241, 254, 255 multidens, 255 Goniada brunnea, 254 maculata, 241 Goniadidae, 241, 254 Gunneréa, 328, 329 Haematocleptes, 5, 135 terebellidis, 135 Halelminthea, 391 Halla, 4, 183, 184 parthenopeia, 184 Halosydna brevisetosa, 239, 243, 244, 252, 275 Haploscoloplos, 257 Haplosyllis spongicola, 240, 248, 249 Harmothoé, 243 imbricata, 239, 243, 244 lunulata, 239, 243, 244, 246, 294 var. pacifica, 244, 246 Harpochaeta, 496 cingulata, 483 Hemipodus borealis, 240, 253, 254 Heptaceras, 3, 45 Hermella, 328 macropalea, 336, 339 orbifera, 339, 350 varians, 333, 334, 339, 366 Hesionidae, 240, 246 Heteromarphysa, 4, 96, 97 tenuis, 96 Heteromastides, 396, 400, 401, 403, 429 bifidus, 400 Heteromastus, 264, 392, 400, 402, 411, 426 filiformis, 399, 424, 426, 427, 428, 468 filobranchus, 399, 426, 427, 428, 470 giganteus, 426 magnus, 392 similis, 426, 427 Heteropale bellis, 246 Hyalinoecia, 4, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 67 branchiata, 46 juvenalis, 7, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 46, 47 leucacra, 46 ; : | ; : INDEX 529 solenotecton, 46 tecton, 46 tubicola, 46 tubicola stricta, 46 tubifex, 46 varians, 46 Idanthyrsus, 325, 326, 328, 329, 335, 339 armatus, 329, 335, 336, 337, 366 cretus, 336 johnstonii, 337 ornamentatus, 329, 335, 336, 337, 366 pennatus, 311, 312, 335, 336, 337, 366 regalis, 336 Iphitime, 4, 136, 183, 184 déderleini, 184 Isomastus, 400, 404 Kynephoridae, 484 Kynephorus, 496 inermis, 484, 498 Labidognatha, 1 Labidognathus, 4, 136, 171, 172, 180, 181 forcipes, 7, 34, 180, 181, 226 parasiticus, 180, 181 Labrorostratus, 5, 135 ' parasiticus, 135 Laeospira borealis, 243, 285, 286, 287 Laidea, 2, 170 Lais, 170, 171 acuta, 171 Laonice, 315 Laranda, 4, 135, 172 annulata, 135 gracilis, 2, 135 robusta, 135 sulcata, 2, 135 Larandidea, 2 Larymna, 4, 135, 170, 184 Leiocapitella, 392, 401, 403, 437, 438 glabra, 399, 401, 437, 438, 472 Leiochrides, 400, 403, 429 africanus, 429 australis, 429 pallidior, 399, 429, 430 Leiochrus, 400, 401, 403, 438 alutaceus, 400 Leodice, 98 cariboea, 131 culebra, 123, 124 enteles, 116 filamentosa, 110, 111 filamentosa paupera, 111 guanica, 111, 112 longicirrata, 104 monilifer, 117 mutilata, 113 329, 332, 333, notata, 111, 112 rubra, 117 rubrivittata, 118 spongicola, 107 stigmatura, 118 tenuicirrata, 118 unifrons, 118 valens, 114 Leodicinae, 2 Lepidonotus caelorus, 239, 243, 244 Leptoecia, 4, 44, 45 abyssorum, 45 antarctica, 45 Leptosynapta albicans, 244 Lithognatha, 4, 98 Loandalia, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 505, 509, 510 aberrans, 485, 505, 506, 509 americana, 485, 506, 509, 522 fauveli, 485, 506, 509 Loima montagui, 242, 270, 271, 296 Longosoma, 322 catalinensis, 311, 312, 321, 322, 358 Longosomidae, 321 Lumbriconereida, 2 Lumbriconereidea, 1 Lumbriconereis, 1, 134, 136 acuta, 145 bifilaris, 153 brasilliensis, 167 erecta, 149 januarii, 167 longissima, 173 opalina, 173 splendida, 173 tetraura, 147 zonata, 146 Lumbrinereinae, 2 Lumbrinereis, 136 acuta, 145 bicirrata, 156 japonica index, 162 Lumbrineridae, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 133, 134, 135, 241, 256 Lumbrineris, 1, 3, 6, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 142, 143, 146, 152, 156, 168, abyssorum, 137, 142 acicularum, 137, 142 acuta, 7, 34, 37, 41, 133, 138, 141, 143, 145, 146, 216 africana, 138, 141, 144 albifrons, 160 atlantica, 138, 141, 144 bassi, 7, 141, 142, 144, 150, 151, 220 bicirratas 7, 18,720;)21; 22, 23, PH. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38) 39, 138, 141, 142, 143, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 218 530 INDEX bidens, 138, 142 bifilaris, 7, 13, 20, 27, 28, 30, 31, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 138, 141, 142, 144, 147, 153, 154, 155, 156, 158, 218 bifrons, 138, 141, 144 bifurcata, 138, 141, 157 bilabiata, 138, 142 branchiata, 138, 141, 144 brasiliensis, 138, 142, 168 brevicirra, 138, 141, 143, 144, 146, 147, 148 californiensis, 7, 18, 22, 23, 26, 27, Pin Pash RU SIS GVA SIS SH BK Sky Sle 142, 143, 145,160, 163; 64; 222, 224 candida, 139, 140, 141, 144 cervicalis, 161 chilensis, 139, 141, 142, 144, 155 cingulata, 139, 141, 142, 144, 160 cruzensis, 7, 37, 38, 142, 143, 145, 165, 166, 224 ehlersi tenuisetis, 139, 142 erecta, 7, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24; 30; 31532;-33, 58) 40, 410013595 141, 142, 144, 149, 150 floridana, 139, 142 floridana polygnatha, 139, 142 fragilis, 134, 136, 139, 141, 144 hebes, 139, 142 heterochaeta, 139, 142 heteropoda, 139, 141, 150 impatiens, 138, 139, 141, 143, 144, 147 index, 7, 28, 29, 32, 139, 142, 143, 145, 160, 162, 163, 224 inflata, 7, 14, 136, 139, 142, 143, 145, 160, 162 janeirensis, 137, 140, 169 januarii, 7, 140, 142, 144, 167, 169, 226 latreilli, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, PAS). hi ils SVAN SE IG cy Eyl Bit 39, 40, 140, 142, 143, 145, 158, 159, 218, 241, 256 latreilli japonica, 7, 13, 18, 19, 30, 37, 38, 140, 142, 143, 145, 159, 160 ligulata, 142, 163 limicola, 7, 31, 142, 143, 145, 161, 162, 222 maculata, 140, 141, 144 magalhaensis, 140, 142, 148, 149 minima, 7, 19, 41, 141, 142, 143, 155, 156, 228 moorei, 140, 142, 143 mucronata, 146 nasuta, 140, 142, 159 nuchalis, 140, 142 obtusa, 139, 140, 141, 142 oceanica, 140, 142, 144 pallida, 7, 27, 31, 34, 142, 143, 145, 166, 224, 226 parvapedata, 140, 142, 144 paucidentata, 139, 140, 142 punctata, 140, 142 ~° quasibilfilaris, 164 quinquedentata, 140, 142 robusta, 141, 142 sarsi, 141, 142, 144, 148, 149 similabris, 141, 142 simplex, 7, 8, 24, 142, 143, 144, 152, 153, 220 singularisetis, 141, 142 sphaerocephala, 140, 141, 142 tenuis, 141, 142, 144 testudinum, 141, 142 tetraura, 7, 10) ue Seeds eelizaect 25, 138, 141, 142, 144, 147, 148, 149, 150, 152, 216, 218 virgini, 141, 142 zonata, 7, 19, 20, 30, 31, 32, 38, 40, 41, 141, 142, 143, 144, 146, 147, 150, 152, 241, 256 Lycidicea, 2 Lygdamis, 324, 325, 326, 328, 329, 331, 332; 35550539 asteriformis, 329, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 366 giardi, 331 indicus, 331 muratus, 331 nesiotes, 311, 329, 331, 332, 333 philippinensis, 329, 332, 334, 335 porrectus, 332 tenerus, 329, 332 Lysarete, 4, 184 brasiliensis, 183, 184, 185 Lysaretea, 2 Lysaretidae, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 183, 184 Lysidice, 3, 96, 97, 98, 124, 125 americana, 125 collaris, 125 ninetta, 7, 124, 125 robusta, 125 sulcata, 125 tortugae, 125 trimera, 125 Macduffia, 96, 97 bonhardi, 96 Maclovia, 135, 171 Magelona, 318, 319 californica, 312, 318, 319, 320, 321, 360 cincta, 318, 319 japonica, 318, 319 var. koreana, 318 longicornis, 318 obockensis, 318, 319 INDEX pacifica, 313, 318, 319, 320 papillicornis, 261, 318, 319 pitelkai, 241, 260, 261, 292, 318 319, 320 rosea, 318, 319 Magelonidae, 241, 260, 318 Maldanidae, 242, 265 Marphysa, 3, 96, 97, 98, 126, 127, 129, 246 acicularum, 128 acicularum brevibranchiata, 128 Aenean /erSa hile 15 a6, lie 26) 127, 128, 129, 216 antipathum, 126 aransensis, 126, 128 atlantica, 126 bellii, 126 bellii oculata, 126 brasiliensis, 126 brevitentaculata, 126, 128 californica, 127, 128 conferta, 7, 28, 32, 96, 126, 127, 129 corallina, 128 _ fragilis, 126 gayi, 126 goodsiri, 107 hamata, 126 hentscheli, 126 januarii, 126 languida, 126, 128 minima, 126 mortenseni, 7, 39, 126, 127, 129 nobilis, 126, 128 quadrioculata, 126 regalis, 126 sanguinea, 7, 23, 24, 25, 28, 32, 37, 40, 41, 126, 127, 128, 129, 216 sanguinea americana, 126 schmardai, 126 simplex, 126 striata, 127 stylobranchiata, 7, 127, 129, 241, 255 viridis, 127, 128 Mastobranchus, 400, 402 dollfusi, 400 indicus, 400 trinchesii, 400 Mediomastus, 264, 400, 401, 402, 407 californiensis, 242, 263, 264, 265, 306, 398, 407, 408, 456 Mesochaetopterus, 246 Metachone, 280 mollis, 279, 280 Monorchos, 328, 331, 335 philippinensis, 334 Naineris laevigata, 241, 257 Neanthes, 251 brandti, 240, 251, 252 3a! lighti, 240, 251, 252 Nematonereis, 3, 96, 97, 98, 125 hebes, 125 schmardae, 125 unicornis, 125 Nephytyidae, 240, 250 Nephtys caecoides, 240, 250 californiensis, 240, 250, 251 Nereidae, 240, 251 Nereis, 251 agassizi, 252 cuprea, 54 eakini, 240, 252 latescens, 240, 253 mediator, 240, 252 neonigripes, 240, 253 procera, 240, 252 vexillosa, 240, 252 Nerine cirratulus, 241, 258, 260 Nicidion, 3, 96, 97, 98, 122 cariboea, 122 edentulum, 122 gallapagensis, 122, 130 gracilis, 122 kinbergi, 122 Ninoé, 1, 3, 133, 134, 169 chilensis, 134, 169 gemmea, 7, 22, 30, 31, 169 palmata, 169 Ninoidea, 1, 2 Northia elegans, 87, 88 iridescens, 87 Nethria, 4, 42, 44, 45, 66, 67, 68, 83, 384, 90 abranchiata, 83, 84 armandi, 83 cobra, 83 conchylega, 7, 9, 35, 36, 37, 38, 83, 85, 87, 210, 234 crassisetosa, 83 elegans, 7, 18, 83, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 210 fragilis, 83, 84 geophiliformis, 83, 85 gorgonensis, 83, 84, 85 hiatidentata, 83 holobranchiata, 83, 88 iridescens, 7, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 39, 43, 83, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 210, 241, 255, 256 lepta, 83, 85 macrobranchiata, 83 minuta, 84 notialis, 84 opalina, 84 pallida, 84, 85, 88 pycnobranchiata, 84 rubrescens, 84 setosa, 84 INDEX sombreriana, 84 stigmatis, 7, 11, 31, 34, 45, 84, 85, 89, 222 stigmatis cirrata, 7, 9, 24, 85, 91 92, 93, 208, 222 stigmatis intermedia, 7, 85, 93, 230 stigmatis paradiopatra, 7, 31, 85, 91 tenuisetis, 84 willemoesii, 84 Notocirrus, 4, 170, 171, 174, 175, 176 californiensis, 8, 22, 27, 31, 174, 175, 176, 226 chilensis, 174, 175 lorum, 174, 175 margaritaceus, 173 scoticus, 4, 135, 172, 174 tetraurus, 147 virginis, 174, 175 zonata, 174 Notomastus, 263, 391, 392, 396, 400, 401, 402, 411, 414, 418, 429 agassizi, 397, 411 angulatus, 264, 420, 421, 430 annenkowae, 412 brasiliensis, 411 eisigi, 411 exsertilis, 411 filiformis, 427 formianus, 411 giganteus, 399, 411, 412, 414, 415, 417, 418 gracilis, 411, 426 hemipodus, 401, 418 laevis, 427 latericeus, 397, 411 lineatus, 419 lobatus, 399, 401, 412, 414, 415, 416, 417, 466 luridus, 398, 411, 418, 422 magnus, 242, 263, 264, 399, 401, 412, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 464 pallidior, 429 parvus, 411 profundus, 411 sinuosus, 412 tenuis, 242, 263, 264, 265, 411, 418, 420, 421, 430 zeylanica, 412 Notomastus (Clistomastus) hemipodus, 399, 419, 424, 425, 460 linneatus, 394, 399, 418, 419, 420, 456 luridus, 399, 419, 422, 424, 462 tenuis, 397, 399, 419, 420, 421, 422, 458 Oenone, 4, 183, 184 brevimaxillata, 185 diphyllidia, 185 lucida, 184 Oenonidea, 1, 2 Oligognathus, 5, 135 bonelliae, 135 Onuphiacea, 2 Onuphidae, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 42, 44, 135, 241, 255 Onuphis, 3, 42, 44, 45, 46, 49, 50, 60, 66, 68, 69, 83, 84 africana, 66 armandi, 66, 68 aucklandensis, 67 branchiata, 67 cirrobranchiata, 67 conchylega, 85 dibranchiata, 67 dorsalis, 67, 68 ehlersi, 67, 68 eremita, 8, 16, 18, 19, 20, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 34, 39, 66, 67, 68, 69, 74, 75 furcatoseta, 67 glutinatrix, 67, 68 intermedia, 67 investigatoris, 67 litabranchia, 67, 68 litoralis, 8, 32, 67, 69, 72, 73, 74, 75 magna, 8, 21, 67, 68, 69, 70, 78 microcephala, 8, 18, 20, 68, 69, 78, 80, 206, 236 minuta, 45 nannognathus, 67, 68 nebulosa, 8, 16, 21, 25, 27, 28, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 43, 45, 66, 67, 69, 75, 76, 78, 208 notialis, 45 pachytmema, 67, 68 (Paronuphis) gracilis, 46 parva, 8, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 94 peruana, 8, 11, 17, 68, 69, 73, 74, 75, 206 pourtalesii, 67 proalopus, 67, 68, 75 quadricuspis, 67 socia, 67, 68 sombreriana, 45 stigmatis, 89 tenuis, 67 tenuissima, 67 teres, 67, 68 verngreni, 67 vexillaria, 8, 16, 25, 28, 31, 35, 60, Notopsilus, 4, 171 67, 69, 80, 82, 3, 210 Odontosyllis parva, 240, 248, 249 willemoesi, 67, 68 phosphorea, 240, 248 zebra, 8, 16, 67, 68, 69, 71, 72, 74, INDEX 75, 206 Ophelia limacina, 242, 266, 267 Opheliidae, 242, 266 Ophelina mucronata, 267 Ophiuricola, 5, 135 cynips, 135 Ophryotrocha, 187, 191 puerilis, 8, 191, 230 Orbinia johnsoni, 241, 257, 258 Orbiniidae, 241, 257, 314 Otopsis longipes, 483 Paleanotus chrysolepis, 240, 246 Pallasia, 328, 335 sexungula, 337 Palola, 4, 96, 97, 122, 130, 131 edentulum, 130, 131 pallidus, 132 paloloides, 8, 19, 20, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 130, 131, 132 sicilensis, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 24, 25, 26, 39, 130, 131, 132 viridis, 130 Palolo pallidus, 131 Paradiopatra, 4, 45, 84, 91 fragosa, 45 glutinatrix, 45 Paramarphysa, 4, 96, 97, 98, 129 longula, 8, 96, 129, 130 obtusa, 130 Paranorthia, 4, 44, 45 brevicornuta, 45 Paraonidae, 314 Paraonides, 314 Paronis, 314 Parasabella media, 285 pallida, 285 Pareurythoé californica, 240, 246 Parheteromastus, 400, 401, 402 tenuis, 400 Paronuphis, 4, 45 Patiria miniata, 246 Pectinaria californiensis, 242, 268, 296 Pectinariidae, 242, 268 Pectinophelia, 266, 267 dillonensis, 242, 266, 268 williamsi, 242, 266, 267, 268 Phalacrostemma, 328, 329, 330, 331 cidariophilum, 330, 331 elegans, 331 setosa, 329, 330, 331 Phragmatopoma, 324, 326, 339, 346, 347, 349, 353 attenuata, 311, 312, 329, 347, 352, 353, 354 380, 382, 388 californica, 242, 269, 312, 313, 314, 326, 327, 329, 345, 347, 348, 349, 328, 329, 533 350, 362, 378, 386 caudata, 329, 346, 347, 348, 349 lapidosa, 329, 346, 347, 348, 349, 353, 354, 374, 376, 384 moerchi, 312, 329, 347, 348, 350, 351, 352, 374, 376, 382 peruensis, 330, 347, 348, 351, 353, 354, 378, 382, 386 virgini, 330, 346, 347, 351, 352, 374 Phronia, 490, 496 tardigrada, 483, 484 Phyllochaetopterus prolifica, 241, 262 Phyllodoce (Carobia) castanea, 247 Phyllodocidae, 240, 247 Phyllospadix, 415 Pilargiidae, 483, 486 Pilargis, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491 berkeleyi, 485, 491, 494, 495, 514 maculata, 485, 491, 494, 496, 516 tardigrada, 485, 491, 494 verrucosa, 483, 484, 485, 490, 491 Pinnixa longipes, 265 Pisaster, 244, 246 Pista, 270 elongata, 242, 270, 272, 274 pacifica, 242, 244, 270, 273, 274, 298, 304 Platynereis agassizi, 240, 244, 251, 252 Podarke pugettensis, 240, 246 Polychaeta, 1 Polychaetous Annelids Part V. Eunicea, 1 Polychaetous Annelids Part VI. Para- onidae, Magelonidae, Longosomi- dae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellarii- dae, 311 Polychaetous Annelids, Part VII. Capitellidae, 391 Polychaetous Annelids, Part VIII. Pilargiidae, 483 Polychaetous Annelids from Cali- fornia, 239 Polycirrinae, 275 Polycirrus, 242, 246, 270, 274, 275, 276 californica, 276 perplexus, 276 Polydora, 258 armata, 259 brachycephala, 241, 258 giardi, 241, 258, 259 Polynoé brevisetosa, 244 fragilis, 244 lordi, 244 Polynoidae, 239, 243 Polyophthalmus, 391 534 pictus, 242, 266 Prionognathus, 187 Protoaricia, 487 Protocapitella, 392, 396, 400, 401, 403, 439 simplex, 395, 399, 439, 440, 478 Pseudocapitella, 400, 401, 403, 438 incerta, 400 Pseudopotamilla, 279 intermedia, 283 occelata, 243, 279, 281 socialis, 243, 279, 282, 283, 302 Pterosyllis, 240, 248, 250 Pterothrix, 4, 135, 172 Pulliella, 392, 396, 400, 401, 402 armata, 400 Pygospio californica, 241, 258, 260 Ramex, 271 californiensis, 242, 270, 271, 272, 296, 298 Rhamphobrachium, 4, 42, 44, 45, 47 agassizi, 47 bipes, 47 brevibrachiatum, 47 chuni, 47 diversosetosum, 47 ehlersi, 47 longisetosum, 8, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23. 26, 27, 29, 30, 34, 35, 37, 38, 40, 47, 48, 49, 202 pacifica, 47 Sabella media, 242, 279, 285, 300 pacifica, 262 vancouveri, 284 Sabellaria, 325, 326, 328, 329, 334, 337, 338, 339, 340, 342, 346, 347, 349 alcocki, 338, 339, 343 alveolata, 327, 337 antipoda, 347 asteriformis, 334 bella, 330, 338, 339, 340, 342, 343, 370 bellis, 330, 338, 339, 346, 364 californica, 269, 339, 349 castelnaui, 347, 349 cementarium, 242, 269, 312, 313, 327, 330, 338, 339, 340, 349, 368 falcigera, 339, 341 fauveli, 348, 349 fissidens, 330, 338, 339, 340, 364 floridensis, 330, 338, 339, 340, 345, 346, 366 gracilis, 312, 314, 330, 338, 339, 340, 343, 345, 372 moorei, 330, 338, 339, 346, 364 nanella, 330, 338, 339, 340, 364 pectinata moorei, 339 saxicava, 337 setosa, 330 INDEX spinulosa, 330, 338, 339, 340 spinulosa alcocki, 339 varians, 334, 339, 341 virgini, 339, 350} 351,132, 329 vulgaris, 330, 339, 340, 341, 342, 368 vulgaris beaufortensis, 330, 338, 339, 340, 342, 368 Sabellaria (Pallasia) asteriformis, 333 castelnaui, 348 giardi, 331 Sabellaria (Phragmatopoma) virgini, 347, 352, 353 Sabellariidae, 242, 269, 323 Sabellidae, 242, 278 Schistocomus hiltoni, 242, 270 Schizobranchia, 284 Scoloplos, 316 acmeceps, 241, 257, 264 elongata, 257 Scyphoproctus, 392, 396, 400, 403, 429, 430 djiboutiensis, 400 gravieri, 400 Serpula caudata, 346 vermicularis, 243, 286 zygophora, 286 Serpulidae, 243, 285 Serpulinae, 285 Sigambra, 483, 496 grubii, 483 Spinosphaera, 274 oculata, 242, 270, 274, 275, 298 pacifica, 274, 275 Spio, 241, 258, 260 Spionidae, 241, 258, 314 Spiophanes missionensis, 410 Spirorbinae, 285, 286 Spirorbis, 286 Staurocephalea, 2 Staurecephalidae, 2, 4 Staurocephalidea, 1 Staurocephalus, 2, 187 longicornis, 191 pallida, 191 polydonta, 191 rubrovittatus, 190 rudolphii, 191 Stauroceps, 187 Stauronereinae, 2 Stauronereis, 187 angolanus, 190 articulatus, 189 cerasina, 190 gracilis, 189 moniloceras, 190 Streblospio benedicti, 241, 258, 260, 410 lutincola, 260 Syllidae, 240, 248 ee ee eS ae eee ee INDEX Syllis alternata, 240, 248, 250 pulcha, 250 Talehsapia, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 509, 510 annandalei, 485, 509 Telonereis, 187 Terebella californica, 242, 270, 271 montagui, 271 Terebellidae, 242, 270 Terebellides stroemi, 135 535 Tetreres, 328 nesiotes, 332 treadwelli, 332, 333 Thelepinae, 275 Thelepus crispus, 242, 244, 270, 275 Theostoma, 487 Thoracophelia mucronata, 242, 266, 267 Trypanosyllis, 248 adamanteus, 240, 248, 249 gemmipara, 240, 248, 249 Typosyllis pulchra, 240, 248, 250 Unciniseta, 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 10 NUMBER 1 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART V. EUNICEA (Pirates 1-18) by OLGA HARTMAN ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1944 ip! y wu OT H } an man f o iy wi a valle ys pa 7 + grt sas in ee “pe Bp _ - . — he ata Se o A Arg rn ae Pe om joe ipe a . . Pee. ~<* fumes —— ~ ee ee ~ A a a - ‘ +27 ee ae ee wey et. scyanhy “ ~ ae os x oe _. ~ SAD Pee on, pO ay “ ee one, ee = > Ri. Zs MB oe, ase ce BER Nest OP eg, on % ~ « oS 6 2 _— a anh ®*en yo =. a ee ~ - — i - FPG: Se Popa OO page ae MT Sa ~* Al “ es aseetcg ans ov a - - <9 . ase for ee ee ° na eae a aan wt nee — « ee * a ie 2 - = : a ‘+ - : oA ahr an aes os 3 = a a x ‘ — - a re Loe’ -- = & 4 ae * je. Mem} a x ~ ety - ® . TR ew * * a. > - + mt gee ~~ mt ape Oy a pane > ah ny ae. re > at ~ te sien, oa yar \ Pes -* < - a Mee ” ms F - ~_* ope oe - a rs = « Oe ama ~ - ~~ Wee am na = on. een apa Fo My verge. tation ~ +r \= - 2 x = “ - “Ginad oe “ ~~, a wa § en we eens As ~e — oe a * ame as mae 2 = 2 ee en ee _—_ . ~ . 3 n £8 ~ ene. ee wn, oe . - Mee eat ante ‘ ~ _ SS me ge PS PT Prey ws — 7% — a ~ “ ~ ~ - ay a e< Pionae ewes ne os - oe. - mon. 5 an ~ — en ne ee .- Se yee Dg geen, et se 7% AE - —— ROR Depa MA oy a te Sey. oan ee, rere - — lene - on oem - er Saar Pum i emltteree to hel Senet 7 ened - ™ eae wepe — ~— : my a te ee. wr « oe “ . re ee US: ce kn. ann a, — “—, _— © ~~ on 4 ae tendon a ate. age PEAR. EP te, RPP. sega, cms “ ~“ ey, 0 Gd, ee ma ey — By tel ate en ee od a ora im de Neh GPUS OH hy me - A Ab Perere . r “7 » on era — n < Pale wag ee + ee, - \ gem. Tm Gaeta teen PP FSO NAD BS aye ey = ” e ~ “ » Nd ae a tees pie ee yarns nr a ee OPT Se a : — * ae oer : Se ae SON 4 FH ge “ < RRC YK Seo, a-ha ee eee : . he ina ee at An ms ats on ae 5 Pa) Oey es Pee, a = en ee “me AP BB et ten Se ae te a a a? ~~~ ~ p< ee ey ee ge Pe Bag ae ae Cn ae, tree noe a sue a eK Ah, % wes ON ee CRS pe oe “ hes coe We. 35. Drerncem oe a ae Re eh Sapo ape = eae aa awe EW AP er i “ 7 - - xe arya + Se yan mas aon eee cee reece,